Uncensored Magazine - 4th Qtr 2006

THINK FOR YOURSELF

Issue 5: October 2006 – January 2007

EX Do PE w RT: n by WT M CB in ro iN u uk gh es t Price: $NZ9.90 $A9.90 $US7.95

THIS MAGAZINE COULD SAVE YOUR LIFE Suppressed cures the medical establishment – and the Ministry of Health – don’t want you to know

Little known, effective treatments for chemical, nuclear and biological agents In this age of corporate-dominated medicine, truly effective ways of healing and staying healthy are often suppressed – while toxic medicines that often don’t work are promoted. In this issue, we detail some surprisingly effective homoeopathic remedies that you can easily make yourself for use in real emergencies – as well for many everyday health problems.

Exposing the cholesterol myth Does high cholesterol cause heart disease? The answer, despite what you’ve been told, is a resounding “no”. In fact, compelling new evidence now shows that very low cholesterol levels may be a serious problem for many people.

Plus ...

Is Your Bank $camming You?

America “Legalises” Tyranny The Secret History of the CIA Fuel Savers that Really Work UNCENSORED Interview:

STEVE CROW ... and much more

Sunscreens may cause cancer It’s true. Many of the ingredients in commercial sunscreens are themselves carcinogenic. In fact, a lack of sunlight may itself be an overlooked cause of cancer.

Hydrogen Peroxide: Miracle cure in your home This simple liquid can power a rocket engine in its undiluted form. When it is diluted it can kill deadly germs in your water ... or your body.

The truth about Colloidal Silver: a safe, suppressed treatment that is often better than antibiotics Silver has been used to combat bacterial infections for thousands of years. We tell you its fascinating history, and how you can use it to help stay healthy.

Royal Raymond Rife’s cure for cancer This is the story of the suppression of the work one of the greatest scientists the world has ever (not) known. Inventor of the world’s most powerful microscope, Rife attained early prominence ... and then his lab was burned to the ground.

WHAT YOUR DOCTOR WILL NEVER TELL YOU • UNCENSORED HISTORY • 9/11 TRUTH • SCIENCE • TECHNOLOGY • MEDIA • HARD NEWS • SUPPRESSED ARCHAEOLOGY • UFOs

FUEL SAVERS THAT REALLY WORK is truly a breakthrough book. It tells EXACTLY how anyone can boost their car’s fuel economy by up to 30% – and more – with safe, proven, simple, TESTED! and inexpensive technology.

By the author of Discoveries er ntions and Oth ve In d sse Suppre

• How to pre-heat your fuel for up to 30% savings – a technique suppressed for nearly 100 years! (You or your mechanic can do it in an hour.) • Money-saving alternative fuels you can make yourself – in your kitchen from yeast, sugar and water. • HOT Water injection­: improving on the energy "innovation" from World War 2 that still works great. • How to make your own Hydrogen and Oxygen from

FUEL SAVERS THAT REALLY WORK is water truly –a as breakthrough book. It savings. tells you drive – for up to a 20% EXACTLY how anyone can boost their car’s fuel economy by up to 30% – and • How lean out your air/fuel mixture for maximum more – with safe, proven, simple andto inexpensive technology. economy without harming your engine in any way.

By the author of Discoveries er ntions and Oth Suppressed Inve

• •How to pre-heat your fuel for upOil to Co. 30%engineers savings – and supLittle-known secrets of Shell pressed for nearly years! or your(100+ mechanic the “economy run”100 drivers of (You the 1950s. MPG in a can do it in an hour.) 1948 6 cylinder Studebaker!) • •Money-saving alternative you can make yourself How to vaporise your fuelfuels for extra efficiency – an –overview in your kitchen from yeast, sugar and of the best technology of the water. last 60 years.

Easy injection­ to make,: the install! • Water energy "innovation" from World War that to still works great. •2How drive your car on up to 70% water (more comen Jonathan Eis

plex,tobut do-able! Proven!) • How make your own Hydrogen and Oxygen from ... AND MORE water – as you drive – for upMUCH to a 20% savings. Simple! 200+ pages. A4 format, illustrated. PRICE: $39.90 • How to lean out your air/fuel mixture for maximum economy without harming your engine in any way.

Yes! Please rush me (____) copies of FUEL SAVERS THAT REALLY WORK at Little-known secrets Shell Oileach Co. engineers and the only $NZ 39.90 each (INCLUDES P/H.) Overseas• orders please addof$NZ15 P/H. Please “economy run” drivers of the 1950s. (100+ MPG in a make cheque payable to THE FULL COURT PRESS, LTD. (Sorry, no credit card orders.) 1948 6So cylinder (GUARANTEE: Money back if not completely satisfied. far noStudebaker!) one has claimed it.) • How to vaporise your fuel for extra efficiency – an overview of the best technology Name .............................................................................................. of the last 60 years. Easy to make, install! Address .......................................................................................... en Jonathan Eis

• How to drive your car on up

CLIP AND MAIL TO: THE FULL COURT PRESS PO BOX 44-128 PT CHEVALIER AUCKLAND 1246

City/Town .......................................... Email................................... to 70% water (more complex, is e n J o n a th a n E but do-able! Proven!)

... AND MUCH MORE

Contents

“For reporting a scientific finding, I was called a “conspiracy theorist.” Only in America is scientific analysis seen as conspiracy theory and government lies as truth.” – Paul Craig Roberts

Columns: Brainwashed? by Jonathan Eisen • Page 4 Letter from America by Phil Rockstroh • Page 9 No News is Slow News by John Pilger • Page 32 9/11 - A Modern Fairy Tale by Douglas Herman • Page 34 UNCENSORED INTERVIEW: STEVE CROW • Page 13 The UNCENSORED News & Fascism Watch • Page 16

Uncensored STAFF

CENSORSHIP WATCH • Page 29 9/11: 5 Years of Media Silence • Page 33

Publisher: Steve Crow

The US Government’s Use of Atomic Bombs at the WTC by Christopher Bollyn and Ed Ward MD • Page 37

Editor: Jonathan Eisen

Israel’s Role in 9/11 • Page 43

Assistant Editor: Katherine Smith, Catherine Janeway

A Timeline of CIA Atrocities by Steve Kangas • Page 53

Contributing Editors: Wolf Brinsbury, Gary Cook, David Holden, Brian O’Leary

UNCENSORED ECONOMICS: Do Banks Create Money Out of Thin Air? by Katherine Smith • Page 61

Design: Full Court Press Graphics Administration: Lisa Foden

SCIENCE/TECHNOLOGY • Page 64

Web: www.uncensored.co.nz

WHAT YOUR DOCTOR WILL NEVER TELL YOU • Page 77

Editorial: PO Box 44-128, Pt Chevalier, Auckland 1246

Bill Gates Buys Mars • Page 98

Business: PO Box 28-051, Remuera, Auckland Tel (09) 526-3559

WWW.UNCENSORED.CO.NZ WWW.UNCENSORED.CO.NZ WWW.UNCENSORED.CO.NZ

(And lots more we left out) Disclaimer: The information in this magazine is for educational purposes ONLY. Neither the editors, publisher, nor any staff accepts responsibility for the consequences of any experiment, medical or otherwise, undertaken by any reader, nor do we recommend any procedure, medical or otherwise, for any condition or health problem. UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07



B rainwashed ? Nobody likes to think of themselves as having been “brainwashed”, dumbed down, or manipulated. We all want to believe that we think for ourselves, that we’re all “independent thinkers”, making up our own minds after considering “the evidence” – right? However, despite our misconceptions, by and large we’ve clearly surrendered our independent thinking. Now we are easily classified by marketing people who can accurately predict what we will buy, how we will vote, what we will read – what we will think. Indeed, we are under so much invisible control that most of us simply have stopped thinking for ourselves, all the while thinking that we do. The game of the global elites, of course, is to keep it that way. In fact, one of the chief ways in which elites maintain their control is to divorce the people from their own ability to reason, and alienate them from their own common sense. Black is white, white is black, war is peace, the government has your interests at heart, America liberated Iraq, arbeit macht frei. We are being taught exactly what the corporate elites want us to be taught, from early education to “higher” education, from the media, doctors, religious leaders, employers, and even from other members of our own families. We don’t even realise that we have gone along with and are part of this process. Indeed, one of the saddest aspects of all of this is that many of the people involved in the brain washing do so with the best of intentions. Think teachers. Think doctors. Think Brave New World. Everywhere along the power pyramid people are rewarded for rejecting their own sanity, common sense, and inheritance as intelligent, spiritual, natural and creative beings. We adapt to and adopt the Big Lies in so many ways, we don’t even notice anymore. This is the Hindu Kali Yuga, darkest materialism, and it’s weird. How does it work? Firstly, those entrusted to advance human knowledge have been coopted into serving the System and denying their own intelligence. I get emails from “scientists”, telling me that the official US Government propaganda (as opposed to the well reasoned and factual arguments to the contrary) about what really happened on 9/11 is “true” – regardless of the evidence.



UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

(What, I wonder, leads scientists to think that their opinion is necessarily correct just because of their credentials? The history of science is replete with egos and politics, isn’t it? And scientists are often wrong, are they not? Even Heisenberg in the 1930s rendered the very concept of scientific “objectivity” obsolete. Moreover, is it not obvious that “real” science has become “corporate science” and now mostly speaks not from the hallowed principles of “pure science” but from the less-than-hallowed dictates of career aspirations, ego, and the chances of getting one’s hands on some serious grant money – or just keeping one’s job in the military industrial establishment.) Are they “brainwashed”? You bet. Would they ever admit it? What do you think? Then there are the esteemed members of our vaunted medical establishment, up to their eyeballs in drugs, vaccines, chemo, surgery and radiation – without very much interest in what constitutes health and what the ways are to achieve and maintain it. The last time I looked, conventionally trained doctors still don’t study any meaningful amount of nutrition in medical school in their eight years of indoctrination into the sickness/drug paradigm. And the doctors who are courageous and think for themselves and actually get people well with nutritional therapies – are excommunicated or otherwise punished. Try talking to your doctor about how you got well or stay well – without antibiotics – or how your child stays well without vaccines injected into her body. Do their eyes glaze over? Are they brainwashed? Of course they are – so it doesn’t pay to get angry at them. They are not free to think for themselves and are too ashamed, frightened or hynotised by years of total immersion in their paradigm to admit it. (Note: See Letters Section) And what of our vaunted educational system? It’s itself brainwashed, believing its own hype, even as it brainwashes our children. Despite the massive evidence of declining levels of literacy, academic and manual competency generally, it cannot (or will not) recognise the failure it has become – thanks in part to its slavish (legislated!) addiction to political correctness (read: conformity) in a system wherein many of our teachers go to teacher training institutes and graduate without having to know anything of their subjects they are going to teach. (Some of them can’t even spell.) So: Are our kids being stimulated to think

Jonathan Eisen

outside the box, do their own research, and their own independent thinking – wherever that may take them – or are they being punished for doing so, in ways both gross and subtle? You tell me. Education is now largely just another venue for exercising control in which we learn what is “acceptable” and what is not, what is “possible” and what is not; what the “right” answers are which will get you “ahead”, and what happens to you when you’re considered “different”. Our religious institutions are no better, and most believe, preach to and indoctrinate the young and old alike that they and only they are “correct”, and to believe in something other than what they teach is a certain ticket to hell. And our media – our once-independent “Fourth Estate” – have been consolidated into a handful of conglomerates controlling virtually everything we see or hear, and making damn sure that independent news sources are disparaged as often as possible – especially those that appear on the net (as if where a news or opinion piece is read is as important as the veracity of its content.) Anything outside the comfort zone of the politically and culturally acceptable is now either vilified, disparaged, or ignored. War is peace. Insanity rules, OK? Our challenge is to wake ourselves from this terrible nightmare, question authority and opt out of anything that contributes to falsehood. When we question what we’re told, do our own research, and realise that every scientific “law” is only hypothesis, we begin to see through the elite’s control mechanisms, free ourselves from the Matrix, and realise our potential as co-creators of reality. Waking up to the real real world, we free ourselves from the shackles of our dependence on their insidious rewards and punishments and begin to say no to their war machine, their diseases, their psychoses and control. I don’t see that we have much choice if we are to ever to reach our true potential. To deny the lie is to affirm life and refuse to give the mind-controllers the key to your life. Welcome to Issue 5 of UNCENSORED. You may not agree with everything in these pages, but I guarantee that it will stimulate and challenge you to do some thinking. Better stimulate ... than never.

LETTERS

Ian Wishart Defends Insanity Jon Eisen’s Letter to Ian Wishart From: editor [mailto:[email protected]] Sent: 11 September 2006 20:18 To: ian wishart Cc: [email protected];

Subject: Ann Coulter Quote Hi Ian I hope this finds you well. Just came across this quote, and since you publish her stuff in INVESTIGATE, I wonder if you might like to comment on whether or not you think this is consonant with your understanding of Christianity. “We should invade their countries, kill their leaders and convert them to Christianity.” – Ann Coulter, pundit and self-professed Christian, This Is War (NRO, 9/13/01) Kind regards Jonathan Eisen

Ian Wishart’s Reply: From: “Ian Wishart” Date: 11 September 2006 9:47:47 PM To: “’editor’” <[email protected]> Subject: RE: Ann Coulter Quote I think it needs to be understood in context. She posted this two days after 9/11, having lost friends in the attacks, which I now see Bin Laden well and truly claiming the credit for. There was no great mystery as to “whodunit” and where they were – the entire world knew al Qa’ida were using the Taliban as their personal glove-puppets in Afghanistan. So Coulter expressed her fury in a fairly direct way. Should the West have invaded Afghanistan? Absolutely, it was the epitome of a terrorist state at the time. Should the

leaders of al Qa’ida and the Taliban have been killed? One would prefer to see a fair trial and due process, but one didn’t see Mullah Omar or Bin Laden shedding tears for the innocent blood they spilt. If you recall when Bush was elected, there was criticism of this Texan hick for wanting to pull out of world troublespots, stop being the world policeman, and instead focus on domestic issues. And that’s where US policy had been headed, right up until the towers fell. Islamic radicals whacked a fairly peaceable Republican for the sins of a charismatic and more policeman-like Democrat. Go figure. Al Qa’ida took their war to Washington. In that sense, Coulter was right – it is a war and no amount of liberal handwringing is going to make a blind bit of difference to that reality. Which brings me to the last portion of the quote “convert them to Christianity”. It has been interpreted – in light of the way Coulter writes – as converting Muslims at the point of a gun. No genuine Christian wants that, for we know faith comes by hearing, not by shooting. And I honestly don’t think Coulter meant it that way either. What she meant is that the only way of winning the war is ultimately if Muslims become Christian. And that is entirely correct. If you doubt the clash of civilizations line, read In The Shade of Swords by muslim journalist M J Akbar, who sets out very clearly that fundamentalism in Islam is not a variance from the Qu’ran: it IS the Qu’ran. So if what people are trying to suggest is that Coulter wants a new Holy Crusade against Islam where Arabs are dragged into the streets to swear allegiance to the Cross…rubbish. But what she was seeking was the removal from power of the evangelists of death (it is Islam that demands forcible conversion by sword, remember), so that Western ideals like democracy and Christianity could have the space to achieve those changes. Unless, of course, we all believe that women should walk four paces behind their male, while wearing a sack over their heads and enjoying the same societal status as a donkey. Because if we believe that, or even if we merely believe that we have no right to offer alternatives to Muslims, then our own civilisational compass is so skew-wiff we are doomed.

Jon’s reply to Ian Wishart: Dear Ian, I am flabbergasted. Dumbfounded. Shocked and awed, as it were. I had heard rumours that you had decided to ignore the Bush/Cheney/Rumsfeld “Inside Job” facts, but I didn’t believe them. (You see, I’ve been really busy lately, what with this magazine and all, and I confess that I haven’t been reading Investigate all that much. Not for a long time. Not even the new issue that “outs” Peter Davies. I understand that sales went through the roof after that one. Front page stuff, that. How come, though, you haven’t turned your hand to the biggest story of not only the day, but possibly the century, the story of the destruction of Western Democracy as we know it – the advent of the Police State with all the trappings? And not by some Moslem “terrorists”, either. I mean, really. It’s sad to see someone who was once New Zealand’s most admired journalist, someone for whom getting to the bottom of the story meant so much, someone whose honesty was impeccable and whose journalistic integrity beyond reproach ... it’s sad to see such mealy words, such twistic logic, and a complete refusal even to acknowledge the most basic fact: that the “war on terror” is a manufactured “war” designed quite specifically to bring in the age of totalitarian corporate fascism. So, please. Don’t talk to me about bin Laden admitting he “did it”. Did you see that tape? Do you know what a stand-in is? Don’t you yet know that the US actually set up al Qaeda in the first place? Or that the PNAC, a group of crazies now in power in the US, in 1997 actually called for “a new Pearl Harbor” in a published paper? I mean really, how can an allegedly sane, intelligent man like yourself actually write the stuff you do, unless you have let your fundamentalism get in the way of your investigative (sic) skills. Anyhow, keep up the good work. I still like some of your stuff. Hugs and kisses, Jon

Cheers

PS: Why don’t you have a peek at this:

Ian

www.scholarsfor911truth.org UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07



LETTERS

1000 News stories link antidepressants and suicide/ murder/crime I’ve just discovered the International Coalition of Drug Awareness’s amazing website:   http://www.ssristories.com/index.php

  It itemises and links to 1000 sortable news stories that link antidepressant use with suicide, murder and other crimes (usually violent).  Check www.ssristories.com for the description of how it works.   This seems particularly timely given the Canterbury Suicide Project (for whom I do not have an email address) note that Sept 10 is World Suicide Prevention Day.    Why is it so hard for so many “officials” to recognize these drugs can cause – rather than alleviate – mental illness that can catapult into wildly inappropriate, violent behaviour?   Sue Thrasher

The mechanism of failure of Building Seven in the WTC. This building was a 47-storey steel-framed building, on the North side of the Trade Centre. [Keep in mind that 47 storeys is over 650 feet high] The Vero Building in Shortland St Auckland, is only 38 storeys high. The building was not hit by Osama’s planes. It was not damaged by falling debris from the twin towers. It appeared to be on fire, on only two floors, the 11th and the 16th, and both fires gave the appearance of not being towering infernos. And yet, some 7 hours after the towers collapsed, this steel skyscraper suddenly and inexplicably collapsed, imploding at free-fall velocities, in under six seconds, and without warning. It was the first and only example ever of a steel-framed building collapsing after two of its floors were seen to be on fire. In fact, the official report stated, in essence, that the mechanism of the failure is largely unknown, and that “how the collapse of an unknown number of gravity columns brought down the whole building must be explained”.

WTC7 - Yeah Right!

Lo and behold, three years later, the chief leaseholder of the World Trade Centre, Larry Silverstein, appeared on PBS cable television, describing how he discussed the fate of the burning building with the fire chief;

Well, the World’s newspapers must be heaving a sigh of relief – mighty Reuters was the first to release news of a study that US Government agencies are publishing counter-information to address the fact that “one-third of Americans suspect that the Government either knew about or were complicit in the events of 9/11”.

“I remember getting a call from the, er, fire department commander, telling me that they were not sure they were gonna be able to contain the fire, and I said, “We’ve had such terrible loss of life, maybe the smartest thing to do is pull it.” And they made that decision to pull and we watched the building collapse.”

In fact, the US National Institute of Standards and Technology has recently completed an exhaustive study of the mechanism of failure of the twin towers, in spite of the fact that the federal Emergency Management Agency, [FEMA] did the same job in the first year after the atrocity.

Woah, hold on a minute.... “pull it” generally means to demolish with explosives in a controlled demolition, doesn’t it?

Whether you believe in Conspiracy Theories, or in Conspiracy Realities, one glaring inconsistency still sticks in the throats of Structural Engineers worldwide.



Anyone have an idea how long it takes to set up a 47-storey skyscraper for controlled demolition? A quick search of Google tells us that one of the landmark demolitions, the JL Hudson department store, in Detroit, took three months to investigate, four months to plan, and twenty-four days to place the charges. And it was merely 25 stories high.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

So these super-engineers, in the middle of the worst building disaster in living memory, took five hours to plan, set up, and carry out the planned demolition of probably the tallest building in history to be demolished by planned demolition. To echo the TUI Beer ads – “YEAH, RIGHT”. So one in three Americans suspect that their Government had a hand in 9/11. I keyed in “controlled demolition of tall buildings” into Google, and up came www.wtc7.net Top of the page. Go have a read, and decide for yourself. And ask yourself this question– If Silverstein was able to plan and carry out an eight month demolition plan and carry it out exactly the same day that Osama Bin Laden’s boys attacked the twin towers as well as the Pentagon, as well as pocket a $600 million insurance claim, wasn’t it the luckiest coincidence in history? Go figure. Barry Hobman

Hello, pot - Kettle calling Re: appalling interview with Dr John Welch and Mike Cushman on “Campbell” – TV3    I can’t help, but smile at the likes of Dr Welch and his disdainful comments regarding “dubious” practices such as homoeopathy, or the very ancient practice of acupuncture, both of which work well on animals as well as humans, incidentally.  I wonder, did Drs Welch and Holt witness the open thoracic surgery using acupuncture shown on NZ TV some years ago?  The patient quietly chatted with her surgeon as the anaesthetist twiddled a needle in the anaesthesia point of her left elbow.   Apart from testing drugs on third world children,[i] I do so agree with the thoroughness of double blind testing used by drug companies, together with pre-animal testing, before allowing prescription drugs onto the market.  Here are just a very few, among the plethora that have gone through

LETTERS all of these “robust” tests:  Lotronex (5 deaths),  Redux (123 deaths), Raxar (13 deaths), Posicor (100 deaths), Duract (68 deaths, including 11 liver failures), Rezulin (391 deaths, 91 liver failures), Propulsid (302 deaths).  We must also bear in mind that these figures are based on adverse drug reaction reports submitted to the FDA and these are acknowledged to reflect only an estimated 10% of actual adverse drug reactions!   Perhaps the most recent culprit we should not leave out is the infamous TGN 1412 genetically engineered drug which TV3 covered recently on 60-Minutes.  This concoction of mouse and human DNA left all six healthy volunteers almost dead with severe organ failure.  New Zealander, 35-year-old David Oakley, one of the six healthy human guinea pigs in this trial, is left a potential cancer victim.  Prof. Angus Dalgleish, who holds the Chair of Oncology at St George’s Medical School in London, said, “I would have told the people not to do this trial because the dangers were so great.”  A similar scandal, involving German pharmaceuticals giant Bayer and revelations of human experiments with a fraudulent “cancer” vaccine, was also exposed some years ago, but I doubt I need labour the point any further.    There is one big difference between Dr Welch’s “robust” tested concoctions and snake oil.  While the former often leads to death,[ii] the latter may leave us just short of a little cash.  The motivation by Codex Alimentarius, to take over supplements and much of the CAM [Complementary/ Alternative Medicine] spectrum, is driven by these same pharmaceutical giants, peeved at losing the six billion a year in profits from this market.  As Auckland researcher, Ron Law,[iii] said, “These attacks aren’t happening in a vacuum.  The world’s FDAs and legislators world-wide are being coordinated via the International Conference of Drug Regulating Authorities (ICDRA), a UN umbrella group attempting to bring about global harmonisation of the laws on behalf of pharmaceutical interests.”  The windbaggery of Annette King, with her contention that New Zealand “must harmonise” its laws with Australia in order to “properly protect the public health,” is simply that.[iv]  There have been only two deaths linked to supplements,[v] but a avalanche from Dr Welch’s pharmaceutical drugs.

As the flood of pharmaceutical lawsuits grows, I wonder when doctors such as John Welch will really wake up.  In case you are not aware, there have been more than 6000 lawsuits filed[vi] in recent years against just four drugs:  the hormone-replacement treatment, Prempro; the birthcontrol patch, Ortho Evra; the anti-psychotic drug, Seroquel; and the anti-seizure drug, Neurontin.  Over the last six years, more than 65,000 liability lawsuits have been filed against the pharmaceutical industry, more than against any other industry.  Patients claim that the manufacturers either failed to disclose the drugs’ risks or failed to properly test them in the first place.  When the likes of Neurontin and Prempro have had sales of greater than $2 billion and Seroquel had sales of $2.8 billion in 2005, the industry is well able to absorb the costs of these suits. They just go with the territory.   About 800,000 Americans die needlessly every year as a result of conventional medical mistakes:  650,000 more than die each year from accidents.  Much the same relative statistics exists in NZ.[vii]  The comparison with the so-called “Quack” industry begins to look manifestly absurd in the light of these facts.  As Michael Cushman so expertly explained, there is ample scientific proof that these supplements and vitamins do work – and safely – to keep us healthy.  The Cochrane Reports are hardly Women’s Day publications.  They are equally, if not more, reliable than Dr Welch’s material.  Dr Richard Horton, editor of the prestigious journal, the Lancet, slammed the FDA as being a “servant of industry” and accused the FDA (the world’s most powerful drug watchdog), of endangering people’s lives.   The whole industry, as Mike Cushman said is a ‘sickness’ industry and the faster NZ establishes an integrated medical model for wellness, the better for all of us.  I suggest you visit their new website and share the vision of other well-informed doctors; www.imhealth.net.   Sincerely Dr Robert Anderson    [i]  Experimental drug tests are conducted in developing countries on sick and vulnerable children under the guise of free and ethical treatments sanctioned by the FDA and complicit medical institutions. www.i-sis.org.uk/FDAinDrugTrial.php 

 

[ii]  www.laleva.cc/petizione/english/ronlaw_eng.html

[iii]  Former executive director of the NZ National Nutritional Foods Association and member of a NZ government working group advising on strategies for reducing medical error. www.iahf.com/iadsa/natural_justice.html

  [iv]  Ibid

[v] Of the two deaths reported as being linked to dietary supplements in NZ – both were in people with malignant cancer who consumed the herbal mixture K4. Neither were proven to be due to K4. The coroner in one case said there was no evidence to link K4 to one of the deaths – he had terminal cancer of the liver, took K4 and died of liver failure. Officials tried to blame his death on K4. Despite the evidence to the contrary, K4 was banned.   [vi]  USA Today August 23, 2006   [vii]  Safety of Dietary Supplements www.laleva.cc/petizione/english/ronlaw_eng. html

Tauranga Chemtrails Dear Jon: We are all looking forward to the next issue of the magazine, the last one was excellent. For friends who are a bit sceptical, I loan it out, for two weeks only and hopefully get their interest going. Regarding the recent chemtrails over Tauranga, two days after they made their appearance (once more) I came down with a “something” not sure what it was actually, but it gave me sinus problems, headaches and an extreme tiredness, and it hit the city really bad. I have a job with a babysitting Agency, and after the trails, children were going down like flies with a sickness. In fact families were being affected, jobs were cancelled and only just getting busy again. My sinuses cleared up quite quickly with some natural remedies, but with a lot of people it hangs around for weeks on end. I am also noticing babies who have had vaccinations getting sick and lethargic, and have had one instance of a 13 month old who had the fourth vaccination of the Meningitis vaccine, become very sick next

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07



LETTERS day and has completely changed from a lively little boy into a lethargic, sickly child, and has not yet recovered. He had it about 6 weeks ago. The mother is denying it’s vaccinations that have affected him. So he’s now on antibiotics. I cannot for the life of me understand why these parents aren’t seeing with their own eyes the evidence of what the injections are doing. They don’t seem able to correlate the injections with the continuing sickness afterwards. They are in complete denial, listening only to the so-called experts, (doctors and so called personalities on ads) telling them to get their kids vaccinated. It’s brainwashing and it just doesn’t occur to the parents to question. The Nanny State rules!!!!! Just what does it take to wake people up? Sorry, I went off in a tangent. Maybe it’s a good subject for an article on the Nanny State and how it’s taking over our very thoughts, for our “own good” of course. How easily people can be fooled and how conditioned we have become to have given up our own sovereignty. I am taking mine back, wherever I can, I am subject to no-one, except myself and the almighty, whoever or whatever that is. A profound saying that I like very much....”At the end of the day, the King and the pawn go back into the same box” Have a great week, Angela

Surprise! Pearl Harbour Dear Editor Your feisty magazine pleases me greatly. A certain amount of old cobblers but much good oil. Still, in Joan d’Arc’s article ‘Surprise! Hartford Van Dyke and Busting the Myth about Pearl Harbour’ in your issue 4, some details are patently wrong, though this does not destroy the wider argument. Referring to the Japanese naval code as ‘Purple’ is wrong. The code known to the Allies as ‘Purple’ was the Japanese diplomatic code, and its decrypts were referred to as ‘Magic.’ The British managed to capture several of the ‘Purple’ coding machines very early on, and passed one on to the Americans, who made many duplicates of it.



The Japanese army’s code, which probably involved frequent changes, remained unbroken. However, this carried less vital information than their naval codes. The navy used a number of codes, of differing degrees of sophistication, with their most sensitive messages being sent in a code known to the allies as JN-25. While the Americans and British never managed to entirely break JN-25, they did so sufficiently to gain a tremendous intelligence advantage, so that they knew in advance of such Japanese plans as the Midway operation. Also, even when the American sig-int people could not get far with decoding, their ability to locate the source of a signal could be very useful. As for the Pearl Harbour business, I remain a devout devotee of cockup theory. It is said there were warning messages sent to Admiral Kimmel, but they arrived after the decoders had gone home, were not marked as urgent, and were only decoded several weeks later. And all Westerners utterly underestimated the Japanese military. Their diplomats did deliver a declaration of war, in Washington, but too late, because their Government had got the time-zones wrong. John C. Ross Palmerston North

Global Overheating I’m afraid our golden moment of mass awareness will unfortunately come so late that it will be quickly passed by the age of mass panic. ( I am a proponent of contingency planning but this is either pegged as wacky or ‘very negative’.) Some quick maths – it has been projected (by the leading scientific advisor to the UK govt) that when the Greenland iceshelf melts, the sea will rise 7 metres – together with an extra 30 metres if the whole of the Antarctica melts – which according to his predictions from 2 years ago will take more than 100 years to unfold. Unfortunately, the latest news is the Arctic is melting 30 times faster than 2 years ago. How much needs to melt for the sea to rise – just 1-2 metres; 10 years – 20 years doesn’t seem unlikely now. For the

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

sea to rise just one metre or more means a complete disruption to a lot of the life we once knew. Here in Wanganui it will mean the displacement of most the population who live on the flat in our city which is built at the mouth of our great river – about 30,000 people kissing their lovely old villas goodbye as they become part of a new marine reserve. Many of our coastal roads will fall into the sea. Farming areas like the Hauraki plains will probably be shot from the salt and flooding. All rivers are going to back up a lot if the sea rises 1 metre and everything beach front will be struggling to cope. The Cook straight has had 10-12 metre swells a few times in the past couple of years. With a rise of 1- 2 metres those swells will be landing a lot further inland. Recently I travelled around the steep hill country of the Parapara’s – as far as the eye could see the hillsides were just washing away – probably half of all the cleared land was completely devastated. I don’t see them fixing it ever, as you can’t reclaim billion of tons of top soil from your streams and river mouths and slap it back on the exposed clay hillsides. The landowners still curse the Greens and regional councils that would advise them to treat their land differently. When I saw the extent of the devastation I burst out laughing, not out of unkindness but it’s just so total it looks ridiculous – and the people’s enduring ignorance, despite the evidence, is just astonishing. Cheers Laurence

Fluoride Conspiracy To the editor: I just read another fine article (at the link below) on the dangers of fluoridation. Unfortunately, what so many concerned citizens and researchers like this don’t realize (or don’t want to conclude)... is the BIG PICTURE. First, why is fluoridation being so tenaciously (and literally) shoved down our throats? Is it that our leaders are (or pretend to be) stupid and ineffective (like after 9-11 and Katrina)? Is it that there is simply too much red tape and general bureaucracy? Is it about money? Is it that an informed (or uninformed) public

LETTERS really do want fluoride? Yes, a little bit of all of the above. But, mostly what good people like the writer of the article hardly ever address is that fluoridation is clearly part of a conscious and insipid agenda to sicken and kill as many people as possible. MASS MURDER. GENOCIDE. NEW WORLD ORDER. The “spoon-feeders” of this well-known poison DO know that during WWII it was given by the Nazis to their prisoners to “dumb” them down – make them docile. “They” DO know that it was used in the making of the atomic bomb and its subsequent dangers to those who built the bomb, as well as the dangers to the environment. “They” DO know that it is a toxic waste by-product of both the aluminum and fertiliser industries. And, you can bet that “they” DO know about the myriad of health problems, which are the direct result of ingesting sodium fluoride on a regular basis over a lifetime. But, addressing that those behind fluoridation happily know its dangers, along with the sinister agenda by these global “elitists” to poison and kill us, is too horrible for most people to imagine. This is classic “cognitive dissonance” – or unchallengeable belief systems. They simply do not have the capacity to consider this option and then psychologically profile the perpe-“traitors” who are blatantly attempting to wipe us all out... whether it be with fluoride, dangerous vaccinations, (known) designer diseases like AIDS, EBOLA, etc., Chemtrails, pasteurisation, homogenation, hormones, antibiotics, genetic modification, irradiation, and most recently the viralisation of lunch meats, hot dogs and bacon. I can only imagine that the next so-called “protective” step that the human race must endure will be that our food be exposed to some form of demonic “evil” (or a picture of Dick Cheney) that would scare the germs off of it. Seriously, is the human race simply that blindly self-destructive? Or, is life on earth being sentiently sabotaged from a multitude of levels? Unfortunately, the answer to the latter question is “yes.” The sheer weight of evidence to back up this declaration would sink 12 Titanics. But, for now, if you want a good history lesson on the progress of fluoride and fluoridation, as well as the need to eliminate both, read the article at the link below. www.lewrockwell.com/miller/miller17.html

Averill, Tauranga

Top US Official Now Questions 9/11 “A lot of these pieces of information, taken together, prove that the official story, the official conspiracy theory of 9/11 is a bunch of hogwash. It’s impossible. … There’s a second group of facts having to do with the cover up. … Taken together these things prove that high levels of our government don’t want us to know what happened and who’s responsible. … Who gained from 9/11? Who covered up crucial information about 9/11? And who put out the patently false stories about 9/11 in the first place? When you take those three things together, I think the case is pretty clear that it’s highly placed individuals in the administration with all roads passing through Dick Cheney. I think the very kindest thing that we can say about George W. Bush and all the people in the US Government that have been involved in this massive cover-up, the very kindest thing we can say is that they were aware of impending attacks and let them happen. Now some people will say that’s much too kind, however even that is high treason and conspiracy to commit murder.” Signatory: Petition requesting an immediate reinvestigation of 9/11

http://www.911truth.org Bio: http://bowman2006.com/ Email: [email protected]

Col. Robert Bowman, PhD, US Air Force (ret) – Director of Advanced Space Programs Development “Star Wars Program” under Presidents Ford and Carter. US Air Force fighter pilot with over 100 combat missions. (PhD in Aeronautics and Nuclear Engineering, Cal Tech). www.patriotsquestion911.com

The ultimate ignorance is the rejection of something you know nothing about and refuse to investigate. - Dr. Wayne Dyer

All truth passes through three stages. First, it is ridiculed, second it is violently opposed, and third, it is accepted as self-evident. – Arthur Schopenhauer Philosopher, 1788-1860 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07



Still addic ted to “mainstream media”? For mainstream media you’re nothing but a “market”. Your information is controlled by media gatekeepers. However, for UNCENSORED, you’re a thoughtful person who wants to know what’s really going on. In fact, we’re the ONLY New Zealand magazine that exposes the real news behind the news – free of corporate, religious or government influence. With no axe to grind, we bring you the facts – so you can make up your own mind. Subscriptions to UNCENSORED are only $39.60 for 4 big, quality issues (100+ pages each). Also, if you subscribe now, we will send you a FREE CD of our now-classic first issue (128 pages) featuring the cover story: “Was 9/11 an Inside Job?”. (It was.) (The price of the CD of our first issue without a subscription is $9.95) Please send me a subscription to UNCENSORED for [ ] issues at only $10 per issue (minimum 4 issues); postage included (within New Zealand). START MY SUBSCRIPTION WITH ISSUE # 5 [ ]... # 4 [ ]... # 3 [ ] or # 2 [ ]. (Check one) Overseas subscriptions (hardcopy) are $NZ100 per year, via air mail. Australian subscriptions are $NZ80 per year. ALL overseas subs (on CD) are $60 per year. [ ] Yes, please send me my FREE CD COPY of Issue #1 with my subscription. (Sorry, print copies of Issue 1 no longer available) Clip and mail to: [ ] I don’t want to subscribe, but please send me your CD of Issue 1 @ $9.95 each, p/h included. [ ] BULK ORDERS: Please send me _______copies of Issue 4 (current issue) @ only $8 each (10 or more copies only, includes p/h) UNCENSORED [ ] I enclose FULL PAYMENT of $____________ PO Box 28051, [ ] Please charge to my credit card [ ]Visa [ ]MC [ ]AMEX [ ]Diners [ ]Other______________ Remuera, Auckland, Please Note: YOUR ACCOUNT WILL BE DEBITED TO GRAFTON MARKETING New Zealand

Number on card______________/________________/________________/________________Expiry Date__________________ Name on card..............................................................................Your Name................................................................................................. Address.............................................................................................................. City/Town...............................................................Postal Code........................ State................................ Country.................................................................... email...........................................................................

US Congress Grants Bush Dictatorial Powers By Chris Floyd, TruthOut UK Correspondent 2 October 2006 There is no week nor day nor hour when tyranny may not enter upon this country – if the people lose their confidence in themselves – and lose their roughness and spirit of defiance. – Walt Whitman It was a dark hour indeed on Thursday when the United States Senate voted to end the constitutional republic and transform the country into a “Leader-State,” giving the president and his agents the power to capture, torture and imprison forever anyone – American citizens included – whom they arbitrarily decide is an “enemy combatant.” This also includes those who merely give “terrorism” some kind of “support,” defined so vaguely that many experts say it could encompass legal advice, innocent gifts to charities or even political opposition to US government policy within its draconian strictures. All of this is bad enough – a sickening and cowardly surrender of liberty not seen in a major Western democracy since the Enabling Act passed by the German Reichstag in March 1933. But it is by no means the full extent of our degradation. In reality, the darkness is deeper, and more foul, than most people imagine. For in addition to the dictatorial powers of seizure and torment given by Congress on Thursday to George W. Bush – powers he had already seized and exercised for five years anyway, even without this fig leaf of sham legality – there is a far more sinister imperial right that Bush has claimed – and used – openly, without any demur or debate from Congress at all: ordering the “extrajudicial killing” of anyone on earth that he and his deputies decide – arbitrarily, without charges, court hearing, formal evidence, or appeal – is an “enemy combatant.” That’s right; from the earliest days of the Terror War – September 17, 2001, to be exact – Bush has claimed the peremptory power of life and death over the entire world. If he says you’re an enemy of America, you are. If he wants to imprison you and torture you, he can. And if he decides you should die, he’ll kill you. This is not hyperbole, liberal

paranoia, or “conspiracy theory”: it’s simply a fact, reported by the mainstream media, attested by senior administration figures, recorded in official government documents – and boasted about by the president himself, in front of Congress and a national television audience. And although the Republic snuffing act just passed by Congress does not directly address Bush’s royal prerogative of murder, it nonetheless strengthens it and enshrines it in law. For the measure sets forth clearly that the designation of an “enemy combatant” is left solely to the executive branch; neither Congress nor the courts have any say in the matter. When this new law is coupled with the existing “Executive Orders” authorizing “lethal force” against arbitrarily designated “enemy combatants,” it becomes, quite literally, a license to kill – with the seal of Congressional approval. How arbitrary is this process by which all our lives and liberties are now governed? Dave Niewert at Orcinus has unearthed a remarkable admission of its totally capricious nature. In an December 2002 story in the Washington Post, then-Solicitor General Ted Olson described the anarchy at the heart of the process with admirable frankness: “[There is no] requirement that the executive branch spell out its criteria for determining who qualifies as an enemy combatant,” Olson argues. “There won’t be 10 rules that trigger this or 10 rules that end this,” Olson said in the interview. “There will be judgments and instincts and evaluations and implementations that have to be made by the executive that are probably going to be different from day to day, depending on the circumstances.” In other words, what is safe to do or say today might imperil your freedom or your life tomorrow. You can never know if you are on the right side of the law, because the “law” is merely the whim of the Leader and his minions: their “instincts” determine your guilt or innocence, and these flutterings in the gut can change from day to day. This radical uncertainty is the very essence of despotism – and it is now, formally and

Village Voice

officially, the guiding principle of the United States government. And underlying this edifice of tyranny is the prerogative of presidential murder. Perhaps the enormity of this monstrous perversion of law and morality has kept it from being fully comprehended. It sounds unbelievable to most people: a president ordering hits like a Mafia don? But that is our reality, and has been for five years. To overcome what seems to be a widespread cognitive dissonance over this concept, we need only examine the record – a record, by the way, taken entirely from publicly available sources in the mass media. There’s nothing secret or contentious about it, nothing that any ordinary citizen could not know – if they choose to know it. Six days after the 9/11 attacks, George W. Bush signed a “presidential finding” authorizing the CIA to kill those individuals whom he had marked for death as “terrorists”. This in itself was not an entirely radical innovation; Bill Clinton’s White House legal team had drawn up memos asserting the president’s right to issue “an order to kill an individual enemy of the United States in self-defense,” despite the legal prohibitions against assassination, the Washington Post reported in October 2001. The Clinton team based this ruling on the “inherent powers” of the “Commander in Chief” – that mythical, ever-elastic construct that Bush has evoked over and over to defend his own unconstitutional usurpations. The practice of “targeted killing” was apparently never used by Clinton, however; despite the pro-assassination memos, Clinton followed the traditional presidential practice of bombing the hell out of a bunch of civilians whenever he wanted to lash out at some recalcitrant leader or international outlaw

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

11

– as in his bombing of the Sudanese pharmaceutical factory in 1998, or the two massive strikes he launched against Iraq in 1993 and 1998, or indeed the death and ruin that was deliberately inflicted on civilian infrastructure in Serbia during that nation’s collective punishment for the crimes of Slobodan Milosevic. Here, Clinton was following the example set by George H.W. Bush, who killed hundreds, perhaps thousands, of Panamanian civilians in his illegal arrest of Manuel Noriega in 1988, and Ronald Reagan, who killed Moamar Gadafy’s adopted 2-year-old daughter and 100 other civilians in a punitive strike on Libya in 1986.

cover arrangements to ... enter countries surreptitiously.”

Junior Bush, of course, was about to outdo all those blunderbuss strokes with his massive air attacks on Afghanistan, which killed thousands of civilians, and the later orgy of death and destruction in Iraq. But he also wanted the power to kill individuals at will. At first, the assassination program was restricted to direct orders from the president aimed at specific targets, as suggested by the Clinton memos. But soon the arbitrary power of life and death was delegated to agents in the field, after Bush signed orders allowing CIA assassins to kill targets without seeking presidential approval for each attack, the Washington Post reported in December, 2002. Nor was it necessary any longer for the president to approve each new name added to the target list; the “security organs” could designate “enemy combatants” and kill them as they saw fit. However, Bush was always keen to get the details about the agency’s wetwork, administration officials assured the Post.

Here we find a deadly echo of the “rendition” program that has sent so many captives to torture pits in Syria, Egypt and elsewhere – including many whose innocence has been officially established, such as the Canadian businessman Maher Arar, German national Khalid El-Masri, UK native Mozzam Begg and many others. They had been subjected to imprisonment and torture despite their innocence, because of intelligence “mistakes.” How many have fallen victim to Bush’s hit squads on similar shaky grounds?

The first officially confirmed use of this power was the killing of an American citizen, along with several foreign nationals, by a CIA drone missile in Yemen on November 3, 2002. A similar strike occurred on December 4, 2005, when a CIA missile destroyed a house and purportedly killed Abu Hamza Rabia, a suspected al-Qaeda figure. But the only bodies found at the site were those of two children, the house owner’s son and nephew, Reuters reports. The grieving father denied any connection to terrorism. An earlier CIA strike on another house missed Rabia but killed his wife and children, Pakistani officials reported. However, there is simply no way of knowing at this point how many people have been killed by American agents operating outside all judicial process. Most of the assassinations are carried out in secret: quietly, professionally. As a Pentagon document uncovered by the New Yorker in December, 2002, revealed, the death squads must be “small and agile,” and “able to operate clandestinely, using a full range of official and non-official

12

What’s more, there are strong indications that the Bush administration has outsourced some of the contracts to outside operators. In the original Post story about the assassinations – in those first heady weeks after 9/11, when administration officials were much more open about “going to the dark side,” as Cheney boasted on national television – Bush insiders told the paper that “it is also possible that the instrument of targeted killings will be foreign agents, the CIA’s term for nonemployees who act on its behalf.

So here we are. Congress has just entrenched the principle of Bush’s “unitary executive” dictatorship into law; and it is this principle that undergirds the assassination program. As I wrote in December, it’s hard to believe that any genuine democracy would accept a claim by its leader that he could have anyone killed simply by labeling them an “enemy.” It’s hard to believe that any adult with even the slightest knowledge of history or human nature could countenance such unlimited, arbitrary power, knowing the evil it is bound to produce. Yet this is exactly what the great and good in America have done. But this should come as no surprise. They have known about it all along, and have not only countenanced Bush’s death squad, but even celebrated it. I’ll end with one more passage from that December article, which sadly is even more apt for our degraded reality today. It was a depiction of the one of the most revolting scenes in recent American history: Bush’s state of the Union address in January 2003, delivered live to the nation during the final warmongering frenzy before the rape of Iraq: Trumpeting his successes in the Terror War, Bush claimed that “more than 3,000 suspected terrorists” had been arrested worldwide – “and many others have met a different fate.” His face then took on the characteristic leer, the strange, sickly half–smile it acquires whenever he speaks of killing people: “Let’s put it this way. They are no longer a problem.”

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

In other words, the suspects – and even Bush acknowledged they were only suspects – had been murdered. Lynched. Killed by agents operating unsupervised in that shadow world where intelligence, terrorism, politics, finance and organized crime meld together in one amorphous, impenetrable mass. Killed on the word of a dubious informer, perhaps: a tortured captive willing to say anything to end his torment, a business rival, a personal foe, a bureaucrat looking to impress his superiors, a paid snitch in need of cash, a zealous crank pursuing ethnic, tribal or religious hatreds – or any other purveyor of the garbage data that is coin of the realm in the shadow world. Bush proudly held up this hideous system as an example of what he called “the meaning of American justice.” And the assembled legislators ... applauded. Oh, how they applauded! They roared with glee at the leering little man’s bloodthirsty, B-movie machismo. They shared his sneering contempt for law – our only shield, however imperfect, against the blind, brute, ignorant, ape-like force of raw power. Not a single voice among them was raised in protest against this tyrannical machtpolitik: not that night, not the next day, not ever. And now, in September 2006, we know they will never raise that protest. Oh, a few Democrats stood up at the last minute on Thursday to posture nobly about the dangers of the detainee bill – but only when they knew the it was certain to pass, when they had already given up their one weapon against it, the filibuster, in exchange for permission from their Republican masters to offer amendments that they also knew would fail. Had they been offering such speeches since October 2001, when the lineaments of Bush’s presidential tyranny were already clear – or at any other point during the systematic dismantling of America’s liberties over the past five years – these fine words might have had some effect. Now the killing will go on. The tyranny that has entered upon the country will grow stronger, more brazen; the darkness will deepen. Whitman, thou should’st be living at this hour; America has need of thee. Chris Floyd is an American journalist. His work has appeared in print and online in venues all over the world, including The Nation, Counterpunch, Columbia Journalism Review, the Christian Science Monitor, Il Manifesto, the Moscow Times and many others. He is the author of Empire Burlesque: High Crimes and Low Comedy in the Bush Imperium, and is co-founder and editor of the “Empire Burlesque” political blog. He can be reached at [email protected]

UNCENSORED Interview: Steve Crow Jon Eisen: Are you serious about running for Mayor of Auckland at this time? How many people have asked you to run for mayor?   Steve Crow:  Oh, dozens of people have asked me to run for mayor at various times; not just recently but over the last few years. When I was doing the Boobs on Bikes parade in Queen Street I had many people shouting to me, saying things like “run for mayor, we’ll support you.”  JE  They probably would.  Some people think that it’s an interesting idea, but it’s probably just another publicity stunt. SC  I’ve had a lot of people say it’s a publicity stunt; it’s not. I mean it’s definitely not a publicity stunt, and it’s not something I thought of off my own bat. It’s something that was promoted in me by people who are dissatisfied with the current administration and people indicating that they agree with some of my ideas, even if it’s not necessarily what I do for a living they agree with – just the fact that I promote individual freedom and the idea that less is best when it comes to government. JE You seem to be a natural showman, as evidenced by your success in keeping yourself and Erotica in the headlines for an entire week.  You’ve had several careers including merchant banker, diver, publisher and porn king. Do you have any other goals other than making money?”  SC:  Obviously making money is a primary goal in my life. I am very, very financially oriented. JE:  Why? SC:  Not actually for the money itself; I actually have very little use for money other than as one measure of success and for what it allows you to do – the freedom it gives you.  I have far more interest in social change and enacting social change and I think with some of the things I’ve already done in my career, even in the adult industry, I’ve already made some quite significant social changes in New Zealand.

freedom of choice.  I’m very much an advocate of  the “less government is best” philosophy, so wherever I’ve had the opportunity I have fought against legislation and fought against the system in order to overturn the system’s control on us. JE:  When you say the system you mean the bureaucrats? Sc:  Bureaucrats,  politicians and various levels of government whose sole purpose in life seems to be to impose more and more control on our everyday lives. JE:  Bouncing from your last idea about goals, money for effecting your ideas … SC:  Mainly for giving me the ability to fight the inevitable persecution that occurs when you step outside the square and when you go against the established view. JE:  You certainly have made an art of that. SC:  Yes, and it is an expensive thing to do. You’ve got to be able to fight to  defend yourself and I do that very vigorously and at great personal expense. JE:  Do you think pornography denigrates women and helps legitimise rape?”

these critics are making which is that the great unwashed have a look at all this and they go “it’s OK to rape” and all that kind of stuff. SC: I   believe the critics that say that are completely ignorant of the facts.  Where a porn movie is about rape and forcible sex then I think such content is inappropriate. However, we have to remember that these are stories like any other movies. Just because they show something does not mean they promote or advocate what they show and more than a murder thriller promotes or advocates murder.   I make a definition – and it is an arbitrary definition – that what we deal in is adult entertainment and adult entertainment is defined in my world as consensual sex between consenting adults for the purpose of other consenting adults to watch.  So if you follow that definition, which encompasses everything that we deal in, it automatically excludes rape, animals, kids, whatever, dead people, any of those things because it’s consenting adults for consenting adults to watch, so I put it into the bag anything that is outside of those barriers is pornography and I don’t believe we deal in  pornography; we deal in adult entertainment.

“I’m certainly railing against hypocrisy. The powers that be, previous administrations, the church or whatever seem to think that violence is preferable to sex.”

SC:  I totally and utterly do not. Pornography liberates women.  They control the porn industry. Without women there is no porn industry. The main players in the porn industry are women.

JE: OK. What would you consider pornography? Would you consider violence in films to be pornography?

JE:  Are you talking about the moguls or the models?

JE:  For the better, you think?

SC:  Both.  Some of the major companies are owned by women. Some production companies are run by women, many of the producers are women these days, many of the directors are women these days …

SC:  I think for the better.  I advocate for

JE:  But that doesn’t get to the point that

SC: Yes I do.  I consider violence to be pornographic. I consider violence ... we have this incredible dichotomy where you can have an incredibly violent movie where the main theme is violence and all sorts of unlawful activity and you can throw some sex into it and that’s OK, but you can have a movie that is 99% about loving sex and have a 1 minute rape scene

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

13

and it’s banned. JE:  So really you’re against hypocrisy aren’t you? SC:  I’m certainly railing against hypocrisy . The powers that be, previous administrations, the church or whatever seem to think that violence is preferable to sex. Violence is fine for mainstream  entertainment ; it can even be against women as long as it’s not associated with sex.

less government is best.  I’m not interested in telling people what they may or may not do. I’m interested in ripping up as much  unnecessarily restrictive  legislation as possible. I am interested in giving people freedom of choice.  JE: But what about practical choices we’re not given? People don’t have the choice now when they’re stuck in traffic to take a monorail, which would be the simplest most logical thing, right down the centre of the motorway. OK, no choice. When we talk about choices we don’t usually think that we have been denied the choice of a decent rapid transit system.

“Relax, it’s just sex.”

JE:  Is there an appropriate an inappropriate level of public nudity?   SC:  I actually don’t personally believe there is. At the end of the day we are all born naked.    JE:  Except for the holier than thou people who were born with clothes on. SC:  Oh, no I don’t  actually believe there is an inappropriate level of public nudity.  I think if people want to walk around with no clothes on and risk getting sunburned and cold and grazed and all that, then fine. I don’t believe clothing evolved for any other purpose other than protecting us against the elements.  It was the advent of the church and religion that stated that we needed to cover certain of our bits up. Previously clothing served absolutely no practical purpose whatsoever other than to protect us from the elements. JE:  And the motto that’s emblazoned on your car which I really like is: SC:  “Relax it’s just sex.” JE:  (Laughs)  There you go.  You frequently berate politicians and yet now you apparently wish to become one. What is the difference between you and them?  Do you have a vision for Auckland other than what is being pushed by the  establishment? SC:  The difference between me and a politician is really simple. The politicians we  have and have typically had are all about forcing their views upon you, setting down boundaries and making new legislation and changing the rules and shifting the goal posts further and further out to limit what we the taxpayers, who are ultimately their employers, can do.Where I come from is a platform of

14

SC:  We have been denied that choice. We do have a political system where the people who are in power are so concerned with staying in power or getting back in power that they’re not prepared to make the hard decisions. They will spend millions of dollars on studies and yet they often don’t act on them or do anything about them.  They spend millions of dollars worrying about the different pressure groups’ opinions rather than saying, “Right. Auckland is gridlocked: This needs to be fixed.” Regardless of what solution  you choose you are going to piss someone off, so just get it on and get it done. JE:  They never even think of monorail. The only way they think is road orientated, more roads, more roads more traffic, whilst nobody seriously considers the real solutions, which definitely don’t involve more roads (and  there’s a good lobbying reason for that and we both know why that is). SC:  Oil. JE:  Just so. There’a wonderful movie called “Who Framed Roger Rabbit”. It came out in the eighties. It’s basically about the takeover of the Los Angeles intracity railway by General Motors which proceeded to rip up the tracks and pave it and make the world’s first superhighway and that was General Motors, working of course with the oil companies.  That was the most advanced intra-city rail system in the world.  Auckland itself had wonderful rapid transit in the trams...What we’re talking about when we’re talking about transport is the alternatives that don’t get presented because people don’t think outside the square. We can’t think any more.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Sc:  Well not that we can’t; it’s we won’t, we won’t think anymore...We’ll take the easy option every time. JE:  More roads, more roads... SC  I’m not saying we don’t need more roads;  we certainly need better roads but roads alone are not the solution. JE:  But we wouldn’t need more roads if Aucklanders could get on their little twenty passenger monorail which one of the dumbest cities in the states, Miami has had one for thirtyfive, forty years and New York had their subway system in 1901.  However, you’re right about the fact that we have a deprivation of choice here. You can’t get a drink of pure water in Auckland for example, thanks to the aluminium and fertiliser companies that put their very heavy duty toxic waste in our water, call it good for your teeth and deprive everybody of their freedom to have access to pure water, unless of course you pay for bottled water which I’ve just learned is contaminated from some of the products in plastic which is itself a bit scary. JE: UNCENSORED  seems to have carved itself a place in New Zealand. Do you believe that the mainstream media is censored, too timid to deal with the really important stories or is it that you do not wish your porn to be censored and is your commitment to freedom of speech strictly a monetary consideration? Is there a larger principle at work here?” SC:  Yes I believe that the media is censored.  It is certainly nothing to do with the fact that I have an interest in pornography.  It is about freedom of speech.  I mean I see it all the time. For example, I do interviews and make statements and then watch what actually comes across in the press being completely out of context. It has been flavoured and changed by the editors to reflect their opinion of me to make me appear in a bad light. I will do an interview in a completely innocuous office surrounding, well dressed and everything and they will put some porn behind it, splice in a bit of footage from ‘Boobs on Bikes’. If it were Mr Hubbard for example he would be sitting in his suit doing an interview, but you don’t suddenly see boxes of cornflakes on a conveyor belt, simply because it’s totally irrelevant, as is my job. So, UNCENSORED  is important because it isn’t coloured, well I aim for it not to be coloured by anyone’s opinions. It simply puts forward alternative views and leaves it to the reader to make up their

own mind. UNCENSORED is simply putting forward alternative views and then leaving it it to the reader to make up their mind about what is right, what is wrong, what is fact, what is not fact... and thereby it seeks to circumvent censorship.  JE:  UNCENSORED  has been provocative if nothing else  with numerous articles on emerging US and Australian fascist laws and increasingly strident militarism.  Other articles on science and the medical establishment and the suppression of free energy and the UFO story are equally cutting edge or  paranoid ravings. Some would say that UNCENSORED  magazine is nothing but conspiracy theory gone wrong.  How do you respond to these accusations? SC:  It is not the intention of UNCENSORED  to offer an opinion.  UNCENSORED is there to provide some facts, to provide some alternative theories, whether they be conspiracy theories or any other type of theories. They are theories, they are valid theories and we hand them to the reader and give them, the reader, the option to make up their own mind; whereas mainstream media, by covering up those alternative views, is removing from the intelligent reader the opportunity to make up their own mind. They are putting forward their own opinions. JE: They do and they are pushing it as fact. SC:  Yes. I have stated in other media that I don’t necessarily believe everything that is in UNCENSORED.  I don’t believe anyone can believe everything in UNCENSORED because there is too much that we don’t know. JE:  But you could say the same about the Herald or the NZ Listener… SC: But what I also say and have said many, many times in the media is, I don’t, certainly don’t, believe everything that it is in UNCENSORED. However, if only ten percent of what is in UNCENSORED is true, it’s very, very frightening, and certainly more than ten percent is true in my opinion. JE:  Apart from your social persona, is there a different private Steve Crow? SC: Steve Crow is actually a very private person who has a real social conscience to

work towards some of the things that really matter to me, to myself and I’m very passionate about some of those things. JE:  Like what? SC: I’m very passionate about the environment, I’m very passionate about animals and endangered species. I’m very passionate about history and our past and in the way our veterans get treated. JE:  What about our history and our past, what aspects of that? SC:  I’m very passionate about mis-reporting of our history and our past.  I’m very passionate about the fact that there’s a hell of a lot of evidence out there that flies completely in the face of the accepted history of New Zealand with the Maori and

be honest, I mean if my great, great, great grandfather sold downtown Auckland for a blanket and a knife to your great, great, great grandfather, well, it was what it was worth in that market, in that free market at that time with a willing buyer and a willing vendor and what right do I now have to say to you, “well hang on it’s now worth $100 million, that piece of land”... JE:  But what about all the land that was confiscated? SC:  Where it was confiscated well... again... JE:  Like in the Maori Wars, for example. SC:  Well again, it was confiscated as a result of war. JE:  It was confiscated fair and square? SC: It was confiscated fair and square.  Well, OK did the Maoris want to hand it back to the Morioris who lived on...well how far back do you go? JE:  Ah, yes. SC: It was confiscated, Gee, well, you know that’s sad. JE:  Get on with it.

Pakeha comings and goings. And whilst I’m part Maori myself I am very adverse to this on-going Treaty of Waitangi settlement situation and the fact that it’s something that never seems to go away.

world.

SC:  Get on with it.  That’s happened everywhere around the

JE:  That’s right you could say the same thing about the States.

JE:  Why do you think..?

SC:  You could say the same thing about anywhere.

SC:  Because it’s buying votes,  if you want to get the Maori vote offer to pay them some more money.

JE:  Yeah that’s right...So at which point do we stop confiscating each other’s land, property, possessions...

JE:  The Maori Party is scooping up the vote now.

SC:  Yeah, so two wrongs make a right, let’s hand it back... to whom? The people it  was confiscated from have long gone...

SC:  Yeah, um... JE:  They have no say over the continuation of the Waitangi Tribunal... SC:  Well, if they get enough power... JE:  They don’t and yet it’s gotta go deeper than that.

JE:  I’m just thinking at which point do we stop all this nonsense? SC:  We stop now and get on with moving forward rather than looking back. JE:  That’s a wrap!  [laughing]

SC:  I mean I think the whole Treaty of Waitangi thing is a little bit of a joke to UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

15

The UNCENSORED News October, 2006



AND FASCISM WATCH

False Flag Attack Imminent to Start War on Iran? False flag provocation likely to occur within months, 9/11 & truth activists targeted for elimination as Alex Jones makes unpalatable prediction Paul Joseph Watson PrisonPlanet.com

17 August 2006 As manufactured terror alerts, magnified turmoil in the Middle East, and dire proclamations that doomsday is approaching all converge at the end of the [Northern hemisphere] summer of 2006, the twist in the story is likely to be a massive staged terror attack that will smother any remaining voices of dissent and once again leave America transfixed in an orgy of militarism, paranoia and fear. The time frame for the attacks is within 2 months – the biggest risk being before the middle of October but at least before the mid-term elections in November. “The prelude to a new mega attack or a string of large attacks – leading up to that – I predicted that they would have five to ten staged busts of terrorists,” said Jones. The watershed success of the 9/11 truth movement in obtaining national exposure has been met with a fierce backlash from the establishment in the form of nationwide editorials on cue, almost as if uniformly timed, that attack 9/11 sceptics with straw man smear campaign arguments. In addition, an increase in alleged foiled terror alerts serves two purposes, to shift attention away from the increasingly high profile 9/11 truth information and secondly to construct the story board to which the next real attack will be pinned. “Look, we protected you from all those attacks but we just couldn’t stop them all

16

– it was the peaceniks and the civil libertarians who prevented us going all the way and keeping America safe – they are to blame for major cities being dirty bombed and others biologically poisoned.” The baseless terror raids, besides acting as PR for delusional fearmongering and the perception that terrorists are hiding under every bed, also creates a chilling effect whereby the government is sending a message to anyone that doesn’t display the proper modicum of obedience and fails to salute the war on terror. “We can grab you off the street or from your own home at our own convenience and incarcerate you – without having to present any evidence to justify it.” The targets of the subsequent frenzied police state clampdown will be the ‘traitors’ who questioned their government’s motivations in the war on terror and blocked Bush’s path in protecting the American people. Alex Jones has only made one previous prediction that he was overwhelmingly sure would come to pass. In July 2001, Jones launched ‘Operation Expose the Government Terrorists,’ a desperate late attempt to focus activism around raising awareness of an imminent massive terror attack that would be blamed on the patsy Osama bin Laden. Unfortunately that foresight came home to roost on September 11, and we now find ourselves in similar peril five years later. On his August 10th show, Alex Jones broadcast a warning that we would soon see, “bone-shattering mega attacks in the United States, Canada, England or Israel.” Some have suggested that Fox News’ mention of Alex Jones’ warning (watch above) is sufficient advance protection to offset the coming attack. However, coverage of the warning needs to be infinitely more widespread in order to have any

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Vol.2, No.1

impact. The 9/11 Blogger website has put together an activist page that provides information on how people can help us mobilise to try and prevent what government officials and their apologists have told us is inevitable. Disturbing developments such as the smearing of 9/11 truth activists as terrorist sympathisers and the surveillance and wanton random arrests and beatings of alternative news journalists act as a red flag to denote preparation for a martial law crackdown in the wake of a new synthetic terror attack. The beta test for this tactic was the 1995 Oklahoma City Bombing, a false flag event that almost obliterated the burgeoning Patriot Movement. In the immediate aftermath of the attack the patsy, Timothy McVeigh, was linked with “far-right militia groups” that talked about the Constitution and federal encroachment on God-given rights. Though no mass sweeps took place, the chilling effect was enough to send a great deal of activists into the shadows – or worse many sold out and became frothing Neo-Cons as soon as Bush got into office. That same chilling effect is again being employed and applied not just to paleoconservatives – but to anyone who dares dissent against the Neo-Fascist agenda. Even democratically elected moderate anti-war candidates such as Ned Lamont, hardly a George Washington, and his supporters, are being accused of supporting Al-Qaeda by the drooling maniacs who act as PR whores for the Bushists. Though on the face of it this kind of rhetoric – the notion that thousands of citizens in Connecticut ticked Lamont’s box because they thought it would help Osama bin Laden – is patently schizophrenic, the mere repetition of the big lie is enough for many to zealously uphold its orthodoxy. In addition to network news TV shows, reports of Neo-Con cheerleaders on the radio framing anyone who questions 9/11 as having an ‘Al Qaeda mind set’ are beginning to filter in. It doesn’t take a rocket scientist to see where all this is potentially heading – directly to a Homeland Security labour camp unless we stand up and point the finger at the real freedom loathing

The UNCENSORED News terrorists. We should not consider ourselves outside of the scope of a regime that always links its next victims with Al-Qaeda as an excuse to decapitate them from the political spectrum. Alex Jones’ warning of a monumental staged terror attack, creating the pretext to air strike Iran, and its subsequent ramifications for freedom-exercising citizens and truth activists in the western world, is a piercing light through the veil of deception and needs to be echoed around the four corners of the globe if we are to stand a chance of saving America from the grip of a vampiric Neo-Fascist horror show.

Austrian Court Confirms British Historian Guilty Of Thought Crimes 6 September 2006 VIENNA (AFP) – An Austrian court has

denying the Holocaust of European Jewry. But Irving insisted at the trial that he no longer questioned the existence of gas chambers at the Nazi’s Auschwitz concentration camp.   Irving was also on trial for saying the November 1938 Kristallnacht pogrom against the Jews was not the work of the Nazis, but of “unknown” people who had dressed up as storm troopers, and that Adolf Hitler had in fact protected the Jews.  He was found guilty on all three counts by an eight-person jury.   The first court confirmed the guilty verdict in a closed-door session August 29, APA said.   Irving was prosecuted under an Austrian law targeting those who “deny the genocide by the National Socialists or other National Socialist crimes against humanity.” Austria is among 11 countries that have laws against denying the Holocaust, in which some six million Jews were slaughtered by Nazi Germany during WWII.   Irving has become notorious worldwide for attempting to establish, against the evidence, that Hitler was not party to the Holocaust, that there were no gas chambers at Auschwitz and that the number of Jews slain by the Nazis was greatly exaggerated.   In 2000, Irving lost his fortune when he lost a high-profile libel case against US historian Deborah Lipstadt whom he had sued when she called him a Holocaust denier.

Harvard MD: Fluoride linked to cancer upheld a guilty verdict imposed on British historian David Irving for denying the existence of the Holocaust, the Austrian Press Agency (APA) reported Monday.   Another court has yet to rule on Irving’s appeal of his three-year prison sentence, which he is now serving in a Vienna jail. This ruling is not expected for at least two months.   Irving, 68, has been in jail since a one-day trial on February 20 at which he pleaded guilty to a charge dating from 1989 of

“We found an association between fluoride levels in drinking water during childhood and osteosarcoma for males diagnosed before age 20 years,” she wrote. Douglass’ $1.3 million dollar, 15 year study did not find a link between drinking fluoridated water and developing osteosarcoma. He said Bassin’s study is a subset of his study and that he had not been able to replicate her results. The Environmental Working Group, a Washington D.C. based advocacy group, recently filed an ethics complaint against Douglass because he allegedly cited Bassin’s study in his report, despite the opposite conclusions reached by the two studies. Douglass said he just listed Bassin’s study as a related publication and not a reference. Douglass has received widespread criticism for defending the use of fluoride while being editor of a publication funded by a fluoride toothpaste maker. Douglass wrote a letter in “Cancer Causes and Control,” where Bassin’s work was published, warning readers to take the results of Bassin’s study with discretion. “Readers are cautioned not to generalize and over-interpret results... before making conclusions, and before influencing any related policy decisions,” he wrote. —Staff writer Doris A. Hernandez can be reached at [email protected]

Published On Monday, 10 April By DORIS A. HERNANDEZ Crimson Staff Writer A study associating drinking fluoridated water with osteosarcoma, a rare malignant bone tumour, was published last Wednesday on “Cancer Causes and Control”, an online peer-review journal of Harvard University. Elise B. Bassin, a clinical instructor in Oral Health Policy and Epidemiology, who led the study, wrote in an e-mail

that she found a significant relationship between fluoride and cancer – contradicting the findings of her dissertation adviser Chester Douglass, the chair of the Oral Health Policy and Epidemiology Department at the Harvard School of Dental Medicine.

Chinese Cops Crack Down On Striptease Funerals 23 August 2006 Beijing (AFP) – Striptease send-offs at funerals may become a thing of the past in east China after five people were arrested for organising the intimate farewells, state media reported on Wednesday.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

17

The UNCENSORED News   Police swooped last week after two groups of strippers gave “obscene performances” at a farmer’s funeral in Donghai County, Jiangsu province, Xinhua news agency said.   The disrobing served a higher purpose, the report noted.   “Striptease used to be a common practice at funerals in Donghai’s rural areas to allure viewers,” it said. “Local villagers believe that the more people who attend the funeral, the more the dead person is honoured.”   Wealthy families often employed two troupes of performers to attract a crowd. Two hundred showed up at last week’s funeral.   Five strippers were detained and local officials “issued notices concerning funeral management,” Xinhua said.   Now village officials must submit plans for funerals within 12 hours after a villager dies. And residents can report “funeral misdeeds” on a hotline, the report said.

Poll: Christians ‘Addicted To Pornography’

“We are seeing an escalation to the problem in both men and women who regularly attend church,” said Bill Cooper, President of ChristiaNet.com. The poll, conducted at ChristiaNet.com, used a self-selected sample, and is therefore not a scientific study. Over 1,000 users responded to the survey. Additionally, 60% of the women who answered the survey confessed having “significant struggles with lust.” 40% admitted to being “involved in sexual sin” in the past year. “No one is immunized against the vicegrip clutches of sexual addictive behaviours,” reads a release issued by the site. “The people who struggle with the repeated pursuit of sexual gratification include church members, deacons, staff, and yes, even clergy.” “There have been dynamic paradigm shifts in the behaviour of Christians over the last four years,” explained Jones. “Technology has allowed pornography to flood the market place beyond a controllable level.” Jones’ ministry provides intervention programs for churches and individuals.

Raw Story 14 August 2006 http://www.rawstory.com/news/2006/Poll_ Christians_addicted_to_pornography_08 14.html

A poll conducted by what bills itself as “the world’s most visited Christian website” indicates a surprising number of Christians are addicted to pornography, RAW STORY has learned. “The poll results indicate that 50% of all Christian men and 20% of all Christian women are addicted to pornography,” said Clay Jones, founder and President of Second Glance Ministries www.2ndglance.org The group defines “addicted” as applied to pornography as use on an ongoing basis.

18

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Bush’s Faeces & Urine Classified “Top Secret” All Of It Captured And Flown Back From Europe By Wayne Madsen

WayneMadsenReport.com

5 July 2006

Even Bush’s crap is classified top secret. According to our Austrian sources, Austrian newspapers are currently abuzz with special security details of George W. Bush’s recent trip to Vienna. Although the heavy-handed Gestapo-like security measures meted out to Viennese home owners, business proprietors, and pedestrians by US Secret Service agents and local police before and during Bush’s visit received widespread Austrian media attention, it was White House “toilet security” (“TOILSEC”), which has Austrians talking the most. The White House flew in a special portable toilet to Vienna for Bush’s personal use during his visit. The Bush White House is so concerned about Bush’s security, the veil of secrecy extends over the president’s bodily excretions. The special port-a-john captured Bush’s faeces and urine and flew the waste material back to the United States in the event some enterprising foreign intelligence

The UNCENSORED News agency conducted a sewage pipe operation designed to trap and examine Bush’s waste material. One can only wonder why the White House is taking such extraordinary security measures for the presidential poop. In the past, similar operations were conducted against foreign leaders to determine their medical condition. However, these intelligence operations were directed against dictators in countries where even the medical conditions of the top political leaders were considered “state secrets.” The Israeli Mossad conducted one such operation against Syrian President Hafez Assad when he visited Amman, Jordan in Feb. 1999 for the funeral of King Hussein. The Mossad and its Jordanian counterpart installed a special toilet in Assad’s hotel room that led not to a pipe but to a specimen canister. Assad suffered from diabetes and cancer and the operation was designed to discover the actual medical condition of the ailing leader. During Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev’s visit to Washington in 1987, the CIA reportedly placed a special trap under a sewage tank to collect the Soviet leader’s bodily waste for analysis. More recently, the CIA was reported to have collected waste samples from Ugandan President-dictator Yoweri Museveni’s toilet when he visited Washington. Even Bush’s toilet paper was flown in from the US Air Base at Ramstein, Germany. In addition, Bush’s food was flown in from the United States and tested with special chemicals before he ate it. Romanian dictator Nicolae Ceausescu, who was shot by a firing squad in 1989, was the last major European leader to constantly use a food tester. The last frequent state visitor to Vienna, who always relied on a food tester, was Adolf Hitler.

Pollster Pleads Guilty to Making Up Results

Hacked - Virus Implanted/Spread On Diebold Vote Machines!

AP BRIDGEPORT, Conn. (7 September 2006) The owner of DataUSA Inc., a company that conducted political polls for the campaigns of President Bush, Sen. Joe Lieberman and other candidates, pleaded guilty to fraud for making up survey and poll results.

Tracy Costin pleaded guilty Wednesday to one count of conspiracy to commit wire fraud. Costin, 46, faces a maximum of five years in prison and a fine of up to $250,000 when she is sentenced Nov. 30. As part of her plea agreement, Costin agreed to repay $82,732 to the unidentified clients for 11 jobs between June 2002 and May 2004. DataUSA is now known as Viewpoint USA.

New, first-of-its kind, university study reveals malicious code can be easily inserted into voting machine, spread from one system to the next, resulting in flipped votes, and stolen elections all without a trace being left behind. Study also confirms that voter access cards can be created at home to defeat security protocols, allowing voters to vote multiple times in a single election! By Brad Friedman EXCLUSIVE 14 September 2006

According to a federal indictment, Costin told employees to alter poll data, and managers at the company told employees to “talk to cats and dogs” when instructing them to fabricate the surveys.

A vote for George Washington could easily be converted to a vote for Benedict Arnold on an electronic voting machine and neither the voter, nor the election officials administering the election would ever know what happened. It wouldn’t require a “conspiracy theory” or a “conspiracy” at all. It could be done by a single person with just a few moments of access to the voting systems.

FBI Special Agent Jeff Rovelli said 50 percent of information compiled by DataUSA and transmitted to Bush’s campaign was falsified, the Connecticut Post reported Thursday.

Those new findings are detailed, and illustrated on video-tape, in a new firstof-its-kind study released by computer scientists and security experts at Princeton University today.

Assistant US Attorney Edward Chang said on several occasions when the company was running up against a deadline to complete a job, results were falsified. Sometimes, the respondent’s gender or political affiliation were changed to meet a quota, other times all survey answers were fabricated.

The scientific study has revealed, for the first time, that a computer virus can be easily implanted on an electronic voting machine which could, in turn, result in votes flipped for opposing candidates. The virus, as well, could be written to then spread itself from one machine to the next resulting in a stolen election. The malfeasance would likely never be discovered, the scientists have said.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

19

The UNCENSORED News Though the concept of stolen votes via electronic voting systems has been widely regarded as theoretically possible by experts up until now, a top-secret four-month long hands-on study of an actual touchscreen voting system, by the scientists at Princeton, has confirmed the worst nightmares of elections officials and American voters – not to mention a voting machine company known as Diebold. The BRAD BLOG has had exclusive access to the scientists and information being tested as the team’s various hack attempts have been designed and carried out over the course of the study. Working directly with a Diebold AccuVote TS touch-screen voting system, the computer scientists have been able to implant a nearly-undetectable virus onto a touch-screen voting system, managing to successfully alter a voter’s ballot – after it’s already been confirmed and cast – in order to flip the vote so that it is recorded for a candidate other than the one the voter had intended. According to the study’s team leader, Edward W. Felten, a professor at Princeton’s Department of Computer Science, the report confirms and records in a video-taped demonstration that such a malicious virus could be easily inserted onto a Diebold touch-screen voting system by a single individual “with just one or two minutes of unsupervised access to either the voting machine or the memory card” used with the system to store ballot definitions and vote tabulations. The virus, as programmed by the Princeton team, could then spread from one voting system to the next depending on the way the machine in use is configured, or the way in which votes are tabulated in any particular jurisdication. “We’ve demonstrated that malicious code can spread like a virus from one voting machine to another,” said Felten in an exclusive interview, “which means that a bad guy who can get access to a few machines – or only one – can infect one machine, which could infect another, stealing a few votes on each in order to steal an entire election.” ... for more details:

http://www.bradblog.com/?p=3467

20

Detainee Measure to Have Fewer Restrictions By R. Jeffrey Smith The Washington Post Tuesday 26 September 2006 Republican lawmakers and the White House agreed over the weekend to alter new legislation on military commissions to allow the United States to detain and try a wider range of foreign nationals than an earlier version of the bill permitted, according to government sources. Lawmakers and administration officials announced last week that they had reached accord on the plan for the detention and military trials of suspected terrorists, and it is scheduled for a vote this week. But in recent days the Bush administration and its House allies successfully pressed for a less restrictive description of how the government could designate civilians as “unlawful enemy combatants,” the sources said yesterday. They spoke on the condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of negotiations over the bill. The government has maintained since the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks that, based on its reading of the laws of war, anyone it labels an unlawful enemy combatant can be held indefinitely at military or CIA prisons. But Congress has not yet expressed its view on who is an unlawful combatant, and the Supreme Court has not ruled directly on the matter. As a result, human rights experts expressed concern yesterday that the language in the new provision would be a precedent-setting congressional endorsement for the indefinite detention of anyone who, as the bill states, “has engaged in hostilities or who has purposefully and materially supported hostilities against the United States” or its military allies. The definition applies to foreigners living inside or outside the United States and does not rule out the possibility of designating a US citizen as an unlawful combatant. It is broader than that in last week’s version of the bill, which resulted from lengthy, closed-door negotiations between senior administration officials and dissident Republican senators. That version incorporated a definition backed

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

by the Senate dissidents: those “engaged in hostilities against the United States.” The new provision, which would cover captives held by the CIA, is more expansive than the one incorporated by the Defense Department on Sept. 5 in new rules that govern the treatment of detainees in military custody. The military’s definition of unlawful combatants covers only “those who engage in acts against the United States or its coalition partners in violation of the laws of war and customs of war during an armed conflict.” Kate Martin, director of the Center for National Security Studies, said that by including those who “supported hostilities” – rather than those who “engage in acts” against the United States – the government intends the legislation to sanction its seizure and indefinite detention of people far from the battlefield. Martin noted that “the administration kidnapped an innocent German citizen” and “held him incommunicado for months ... because the CIA or Pentagon wrongly suspected him of terrorist ties.” She was referring to Khalid al-Masri, who the Bush administration eventually acknowledged was detained on insufficient grounds. Nothing in the proposed legislation – which mostly concerns the creation of new military panels, known as “commissions,” to try terrorism suspects – directly addresses such CIA apprehensions and “renditions.” But the bill’s new definition “would give the administration a stronger basis on which to argue that Congress has recognized that the battlefield is wherever the terrorist is, and they can seize people far from the area of combat, label them as unlawful enemy combatants and detain them indefinitely,” said Suzanne Spaulding, an assistant general counsel at the CIA from 1989 to 1995. Traditionally, courts have found it reasonable for parties to armed conflicts to seize or try people they encounter on a battlefield, to keep them from returning to the hostilities, added Spaulding, who was also a general counsel for the House and Senate intelligence committees. “The Supreme Court could potentially look at this and say Congress has now defined how anyone anywhere in the world” is subject to detention and military trial, even when far from an active combat zone, she said.

The UNCENSORED News Israel Detroyed South Lebanon

Before: After:

Lebanon-Israel, 31 August 2006

Israel destroyed or damaged in south Lebanon 1489 buildings, 21 of 29 bridges over the Litani river, 535 sections of road and 545 cultivated fields during its 34day military offensive In Beirut, 326 residential buildings have either been damaged or destroyed in the southern suburbs, of which 269 are located in the Haret Horaik area. All runways of Beirut airport and six strategic highway sections have been severely damaged. The European Commission, through its in-house scientific expertise and working with the EU Satellite Centre, provided a preliminary damage assessment and had called for another assessment for south Lebanon to assist a donors’ conference on Lebanon being held today Stockholm. It is said that some 1200 civilians were killed by Israel, and about a quarter of Lebanon’s population was displaced during the aggression by Israel on Lebanon. Lebanon’s Prime Minister Fouad Siniora said yesterday that 130,000 housing units had been destroyed or damaged in more than a month of Israeli air raids and ground assaults fighting against Lebanon. $3.6 billion of physical damage is said to have inflicted on Lebanon, without counting the economic damage and loss.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

21

The UNCENSORED News IDF Commander: We Fired More Than A Million Cluster Bombs In Lebanon

accounting for the littered and explosive landscape of post-war Lebanon. When his reserve duty came to a close, the commander in question sent a letter to Defense Minister Amir Peretz outlining the use of cluster munitions, a letter which has remained unanswered. ‘Excessive injury and unnecessary suffering’

By Meron Rappaport 12 September 2006

It has come to light that IDF soldiers fired phosphorous rounds in order to cause fires in Lebanon. An artillery commander has admitted to seeing trucks loaded with phosphorous rounds on their way to artillery crews in the north of Israel.

“What we did was insane and monstrous, we covered entire towns in cluster bombs,” the head of an IDF (Israeli Defence Force) rocket unit in Lebanon said regarding the use of cluster bombs and phosphorous shells during the war.

A direct hit from a phosphorous shell typically causes severe burns and a slow, painful death.

www.haaretz.com

Quoting his battalion commander, the rocket unit head stated that the IDF fired around 1,800 cluster bombs, containing over 1.2 million cluster bomblets. In addition, soldiers in IDF artillery units testified that the army used phosphorous shells during the war, widely forbidden by international law. According to their claims, the vast majority of said explosive ordinance was fired in the final 10 days of the war. The rocket unit commander stated that Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS) platforms were heavily used in spite of the fact that they were known to be highly inaccurate. MLRS is a track or tire carried mobile rocket launching platform, capable of firing a very high volume of mostly unguided munitions. The basic rocket fired by the platform is unguided and imprecise, with a range of about 32 kilometers. The rockets are designed to burst into sub-munitions at a planned altitude in order to blanket enemy army and personnel on the ground with smaller explosive rounds. The use of such weaponry is controversial mainly due to its inaccuracy and ability to wreak great havoc against indeterminate targets over large areas of territory, with a margin of error of as much as 1,200 meters from the intended target to the area hit. The cluster rounds which don’t detonate on impact, believed by the United Nations to be around 40% of those fired by the IDF in Lebanon, remain on the ground as unexploded munitions, effectively littering the landscape with thousands of land mines which will continue to claim victims long after the war has ended. Because of their high level of failure to detonate, it is believed that there are around 500,000 unexploded munitions on the ground in Lebanon. To date 12 Lebanese civilians have been killed by these mines since the end of the war. According to the commander, in order to compensate for the inaccuracy of the rockets and the inability to strike individual targets precisely, units would “flood” the battlefield with munitions,

22

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

International law forbids the use of weapons that cause “excessive injury and unnecessary suffering”, and many experts are of the opinion that phosphorous rounds fall directly in that category. The International Red Cross has determined that international law forbids the use of phosphorous and other types of flammable rounds against personnel, both civilian and military. IDF: No violation of international law In response, the IDF Spokesman’s Office stated that “International law does not include a sweeping prohibition of the use of cluster bombs. The convention on conventional weaponry does not declare a prohibition on [phosphorous weapons], rather, on principles regulating the use of such weapons. “For understandable operational reasons, the IDF does not respond to [accounts of] details of weaponry in its possession. “The IDF makes use only of methods and weaponry which are permissible under international law. Artillery fire in general, including MLRS fire, were used in response solely to firing on the state of Israel.” The Defence Minister’s office said it had not received messages regarding cluster bomb fire.

The UNCENSORED News ANOTHER SMOKING GUN:

AMA Admits No Studies Were Done On Fluoride Side Effects This letter from Dr. Flanagan, Assistant Director of the American Medical Association certainly makes clear that the AMA refuses to say that fluoridation is harmless and that no studies were ever done on fluoride side effects by the AMA.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

23

The UNCENSORED News

PROPAGANDA WATCH Putting Words In Ahmadinejad’s Mouth By Virginia Tilley Johannesburg, South Africa In this frightening mess in the Middle East, let’s get one thing straight. Iran is not threatening Israel with destruction. Iran’s president has not threatened any action against Israel. Over and over, we hear that Iran is clearly “committed to annihilating Israel” because the “mad” or “reckless” or “hard-line” President Ahmadinejad has repeatedly threatened to destroy Israel. But every supposed quote, every supposed instance of his doing so, is wrong. The most infamous quote, “Israel must be wiped off the map”, is the most glaringly wrong. In his October 2005 speech, Mr. Ahmadinejad never used the word “map” or the term “wiped off”. According to Farsi-language experts like Juan Cole and even right-wing services like MEMRI, what he actually said was “this regime that is occupying Jerusalem must vanish from the page of time.” What did he mean? In this speech to an annual anti-Zionist conference, Mr. Ahmadinejad was being prophetic, not threatening. He was citing Imam Khomeini, who said this line in the 1980s – a period when Israel was actually selling arms to Iran, so apparently it was not viewed as so ghastly then. Mr. Ahmadinejad had just reminded his audience that the Shah’s regime, the Soviet Union, and Saddam Hussein had all seemed enormously powerful and immovable, yet the first two had vanished almost beyond recall and the third now languished in prison. So, too, the “occupying regime” in Jerusalem would someday be gone. His message was, in essence, “This too shall pass.” But what about his other “threats” against Israel? The blathersphere made great hay from his supposed comment later in the same speech, “There is no doubt: the new wave of assaults in Palestine will erase the stigma in [the] countenance of the Islamic world.” “Stigma” was interpreted as “Israel” and “wave of assaults” was ominous.

24

But what he actually said was, “I have no doubt that the new movement taking place in our dear Palestine is a wave of morality which is spanning the entire Islamic world and which will soon remove this stain of disgrace from the Islamic world.” “Wave of morality” is not “wave of assaults.” The preceding sentence had made clear that the “stain of disgrace” was the Muslim world’s failure to eliminate the “occupying regime”. For months, scholars like Cole and journalists like the London Guardian’s Jonathan Steele have been pointing out these mistranslations while more and more appear: for example, Mr. Ahmadinejad’s comments at the Organization of Islamic Countries meeting on August 3, 2006. Radio Free Europe reported that he said “that the ‘main cure’ for crisis in the Middle East is the elimination of Israel.” “Elimination of Israel” implies physical destruction: bombs, strafing, terror, throwing Jews into the sea. Tony Blair denounced the translated statement as “quite shocking”. But Mr. Ahmadinejad never said this. According to al-Jazeera, what he actually said was “The real cure for the conflict is the elimination of the Zionist regime, but there should be an immediate ceasefire first.”

is inherently unjust, as it embeds racist principles into state governance, and call for its transformation into a secular democracy (change of regime). None of these ideas about regime change signifies the expulsion of Jews into the sea or the ravaging of their towns and cities. All signify profound political change, necessary to creating a just peace.

The most infamous quote, “Israel must be wiped off the map”, is the most glaringly wrong. In his October 2005 speech, Mr. Ahmadinejad never used the word “map” or the term “wiped off”.

Nefarious agendas are evident in consistently translating “eliminating the occupation regime” as “destruction of Israel”. “Regime” refers to governance, not populations or cities. “Zionist regime” is the government of Israel and its system of laws, which have annexed Palestinian land and hold millions of Palestinians under military occupation. Many mainstream human rights activists believe that Israel’s “regime” must indeed be transformed, although they disagree how. Some hope that Israel can be redeemed by a change of philosophy and government (regime) that would allow a two-state solution. Others believe that Jewish statehood itself

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Mr. Ahmadinejad made other statements at the Organization of Islamic Countries that clearly indicated his understanding that Israel must be treated within the framework of international law. For instance, he recognised the reality of present borders when he said that “any aggressor should go back to the Lebanese international border”. He recognised the authority of Israel and the role of diplomacy in observing, “The circumstances should be prepared for the return of the refugees and displaced people, and prisoners should be exchanged.” He also called for a boycott: “We also propose that the Islamic nations immediately cut all their overt and covert political and economic relations with the Zionist regime.” A double bushel of major Jewish peace groups, US church groups, and hordes of human rights organisations have said the same things. A final word is due about Mr. Ahmadinejad’s “Holocaust denial”. Holocaust denial is a very sensitive issue in the West, where it notoriously serves anti-Semitism. Elsewhere in the world, however, fogginess about the Holocaust traces more to a sheer lack of information. One might think there is plenty of information about the Holocaust worldwide, but this is a mistake. (Lest we be snooty, Americans show the same startling insularity from general knowledge when, for example, they live

The UNCENSORED News to late adulthood still not grasping that US forces killed at least two million Vietnamese and believing that anyone who says so is anti-American. Most French people have not yet accepted that their army slaughtered a million Arabs in Algeria.) Scepticism about the Holocaust narrative has started to take hold in the Middle East not because people hate Jews but because that narrative is deployed to argue that Israel has a right to “defend itself” by attacking every country in its vicinity. Middle East publics are so used to western canards legitimising colonial or imperial takeovers that some wonder if the six-million-dead argument is just another myth or exaggerated tale. It is dismal that Mr. Ahmadinejad seems to belong to this ill-educated sector, but he has never been known for his higher education. Still, Mr. Ahmadinejad did not say what the US Subcommittee on Intelligence Policy reported that he said: “They have invented a myth that Jews were massacred and place this above God, religions and the prophets.” He actually said, “In the name of the Holocaust they have created a myth and regard it to be worthier than God, religion and the prophets.” This language targets the myth of the Holocaust, not the Holocaust itself - i.e., “myth” as “mystique”, or what has been done with the Holocaust. Other writers, including important Jewish theologians, have criticised the “cult” or “ghost” of the Holocaust without denying that it happened. In any case, Mr. Ahmadinejad’s main message has been that, if the Holocaust happened as Europe says it did, then Europe, and not the Muslim world, is responsible for it.

international scare about Iran’s nuclear enrichment programme. (See Ray Close, “Why Bush Will Choose War Against Iran”.) But, plowing through Iran’s facilities and records, International Atomic Energy Agency inspectors have found no evidence of a weapons programme. The US intelligence community hasn’t found anything, either.

humiliating obsequious incompetence on this one.

All experts concur that, even if Iran has such a programme, it is five to ten years away from having the enriched uranium necessary for an actual weapon, so preemptive military action now is hardly necessary. Even the recent report by the Republican-dominated Subcommittee on Intelligence Policy, which pointed out that the US government lacks the intelligence on Iran’s weapons programme necessary to thwart it, effectively confirms that the supposed “intelligence” is patchy and inadequate.

Why is Mr. Ahmadinejad being so systematically misquoted and demonised? Need we ask? If the world believes that Iran is preparing to attack Israel, then the US or Israel can claim justification in attacking Iran first. On that agenda, the disinformation campaign about Mr. Ahmadinejad’s statements has been bonded at the hip to a second set of lies: promoting Iran’s (nonexistent) nuclear weapons programme.

The Bush administration’s casual neglect of North Korea’s nuclear programme indicates that nuclear weapons are not, in fact, the issue here. The neocons are intent on changing the regime in Iran and so have deployed their propagandists to promote the “nuclear weapons” scare just they promoted the Iraqi WMD scare. Republican rhetoric and right-wing news commentators have fallen into line, obediently repeating baseless assertions that Iran has a “nuclear weapons program,” is threatening the world and especially Israel with its “nuclear weapons program,” and must not be allowed to complete its “nuclear weapons program.” Those who nervously point out that hard evidence is actually lacking about any Iranian “nuclear weapons program” are derided as naïve and spineless patsies.

The current fuss about Iran’s nuclear enrichment programme is playing out so identically to US canards about Iraq’s WMD that we must wonder why it is not meeting only roaring international derision. With multiple agendas regarding Iran – oil, US hegemony, Israel, neocon fantasies of a “new Middle East” – the Bush administration has raised a great

Worse, the Bush administration has brought this snow-job to the UN, wrangling the Security Council into passing a resolution (SC 1696) demanding that Iran cease nuclear enrichment by August 31 and warning of sanctions if it doesn’t. Combined with its abysmal performance regarding Israel’s assault on Lebanon, the Security Council has crumbled into

Like all phantasms, the nuclear-weapons charge is hard to defeat because it cannot be entirely disproved. Maybe some Iranian scientists, in some remote underground facility, are working on nuclear weapons technology. Maybe feelers to North Korea have explored the possibilities of getting extra components. Normally, just because something can’t be disproved does not make it true. But in the neocon world, possibilities are realities, and a craven press is there to click its heels and trumpet the scaremongering headlines. It doesn’t take much, through endless repetition of the term “possible nuclear weapons program,” for the word “possible” to drop quietly away. Evidence is, in any case, a mere detail to the Bush administration, for which the desire for nuclear weapons is sufficient cause for a pre-emptive attack. In US debates prior to invading Iraq, people sometimes insisted that any real evidence of WMD was sorely lacking. The White House would then insist that, because Saddam Hussein “wanted” such weapons, he was likely to have them sometime in the future. Hence thought crimes, even imaginary thought crimes, are now punishable by military invasion.

What we are seeing now is the US creating the international security context for Israel’s unilateral strike and preparing to cover Israel’s back in the aftermath.

Will the US really attack Iran? US generals are rightly alarmed that bombing Iran’s nuclear facilities would unleash unprecedented attacks on US occupation forces in Iraq, as well as US bases in the Gulf. Iran could even block the Straits of Hormuz, which carries 40 percent of the world’s oil. Spin-off terrorist militancy would skyrocket. The potential damage to international security and the world economy would be unfathomably dangerous. The Bush administration’s necons seem capable of any insanity, so none of this may matter to them. But even the neocons must be taking pause since Israel failed to knock out Hizbullah using the same onslaught from the air planned for Iran.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

25

The UNCENSORED News But Israel can attack Iran, and this may be the plan. Teaming up, the two countries could compensate for each other’s strategic limitations. The US has been contributing its superpower clout in the Security Council, setting the stage for sanctions, knowing Iran will not yield on its enrichment programme. Having cultivated a (mistaken) international belief that Iran is threatening a direct attack on Israel, the Israeli government could then claim the right of self-defense in taking unilateral pre-emptive action to destroy the nuclear capacity of a state declared in breach of UN directives. Direct retaliation by Iran against Israel is impossible because Israel is a nuclear power (and Iran is not) and because the US security umbrella would protect Israel. Regional reaction against US targets might be curtailed by the (scant) confusion about indirect US complicity. In that case, what we are seeing now is the US creating the international security context for Israel’s unilateral strike and preparing to cover Israel’s back in the aftermath. Is this really the plan? Some evidence suggests that it is on the table. In recent years, Israel has purchased new “bunker-busting” missiles, a fleet of F-16 jets, and three latest-technology German Dolphin submarines (and ordered two more) – i.e., the appropriate weaponry for striking Iran’s nuclear installations. In March 2005, the Times of London reported that Israel had constructed a mock-up of Iran’s Natanz facility in the desert and was conducting practice bombing runs. In recent months, Israeli officials have openly

stated that if the UN fails to take action, Israel will bomb Iran. But Hizbullah, Iran’s ally, still threatens Israel’s flank. Hence attacking Hizbullah was more than a “demo” for attacking Iran, as Seymour Hersh reported; it was necessary to attacking Iran. Israel failed to crush Hizbullah, but the outcome may be better for Israel now that Security Council Resolution 1701 has made the entire international community responsible for disarming Hizbullah. If the US-sponsored 1701 effort succeeds, the attack on Iran is a go. As Israel and the US try to make that deeply flawed plan work, we will doubtless continue to read in every forum that Iran’s president – a hostile, irrational, Jew-hating, Holocaust-denying Islamo-fascist who has threatened to “wipe Israel off the map” – is demonstrably irrational enough to commit national suicide by launching a (nonexistent) nuclear weapon against Israel’s mighty nuclear arsenal. The message is being hammered home: against this media-created myth, Israel must truly “defend itself.” Virginia Tilley is a professor of political science, a US citizen working in South Africa, and author of The One-State Solution: A Breakthrough for Peace in the Israeli-Palestinian Deadlock (University of Michigan Press and Manchester University Press, 2005). She can be reached at [email protected]

N A ER H TE Y A TOD

New Zealand and Australian readers: How many Hillman Hunters (Iranian Peykans) can you count in these pictures? (Answers on page 101)

26

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

The UNCENSORED News End of the US Dollar? Merger of Canada, Mexico and US in the pipeline. by Leland Lehrman

[email protected]

Globalisation Speeds Up. Council on Foreign Relations Reveals Plan to Submerge America into a “North American Union.” When the American Free Press recently reported that the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) is actively promoting a North American Currency called the “Amero” as part of its plan to submerge the United States into a “North American Union,” I was not surprised. Deconstituting America represents the planned endgame of those whose aim is total global control. While I do not share the author’s somewhat xenophobic concern regarding our porous borders, his other points are important: “The “Amero,” is the name of the new currency proposed by Robert Pastor, a vice chairman of the CFR task force that produced the report “Building a North American Union.” It will replace the US dollar, the Canadian dollar and the Mexican peso. Last year, Pastor, the director of the Center for North American Studies at American University, and author of the book, Toward a North American Community, testified before the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee in favour of limiting the power and sovereignty of the United States in deference to the CFR’s desired super-regional entity. Building a North American Union is the blueprint contrived by globalist groups like the CFR and Bilderberg. The North American Union is proposed to supplant the sovereign governments of the United States, Canada and Mexico with a “superregional governance board.” Under the North American Union, Congress is to be superseded by a North American Parliamentary Group. As cor-

rupt as Congress is, an unelected “parliamentary group” would be infinitely worse.” At first I wasn’t entirely sure that the American Free Press report was accurate, having observed a tendency towards exaggeration on the internet with respect to the issue. But, after looking at the CFR’s own website, it is clear that the CFR is moving in exactly the way described. According to the complete CFR report: “At their meeting in Waco, Texas, at the end of March 2005, US President George W. Bush, Mexican President Vicente Fox, and Canadian Prime Minister Paul Martin committed their governments to a path of cooperation and joint action.” Although the report attempts to placate anticipated criticism by stating that “we must maintain respect for each other’s national sovereignty,” Robert Pastor, the vice-chair of the Task Force which produced the report, recently testified to the Senate Foreign Relations Committee that: “This trilateral approach should be institutionalized in a new North American Advisory Council... the Commission or Council should be lean, independent, and advisory, composed of 15 distinguished individuals, 5 from each nation. Its principal purpose should be to prepare a North American agenda for leaders to consider at biannual summits and to monitor the implementation of the resulting agreements.” He went on to recommend that: “The US Congress should also merge the US-Mexican and US-Canadian interparliamentary groups into a single North American Parliamentary Group. A third institution should be a Permanent Tribunal on Trade and Investment.” From: http://prisonplanet.com/articles/ september2006/070906insidejob.htm

US FDA Approves Viral Adulteration Of US Food Supply By Byron J. Richards, CCN 24 August 2006

On Friday, August 18, 2006, the FDA approved a viral cocktail to be sprayed on foods we eat. This is the first time viruses have been approved for use as food ad-

ditives. The FDA wants you to believe it will be safe to consume these viruses every day for the rest of your life with no adverse health effects. This is a monumental announcement by the FDA, indicating they are throwing all caution to the wind regarding the safety of our food supply. Are you willing to stand in line for a virus-laden sandwich? How do you like the idea of buying virus-infested food for your family? The first virally contaminated foods entering our food supply with the blessings of the FDA will be luncheon meat and poultry. Live viruses will be sprayed on foods such as cold cuts, sausages, hot dogs, sliced turkey, and chicken. At issue is the very real problem of a poor quality FDA-approved food supply that is already full of diseased and sickly animals, many of them imported from other countries. The use of antibiotics during growth and radiation during food processing is required by the fast-food animal farms owned by multi-national companies to cover up the horrendous health of the animals they wish to feed to Americans. Animals in poor health are a friendly place for bacteria to grow and prosper, especially after such meat goes to market. Rather than address the source of the problem, the FDA wants to add another adulteration into our food supply. The stated goal of the new FDA-approved viruses is to kill a rare bacterium known as Listeria monocytogenes. This bacterium is killed by cooking; however, it poses a problem in meats that are cooked during processing and not cooked again prior to consumption, so it can readily infect foods such as deli meats. Yes, the FDA plans to use one infectious organism to fight another. The carnage of battle will end up in your digestive tract along with the victorious live viruses, which the FDA assures us will not attack human cells. However, they cannot possibly be certain the viruses will not attack the friendly bacteria that make up the lining of your digestive tract. The FDA approval was based on scant human testing, mostly from unrelated medical experiments. Such safety data is woefully inadequate to determine safe ingestion of a specific product by humans over the course of a lifetime. www.truthinwellness.com www.cryobenthics.org www.regainyourbrain.org www.synthaissance.blogspot.com

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

27

World’s Largest Rice Company Halts All Imports from USA

Hinduism No Barrier to Job as Priest in Church of England

AMSTERDAM - September 29 - In yet another blow to the US rice industry, the world’s largest rice processing company, Ebro Puleva,(1) which controls 30% of the EU rice market, has confirmed to Greenpeace International that it has stopped all imports of rice from the USA to the EU due to the threat of contamination by genetically engineered (GE) rice.

By Ruth Gledhill Religion Correspondent, Times Online

The move follows a summer of scandals, with illegal GE contamination found in rice products all over Europe. As a result of Bayer’s recklessness, the global food industry is facing massive costs associated with this contamination, including testing costs, product recalls, brand damage, import bans and cancelled imports and contracts. Ebro Puleva has also indicated that it will not consider purchasing from the US until the situation is under control. Instead, the company will purchase rice from other countries, with the exception of China, which continues to have problems with GE contamination of its rice. At least three multi-million dollar class action lawsuits have been filed by US rice farmers against Bayer CropScience already, as farmers struggle to protect their livelihoods (3). Ebro Puleva has said they expect to bring legal actions against Bayer as well. In January this year, Bayer’s illegal GE LL601 rice was detected in rice intended for export from the US. This variety has not been approved for human consumption anywhere in the world. It has only been grown in field trials that ended in 2001, and yet in September 2006, testing commissioned by Greenpeace and then by various European government agencies showed a broad variety of products on supermarket shelves in Europe had been contaminated by Bayer’s illegal GE rice. Following the Greenpeace exposé German supermarket chain Edeka announced that they would cease selling all US long grain rice. A number of European retailers, millers and processors have followed suit. http://www.commondreams.org/ news2006/0929-12.htm

28

A PRIEST with the Church of England who converted to Hinduism has been allowed to continue to officiate as a cleric. The Rev David Hart’s diocese renewed his licence this summer even though he had moved to India, changed his name to Ananda and daily blesses a congregation of Hindus with fire previously offered up to Nagar, the snake god. He also “recites Gayatri Mantram with the same devotion with which he celebrates the Eucharist”, according to The Hindu, India’s national newspaper. The Hindu this week pictures him offering prayers to an idol of the elephant god Ganesh in front of his house. However, he still believes he is fit to celebrate as an Anglican priest and plans to do so when he returns to Britain.

and open faith. He adds that he changed his name to Ananda because of its Sanskrit meaning, happiness. In an interview with today’s edition of Church Times, Mr Hart admits that he had not told Dr Russell that he had converted, but said that he would be amazed if his conversion were treated with any suspicion. “I have neither explicitly nor implicitly renounced my Christian faith or priesthood,” he said. The renewal of his licence was sponsored by the Rural Dean of Colombo in Sri Lanka. Mr Hart believes that his change to Hinduism would be “read in the spirit of open exploration and dialogue, which is an essential feature of our shared modern spirituality”. He also said that he would continue to celebrate as an Anglican priest when he visited England, but he would also visit a Hindu temple while there. “My philosophical position is that all religions are cultural constructs,” he said. “I am acting out God’s story in local terms.” In an earlier interview in India, the former University of Cambridge chaplain said that he was planning to immerse his idol of the four-armed Ganesh in the ocean.

David Hart offers prayers to Ganesh in his “In England, the idol Mr Hart, a fornew Indian “parish”. He now calls himself of Ganesha is more mer chairman of Ananda (C.Ratheesh Kumar/The Hindu) popular than Krishna Christian Aid in or any other Indian Loughborough god and many households have Ganesha and chaplain at Loughborough Univerin the living room,” Mr Hart said. sity, now serves in the Hindu temple in Thiruvananthapuram, a village in Kerala, “The modern world is no longer domisouthern India. nated by any single form of belief. It is a world of religious pluralism. The Anglican He was initiated as an Anglican priest in Church firmly believes in engaging itself 1984 and, before leaving for India, was fully in inter-faith dialogues. God is the serving the Diocese of Ely, which covsame irrespective of whether you pray to ers most of Cambridgeshire and part of him in a temple, church or mosque.” Norfolk, and living in Stretham. Anthony Russell, the Bishop of Ely, sent Mr Hart However, not everyone in the Church his licence, along with a personal letter, of England is impressed by Mr Hart’s just three months after Mr Hart published passion for Hinduism. Pauline Scott, the a book, Trading Faith: Global Religion team vicar of St James, in Stretham, said in an Age of Rapid Change, in which he that she would oppose any attempts by Mr writes about his conversion to Hinduism. Hart to celebrate in the Ely Diocese. Mr Hart is the international secretary for the World Congress of Faiths, the world’s oldest interfaith organisation, and is a strong advocate of pluralism. He says in his book that Hinduism accepts the divinity of Jesus and is an especially tolerant

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

“We do tend to use Christian priests, surprisingly enough,” she said. The Bishop of Ely’s office said that it had not known of Mr Hart’s conversion to Hinduism until this week.

CENSORSHIP WATCH: US CREATES INFORMATION VISAS (I-VISA) A Bush administration method for controlling the foreign media’s coverage of the United States... By Wayne Madsen August 28, 2006

http://www.waynemadsenreport.com

SPECIAL REPORT FROM EUROPE – You’re a foreign journalist and you want to visit the United States to cover a story. If you think it is as easy as hopping on an airplane, even if you are a citizen or resident of a visa-waiver country, guess again. Journalists wishing to travel to the United States – whether they are with print, television, radio, or Internet media – must first obtain an “I-Visa” from the US embassy or selected consulates responsible for their jurisdictions. Freelance journalists who are not under contract to a US-recognised media organisation need not apply. Journalists must fill out a detailed application in which they are required to outline what story they are writing about and they must personally visit the US embassy and consulate for “administrative processing, biometric collection and a personal interview.” Biometric processing at the US embassy in Copenhagen entails having one’s thumb electronically scanned. Journalists visiting some US diplomatic missions for the interview cannot bring in electronic devices (cell phones, PDAs, laptops) [or] backpacks, suitcases and attaché cases.” At certain missions, US embassy security personnel refuse to store such items during the interview process. Others confiscate cell phones and tag them for pick up after the interview process (needless to say, the interview process might last a bit longer if the local US spooks decide to examine the journalist’s cell phone call list and perform certain “modifications.”) At the Madrid embassy, the only bags that are permitted inside the compound are those having medical purposes, such as insulin kits. Journalists must also provide their addresses in the United States and the names and addresses of those who they will be interviewing. So much for freedom of the press and the protection of journalists’ sources. The real rub comes with the I-Visa application fee. Journalists who believe they can pay the 85 Euro (US$108) fee in Germany and Denmark by cheque, cash, or credit card are out of luck. Certain US embassies, like those in Copenhagen and Berlin, through a bank wire contrivance, require visa fees to be paid into special bank accounts established by the various US embassies. In Germany, the Bush cronies have cut a deal with a small outfit called Roskos and Meier OHG, a 23-person subsidiary of the giant banking consortium, Alianz Group. Roskos and Meier has only been around since 1994 when Messrs. Roskos and Meier formed

their company to provide insurance and financial services in the Berlin-Brandenburg area. Now they have a lucrative sweetheart deal with the US embassy to confirm that visa fees have been paid from individuals applying for visas at the Berlin embassy and Frankfurt consulate. The visa payments go to a special account established at Dresdner Bank AG Berlin, Bank Routing Number (BLZ): 120 800 00, Account No. (Kontonr.): 405 125 7600. In Denmark, the journalists’ visa money (600 Danish Kroner) is wired to a special embassy account at the Jyske Bank Reg. No. 5013, account number 200200-2. Internet banking or bank-to-bank payments are not permitted. The US embassy in Helsinki requires journalists to pay 85 Euros into Nordea Bank account #221918-16629. In Spain, $100 in Euros must be deposited with the Banco Santander Central Hispano (BSCH), bank account: 0049-180354-2210316035. In China, a visa application fee of 810 RMB (US$101) can only be paid at selected branches of the CITIC Industrial Bank. In the United Arab Emirates, the $100 application fee must go to the National Bank of Abu Dhabi. In Cyprus, 46 Cyprus Pounds (US$102) lands in special LAIKI Bank account “American Embassy – MRV – Account Number: 070-21074824.” Morten Torkildsen, a special investigator for the UN’s International Criminal Tribunal for Yugoslavia, stated the following concerning the Nicosia US embassy’s favorite Cypriot bank in a 58-page report on Slobodon Milosevic’s secret foreign holdings. “Popular (LAIKI) Bank, the island’s second largest bank, allowed a group of Yugoslav-controlled front companies to operate in defiance of UN sanctions. These companies supplied Mr. Milosevic’s government with fuel, raw materials, spare parts and weapons to pursue wars in Bosnia in 1992-1996 and in Kosovo in 1998-1999.” LAIKI’s largest shareholder (at 22 percent) is the powerful Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC). Even with all the questions surrounding LAIKI Bank and its involvement in money laundering for Milosevic and his regime, the Cypriot bank easily purchased Belgrade, Serbiabased Centrobanka in January 2005. Just think of all the various and differing US embassy visa application fee requirements and bank accounts in all the countries around the world. Considering all the other financial malfeasance in the Bush administration, to what degree are these accounts audited? Can anyone spell “slush fund?” And there is no consistency in the visa fee programme. At the US embassy in London, they accept credit cards (but no debit cards) or bank transfer or bank cash payments (bank Giro) to a Barclays Bank special account. What happens if the Bush cronies decide they do not like the story a foreign journalist will be pursuing? They will reject the I-Visa application – no explanation necessary. But if the rejected journalist expects a refund of his or her $108, $102, or $100, he or she can guess again. According to the US embassy in Germany, “refunds of this fee are rarely granted, and generally only in cases in which the embassy has made an error in processing the visa application. In the case in which a visa request has been refused or an applicant has erroneously paid the fee twice, a refund UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

29

will not be approved.” In Denmark, it does not matter if the US embassy screwed up the application processing or not, refunds are not made under any circumstance. What happens if the visa payment confirmation is delayed for some reason. Well, the journalist can call the US Visa Information Service. But it is at a cost. Callers are charged 1.86 Euros (US$2.37) per minute. In Spain and Andorra, the US embassy in Madrid has figured out another phone scam. Landline phone inquiries about US visa status in Spain cost 1.09 Euros per minute but if someone calls on a cell phone, the charge is higher, 1.51 Euros per minute ($1.93/minute). That can get pretty expensive if some bureaucratic nincompoop puts a caller on hold. If a journalist phones the US visa line in Spain from, say, Morocco or Portugal, an additional $10 per transaction charge is assessed. But you can charge that to your Visa or Master Card. Only certain US diplomatic missions process I-Visas. If you’re a journalist in Greenland or the Faeroe Islands and you want to cover a story in the United States, you must make a long trip east to Copenhagen before you travel west to the United States. The same cumbersome process goes for journalists in the Maldives (they must fly to Colombo, Sri Lanka), East Timor (figure on a trip to Jakarta, Indonesia – not friendly territory for East Timorese), Sao Tome (you must go to Libreville, Gabon), San Marino (visas only obtainable in Rome), Liechtenstein (no good to go to Zurich, which is a hop, skip, and jump away, you must go to the embassy in Bern), Monaco (no trip to the US without going to the embassy in Paris first), and Grenada (not without a trip to Bridgetown, Barbados). There are countless other similar roadblocks thrown in the way of journalists wishing to travel to the United States. In some cases, foreign journalists who carry the necessary I-Visa are, nevertheless, subjected to humiliating questioning and strip searches at US airports. One Danish journalist was required to slip down to his skivvies, bend over, and have some perverted Homeland Security official stick his finger up his rectum. Some female journalists from such friendly countries as Britain and Australia have been handcuffed and sexually groped by other

Homeland Security lechers and lotharios. Meanwhile, the Bush administration’s grand dame of international public relations, Bush’s gal-pal Karen Hughes, who might even put off a Homeland Security sex maniac, continues to insist that she is improving America’s image abroad. As far as most international journalists are concerned, she is a complete joke. And so is George W. Bush. The State Department web page comically posts the following message from Bush to US visa seekers: “America is not a fortress; no, we never want to be a fortress. We’re a free country; we’re an open society. And we must always protect the rights of our law – of law-abiding citizens from around the world who come here to conduct business or to study or to spend time with their family.” Yeah, right. And Bush thinks jamming fingers up the asses of arriving journalists is part of living in a free country. Right now, it is fortunate that most countries are not reciprocating against US journalists in kind. In fact, there are very few countries that require special visas for journalists. The United States and a few tin horn dictatorships are among the few countries that restrict admittance and travel for foreign journalists. Israel severely restricts media access to the West Bank and Gaza. On the other hand, Cuba provides freer access for foreign journalists than does the United States. It is just that a vocal jingoistic minority in southern Florida and their lickspittles in the Bush administration don’t want any American journalists to witness for themselves the relative freedom for foreign journalists to report from Cuba. Ask Cuban authorities the total lack of restrictions on journalists reporting on and photographing conditions inside the US prison camp at Guantanamo Bay from their side of the fence and then consider the draconian restrictions places on US and foreign journalists inside the US military concentration camp. If the Republicans and neo-cons are not run out of Washington soon, the situation for American journalists abroad may change dramatically. And the public’s right to know will be the major casualty in such an event. Copyright 2006 Wayne Madsen Report. All rights reserved.

What every up-to-the-minute surveillance agency needs ...

30

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

UK to Criminalise US Reporters for ‘Banned’ News

While restricting what British media can report has been effective in the past, the Internet has made it far harder to stop information published by foreign outlets, which may breach Britain’s laws, from being seen by UK readers.

By Paul Craig Roberts 31 August 2006

The New York Times article cited unnamed investigators providing information not given publicly by British police.

Now, the UK-NWO want to prosecute American companies, individual journalists and website owners who post stories that are BANNED by UK Big Brother as unacceptable in BRITAIN. Translation...The UK can now prosecute not only the NY Times, but also people like Alex Jones, Jeff Rense, Paul Watson, etc... ANYONE no matter if they LIVE in England OR NOT. Say anything against the British Government and YOU can be PROSECUTED.

enhanced interest as the blocking becomes a story in itself, which fans the flames of curiosity,” he said.

It detailed the content of martyrdom videos and bomb-making equipment found by police and said an attempt to blow up the airliners was not as imminent as authorities had suggested. The same article appeared on the paper’s Web site, www.nytimes.com, but readers in Britain who clicked on the headline received the notice “This Article Is Unavailable.”

Should only be a matter of time before the Elite, NWO, Brownshirt, Royal Interpol Agents come a knocking on Alex’s, Jeff’s, etc front door for posting News Stories against the wishes of the UK NWO.

“On advice of legal counsel, this article is unavailable to readers of nytimes.com in Britain. This arises from the requirement in British law that prohibits publication of prejudicial information about the defendants prior to trial,” the notice said.

Read it and weep:

PUBLISHED IN BRITAIN

NYT Move To Block Internet News To Brits Raises Questions

However British newspapers the Times and the Daily Mail also published details from the New York Times article this week.

By Daniel Trotta 31 August 2006 NEW YORK (Reuters) – A New York Times decision to block British online readers from seeing a story about London terrorism suspects raises new questions on restricting the flow of information in the Internet age, legal and media experts say. The New York Times said on Tuesday it had blocked British Internet readers from seeing a story detailing elements of the investigation into a suspected plot to blow up airliners between Britain and the United States. The story was published in Monday’s paper. Under British laws, courts will punish media organisations that publish material that judges feel may influence jurors and prevent suspects receiving a fair trial. “There has not been a prosecution for contempt over anybody publishing outside this jurisdiction (Britain), but logically there is no reason why there should not be,” said Caroline Kean, partner at UK media law firm Wiggin.

A government source said no injunctions had been taken out against the British papers, but action could not be ruled out if details were in any future publications, closer to a trial date.

This was the first time the New York Times had targeted a readership and blocked it from seeing a story on the Web, as far as a spokeswoman and a lawyer from the paper could recall. “The British take this very seriously and tend to attack publications for contempt even if the arguments that we would have made sounded fairly reasonable,” George Freeman, a lawyer with the New York Times. Freeman said it was no guarantee that someone in Britain could not find the story. “But our position is that we did what we could to prevent publication in Britain. If someone carries in on a jet plane a New York Times from New York, that’s not our doing and we can’t prevent that,” Freeman said. (Additional reporting by David Clarke and Michael Holden in London)

US out of US!

“We’re keeping it under careful, constant review,” he said.

If you consider that there has been an average of 160,000 troops in the Iraq theatre of operations during the last 22 months, and a total of 2,112 deaths, that gives a firearm death rate of 60 per 100,000 soldiers.

Because British courts may impose heavy fines and jail editors, foreign newspapers sometimes hold potentially sensitive stories out of their British print editions.

The firearm death rate in Washington D.C. is 80.6 per 100,000 for the same period.

Media lawyer Mark Stephens of Finer, Stephens, Innocent said he could not see anything wrong with the blocked New York Times article and the decision by British papers to print similar details showed the contempt of court law may be the problem.

That means that you are about 25% more likely to be shot and killed in the U.S. Capitol which has some of the strictest gun control laws in the nation, than you are in Iraq.

“It’s probably unhelpful to have an area of law which is so uncertain where one set of lawyers is saying censor everything while another says there’s nothing wrong with it,” he said.

Conclusion: The U.S. should pull out of Washington.

“Even by blocking you don’t have the desired effect. You actually create an UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

31

No News Is Slow News by John Pilger 15 September, 2006 When I began working as a journalist, there was something called “slow news.” We would refer to “slow news days” when “nothing happened” – apart from, that is, triumphs and tragedies in faraway places where most of humanity lived. These were rarely reported, or the tragedies were dismissed as acts of nature, regardless of evidence to the contrary. The news value of whole societies was measured by their relationship with “us” in the West and their degree of compliance with, or hostility to, our authority. If they didn’t measure up, they were slow news. Few of these assumptions have changed. To sustain them, millions of people remain invisible, and expendable. On Sept. 11, 2001, while the world lamented the deaths of almost 3,000 people in the United States, the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organisation reported that more than 36,000 children had died from the effects of extreme poverty. They were very slow news. Let’s take a few recent examples and compare each with the regular news as seen on the BBC and elsewhere. Keep in mind that Palestinians are chronically slow news and that Israelis are regular news. Regular news: Charles Clarke, a spokesman for Tony Blair, “revives the battle of Downing Street” and calls Gordon Brown “stupid, stupid” and a “control freak.” He disapproves of the way Brown smiles. This is given saturation coverage. Slow news: “A genocide is taking place in Gaza,” warns Ilan Pappe, one of Israel’s leading historians. “This morning … another three citizens of Gaza were killed and a whole family wounded. This is the morning reap; before the end of the day many more will be massacred.” Regular news: Blair visits the West Bank and Lebanon as a “peacemaker” and a “broker” between the Israeli prime minister and the “moderate” Palestinian president. Keeping a straight face, he warns against “grandstanding” and “apportioning blame.” Slow news: When the Israeli army attacked the West Bank in 2002, flattening homes, killing civilians, and trashing homes and museums, Blair was forewarned and gave “the green light.” He was also warned about the recent Israeli attack on Gaza and on Lebanon. 32

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Regular news: Blair tells Iran to heed the UN Security Council on “not going forward with a nuclear programme.” Slow news: The Israeli attack on Lebanon was part of a sequence of carefully planned military operations, of which the next is Iran. US forces are ready to destroy 10,000 targets. The US and Israel contemplate the use of tactical nuclear weapons against Iran, even though Iran’s nuclear weapons programme is nonexistent. Regular news: “We have been making real progress in areas where the insurgency has been strongest,” says a US military spokesman in Iraq. Slow news: The US military has lost all control over al-Anbar province, west of Baghdad, including the towns of Fallujah and Ramadi, which are now in the hands of the resistance. This means the US has lost control of much of Iraq. Regular news: “It is quite clear that real progress has been made [in Afghanistan],” says the Foreign Office. Slow news: NATO pilots kill 13 Afghan civilians, including nine children, during an attack to “provide cover” for British troops based at Musa Kala in Helmand province. Regular news: Blair is Labour’s most successful prime minister, winning three landslide election victories in a row. Slow news: In 1997, Tony Blair won fewer popular votes than John Major’s Tories in 1992. In 2001, Blair won fewer popular votes than Neil Kinnock’s Labour in 1992. In 2005, Blair won fewer popular votes than the Tories in 1997. The past two elections have produced the lowest turnouts since the franchise. Blair has the support of little over a fifth of the eligible British voting population. Regular news: In the age of Blair “ideology has surrendered entirely to ‘values’ … there are no sacred cows [and] no fossilised limits to the ground over which the mind might range in search of a better Britain,” wrote Hugo Young, the Guardian, 1997. Slow news: “Nuremberg declared that aggressive war is the supreme international crime. They [Bush and Blair] should be tried along with Saddam Hussein,” says Benjamin Ferencz, chief prosecutor of Nazi crimes at Nuremberg.  

“Everything faded into mist. The past was erased, the erasure was forgotten, the lie became the truth.”  – George Orwell, 1984

Five Years OF MEDIA SILENCE

9/11 - A Modern Fairy Tale Once upon a time in America, the land of opportunity, a group of foreign guys at a Florida strip club said: “Let’s get Korans and boxcutters and hijack airplanes and crash them into skyscrapers.”   And so they did.   They bought flight manuals and lapdances, Korans and double martinis. They took flight lessons and bad photos. But most of all they flew badly and partied and flunked flight school.   “But how will we deceive NORAD?” said one flunky. “And how will we get past airport security?” asked another. “And how many millions should we invest in Put Options?” said a third.   They discovered that NORAD and the Pentagon would be having some military exercises on the exact same day they chose for their mission. Although several top US officials knew in advance not to fly that day, nobody warned any average citizen.   Next the G-string jihadists outwitted the FBI. They outfoxed the Bureau’s top officials by brilliantly exposing their plans to FBI field agents months in advance. The plotters seemed to know that the FBI head honchos would never believe their most patriotic field agents. Instead they would harass these agents long after the plot unfolded.   Next the 19 outlined their plan. “We’ll get past Israeli security at Logan airport in Boston by posing as Arab terrorists. We won’t even check in or show proper credentials. We’ll just go right on through, like ghosts.”   And so they did.   But one BIG problem vexed them greatly. How exactly would steel skyscrapers, seven of them, fall down once two aluminum airplanes hit them? So they went bowling and decided that the two airplanes would be like the bowling ball and the WTC buildings would be like the pins.   Still they wondered: How to make these massive towers, built with an enormous inner core to withstand 180 mph hurricanes, engineered to survive the impact of a jumbo jet, actually fall down?

34

 So the 19 flight school dropouts put their minds together and thought and thought. The Newtonian laws of gravity and physics, and the long history of burning steel skyscrapers (none had ever fallen down before – or since) seemed to be against them.   “What if we make the Twin Towers pancake down?” said one flunky, with a face full of buttermilk hotcake. The plotters were all eating a pre-dawn breakfast special with their bleary-eyed lapdancers. A group of Iraqi undercover agents, Saddam’s finest, had joined them, savouring a short stack of blueberry pancakes. And so the laws of physics and logic waffled that day.

Douglas Herman to control a small Cessna with a calm instructor beside them. They flew those jumbo jets like Blue Angels – except better – pulling ten G’s before leveling off and smacking the Pentagon exactly where it had been recently remodeled.   But unfortunately for the G-string jihadists, the Pentagon bigwigs knew months in advance. The Pentagonals even published a report with a hijacked plane exactly in the centre. They knew no hijacker could ever score a bull’s eye – and they were right.

The flight school dropouts only hit the edge. But by outflanking, outfighting, and outthinking the combined resources   of the Pentagon, CIA, NSA and FBI, the flight school dropouts had succeeded. Sure, they never received their certification in small planes but they had outfoxed NORAD, Israeli security and the combined resources of the US Air Force in the airspace over America.   And even more amazing: the 19 stripclub afficiandos had engineered their own deaths to look like deaths. Nearly half of them were still alive the next day.   Call it a modern mission impossible. 19 flight school dropouts who couldn’t control a Cessna had destroyed seven heavily-insured steel skyscrapers and the recently remodeled wing of the Pentagon, while outwitting airport security, smashing CIA and SEC headquarters in a 47-story New York skyscraper they hadn’t even hit, while devising a brand “We can also knock down the CIA headnew scientific “pancake” theory. All while quarters in New York City, demolish the remaining alive and forcing the entire US mayor’s command post, and wreck the population to live in terror, utterly taxed SEC records building while we’re at it, for the unforeseeable future, to pay for crushing the entire building while smackthe trillions in new war toys and security ing the structure with a few objects the measures, in a fruitless manhunt to find size of an I-beam,” said one bright plotter, the alleged mastermind. remembering his Put Options.     In conclusion, the19 boxcutter boys were And so they did. either the Ultimate Fighting Champions,   or the the above account remains a modThe mighty Pentagon was next to fall. A ern fairy tale, fabricated by the very same fortress guarded by many layers of secupeople who placed those Put Options and rity, the trillion dollar war toy shopping demolition charges and continue to profit mall seemed impregnable.  But not to the today. 19 G-string jihadists.   USAF veteran and amateur historian, Douglas   Herman is the contorversial author of The Guns of They had discovered, by trial and error, Dallas. He recieves mail at: that it was mush easier to fly a hijacked [email protected] jumbo jet with screaming passengers than

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Robert M. Bowman, Head of Advanced Space Programs for DOD: 9/11 Inside Job

More Whistle Blowers Speak Out on 9/11 “Inside Job” 28-Year Career CIA Official Says 9/11 An Inside Job Highlights missing Pentagon trillions as potential motive Paul Joseph Watson Prison Planet.com 7 September 2006 A 28-year CIA career man and a former sceptic of alternative 9/11 explanations has gone further than ever before in voicing his convictions that the attacks bore the hallmarks of an inside job and the three buildings in the WTC complex were brought down by controlled demolition. Bill Christison is a former senior official of the CIA. He was a National Intelligence Officer and the Director of the CIA’s Office of Regional and Political Analysis before his retirement in 1979. Since then he has written numerous articles on US foreign policies. In Christison’s recent article, “Stop Belittling the Theories About September 11”, he afforded credibility to the notion that “significant parts” of the official 9/11 story were false and after careful research he concluded that the twin towers and building 7, “were most probably destroyed by controlled demolition charges placed in the buildings.” Christison went further on The Alex Jones Show, agreeing that the attacks being an inside job was the “most likely possibility.” “David Griffin believes this all was totally an inside job – I’ve got to say I think that it was too,” said Christison. Christison initially approached the subject unwilling to even consider that elements of the government could be engaged in such heights of criminality but his research quickly began to change his mind. “Just about half a year ago it dawned on me that not only was I trying to avoid an issue that might be extraordinarily important – more important than any other issue,” said Christison.

“I have since decided that....at least some elements in this US government had contributed in some way or other to causing 9/11 to happen or at least allowing it to happen.” Christison stated that the suspicious collapse of the three buildings, including building 7 which wasn’t hit by a plane, were likely the result of controlled demolitions. “The reason that the two towers in New York actually collapsed and fell all the way to the ground was controlled explosions rather than just being hit by two airplanes...All of the characteristics of these demolitions show that they almost had to have been controlled explosions.” Referencing the 2.3 trillion dollars that was discovered to be missing from the Pentagon’s coffers, Christison emphasised the fact that with an unlimited budget, the scope of operations that could be undertaken by the military-industrial complex are almost without recourse. “There is so much money now sloshing around throughout not only the CIA but the intelligence components of the Defense Department – which are actually bigger than the CIA – that these guys can do almost anything they want these days.” Christison said that one of the subsidiary motives behind 9/11 was to take attention away from an impending exposure of the missing trillions and criminal proceedings against high officials – just as LBJ (Lyndon Johnson) had Kennedy assassinated partly to delay imminent corruption probes that would have sent him to prison. Christison is just the latest in a deluge of former government and intelligence agency insiders to boldly go public with their doubts about the official story behind 9/11 and he has an urgent message for future whistleblowers who might be considering the same course of action. “We have got to be willing to be discredited, we have got to stick our necks out – this is just plain too important.”

In 1977, Dr. Robert M. Bowman, head of advanced space programmes for the Department of Defense [DOD], authored a report describing a new missile-defence shield system called the “Star Wars Defense.” Lt. Col. Robert Bowman (Ret.), a combat pilot who flew 101 missions in the Vietnam War...ran for president in 2000. www.rmbowman.com/ssn/Secrecy.htm

- Article on Dr. Bowman’s website discussing 9/11 Many people are convinced that George W. Bush knew what was going to happen and purposely allowed it to happen so he and his neo-conservative buddies could have the “new Pearl Harbor” they needed to justify their wars against Afghanistan and Iraq. Others go further. They are absolutely sure Cheney and company actually planned and carried out the attack. What is so disturbing is that their arguments are quite convincing. If an enormous cloud of suspicion is not to be permanently over the head of our government, the Bush Administration must “come clean,” releasing information thus far withheld from the American people. Why did John Ashcroft and top Pentagon officials cancel plans to fly commercial airlines the morning of 9/11? If they knew what was about to happen, why wasn’t it stopped? Who made all the millions of dollars selling short United and American Airlines [stock] just before 9/11? Why weren’t the hijacked airliners intercepted by jet fighters and shot down before they could fly into the WTC and Pentagon? What did the air traffic controllers say, and to whom? Why did the FBI impound the tapes of those conversations? Why has the public never been told what was on them? Why weren’t the congressional investigators told? If it was just a matter of incompetence or somebody not doing their job, why hasn’t anyone been fired or reprimanded? www.wanttoknow.info/ 050908insidejob911#bowman http://www.illinoistimes.com/gyrobase/ Content?oid=oid%3A4282

– Illinois Times on Bowman

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

35

Controllers’ 9/11 Tape Destroyed, Report Says By Sara Kehaulani Goo Washington Post Staff Writer May 7, 2004

Six air traffic controllers provided accounts of their communications with hijacked planes on Sept. 11, 2001, on a tape recording that was later destroyed by a Federal Aviation Administration manager, according to a government investigative report issued yesterday. It is unclear what was on the tape, but its destruction did little to dispel the appearance that government officials withheld evidence, the report by the Department of Transportation inspector general said. The report found that an FAA manager tape-recorded an hourlong interview with the controllers just hours after the hijacked aircraft crashed into the World Trade Center towers, the Pentagon and a field in Pennsylvania. His intention was to provide the information quickly to the FBI. But months after the recording, the tape was never turned over to the FBI and another FAA manager decided on his own to destroy the tape, crushing it with his hand, cutting it into small pieces and depositing the pieces into several trash cans, the report said. The existence of the tape and its destruction were revealed in a report that initially was to find whether the FAA had fully cooperated with an independent panel investigating the terrorist attacks after the panel complained last fall that it needed more information from the agency. Inspector General Kenneth M. Mead found that the FAA never intentionally withheld information, but he condemned the managers’ actions and said they were required to keep such evidence for five years. The report said investigators were told that the tape was never listened to, copied or transcribed. “The destruction of evidence in the Government’s possession, in this case an audiotape – particularly during times of national crisis – has the effect of fostering an appearance that information is being withheld from the public,” the report says. “We do not ascribe motivations to the managers in this case of attempting to cover-up, and we have no indication there was anything on the tape that would lead anyone to conclude that they had something to hide or that the controllers did not properly carry out their duties on September 11. The actions of these managers . . . nonetheless, do little to dispel such appearances.” The FAA yesterday said it had taken disciplinary action against the employee who destroyed the tape. That manager, identified by a source familiar with the investigation as Kevin Delaney, was last week given a 20-day suspension without pay. Delaney appealed that decision, the source said, confirming a report last night by Newsday. The employee who recorded the tape, Mike McCormick, was not subject to a disciplinary procedure and is in Iraq for the FAA, helping to set up an air traffic control system, the source added.

36

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

The FAA said it has provided thousands of documents to government investigators and the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States, known as the 9/11 commission. “We believe the audiotape in question appears to be consistent with written statements and other materials provided to FBI investigators and would not have added in any significant way to the information contained in what has already been provided to investigators and members of the 9/11 commission,” said FAA spokesman Greg Martin. The 9/11 commission does not allege that FAA employees were attempting to cover up information related to the terrorist attacks. A spokesman for the commission yesterday said that it has received all information it sought from the FAA and that it interviewed controllers involved with the tape. Evidence in the report and from the air traffic controllers union suggests that the decisions to make the recording and later to destroy it were meant to conform to traditional protocols following a plane crash. The actions also were aimed at protecting controllers who were under excessive stress and emotion, according to union officials representing the controllers. According to the report, an FAA manager at the New York Air Route Traffic Control Center in Ronkonkoma recorded 10-minute interviews with six controllers who communicated with or tracked two of the hijacked planes. According to union officials representing air traffic controllers, it is almost unheard of to tape-record an air traffic controller’s account of an accident. The normal procedure is for controllers to provide written statements after reviewing radar and other data. A union official representing the New York controllers agreed to the tape recording on Sept. 11 because the union wanted to help law enforcement officials, but only on the condition that the tape was to be a “temporary” document, a union official said. Ruth E. Marlin, executive vice president of the National Air Traffic Controllers Association, said she could not speak to the question of why the union official involved in the incident wanted the tape to be “temporary.” “If it were me, my concern would be that if tapes were saved permanently, they might be subject to FOIA [Freedom of Information Act] request and then controllers would be subject to hearing their own voices recounted on television over and over again,” Marlin said, adding that any accident can feel personal and emotional for controllers. According to the report, a second manager at the New York centre promised a union official representing the controllers that he would “get rid of” the tape after controllers used it to provide written statements to federal officials about the events of the day. The second manager said he destroyed the tape between December 2001 and January 2002. The tape’s existence was never made known to federal officials investigating the attack or FAA officials in Washington. Staff members of the 9/11 panel found out about the tape during interviews with some controllers who participated in the recording. Washington Post Staff writer Dan Eggen contributed to this report.

The US Government’s Use of Atomic Bombs at the WTC Two Huge Energy Bursts Under WTC Towers New Seismic Data Refutes Official Explanation Of Collapses Exclusive to American Free Press By Christopher Bollyn, 13/12/04

Two unexplained “spikes” in the seismic record from Sept. 11 indicate huge bursts of energy shook the ground beneath the World Trade Center’s twin towers immediately prior to the collapse. American Free Press has learned of pools of “molten steel” found at the base of the collapsed twin towers weeks after the collapse. Although the energy source for these incredibly hot areas has yet to be explained, New York seismometers recorded huge bursts of energy, which caused unexplained seismic “spikes” at the beginning of each collapse.

Peter Tully, president of Tully Construction of Flushing, N.Y., told AFP that he saw pools of “literally molten steel” at the World Trade Center. Tully was contracted after the Sept. 11 tragedy to re move the debris from the site. Tully called Mark Loizeaux, president of Controlled Demolition, Inc. (CDI) of Phoenix, Md., for consultation about removing the debris. CDI calls itself “the innovator and global leader in the controlled demolition and implosion of structures.” Loizeaux, who cleaned up the bombed Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City, arrived at the WTC site

The molten steel was found “three, four, and five weeks later, when the rubble was being removed,” Loizeaux said. He said molten steel was also found at 7 WTC, which collapsed mysteriously in the late afternoon. Construction steel has an extremely high melting point of about 2,800 degrees Fahrenheit. The maximum temperature that can be reached by hydrocarbons like jet-fuel burning in air is 1,520 degrees F. Because the WTC fires were fuel rich, as evidenced by the thick black smoke, it is argued that they did not reach this upper limit. Dozens of hot spots were mapped, the hottest being in the east corner of the South Tower where a temperature of 1,377 degrees F was recorded. This is, however, less than half as hot at the molten steel in the basement.

The foundations of the twin towers were 70 feet deep. At that level, 47 huge box columns, connected to the bedrock, supported The official explanation for these massive explosions is that the the entire gravity load floors were creating this force as they were “pancaking” down. of the structures. The These spikes suggest that massive steel walls of these underground explosions may have literally knocked the towers off their foun- two days later and wrote the clean-up plan lower box columns were four inches thick. for the entire operation. dations, causing them to collapse. Videos of the North Tower collapse show In the basements of the collapsed towAFP asked Loizeaux about the report of its communication mast falling first, ers, where the 47 central support columns molten steel on the site. “Yes,” he said, indicating that the central support columns connected with the bedrock, hot spots of “[there were] hot spots of molten steel in must have failed at the very beginning of “literally molten steel” were discovered the basements.” the collapse. Loizeaux told AFP, “Everymore than a month after the collapse. These incredibly hot areas were found thing went simultaneously.” Such persistent and intense residual heat, “at the bottoms of the elevator shafts of 70 feet below the surface, in an oxygen the main towers, down seven [basement] “At 10:29 the entire top section of the starved environment, could explain how levels,” Loizeaux said. North Tower had been severed from the these crucial structural supports failed. UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

37

base and began falling down,” Hufschmid writes. “If the first event was the falling of a floor, how did that progress to the severing of hundreds of columns?” Asked if the vertical support columns gave way before the connections between the floors and the columns, Ron Hamburger, a structural engineer with the FEMA assessment team said, “That’s the $64,000 question.” Loizeaux said, “If I were to bring the towers down, I would put explosives in the basement to get the weight of the building to help collapse the structure.”

the towers. The question is: What was that energy source?

Asked about these spikes, seismologist Arthur Lerner-Lam, director of Columbia University’s Center for Hazards and Risk Research told AFP, “This is an element of current research and discussion. It is still being investigated.”

While steel is often tested for evidence of explosions, despite numerous eyewitness reports of explosions in the towers, the engineers involved in the FEMA-sponsored building assessment did no such tests.

“Experts cannot explain why the seismic waves peaked before the towers actually hit the ground.”

Seismic ‘Spikes’ Seismographs at Columbia University’s Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory in Palisades, N.Y., 21 miles north of the WTC, recorded strange seismic activity on Sept. 11 that has still not been explained. While the aircraft crashes caused minimal earth shaking, significant earthquakes with unusual spikes occurred at the beginning of each collapse. The Palisades seismic data recorded a 2.1 magnitude earthquake during the 10-second collapse of the South Tower at 9:59:04 and a 2.3 quake during the 8-second collapse of the North Tower at 10:28:31. However, the Palisades seismic record shows that as the collapses began a huge seismic “spike” marked the moment the greatest energy went into the ground. The strongest jolts were all registered at the beginning of the collapses, well before the falling debris struck the Earth. These unexplained “spikes” in the seismic data lend credence to the theory that massive explosions at the base of the towers caused the collapses. A “sharp spike of short duration” is how seismologist Thorne Lay of University of California at Santa Cruz told AFP an underground nuclear explosion appears on a seismograph. The two unexplained spikes are more than 20 times the amplitude of the other seismic waves associated with the collapses and occurred in the East-West seismic recording as the buildings began to fall. Experts cannot explain why the seismic

38

waves peaked before the towers actually hit the ground.

Lerner-Lam told AFP that a 10-fold increase in wave amplitude indicates a 100-fold increase in energy released. These “shortperiod surface waves,” reflect “the interaction between the ground and the building foundation,” according to a report from Columbia Earth Institute. “The seismic effects of the collapses are comparable to the explosions at a gasoline tank farm near Newark on Jan. 7, 1983,” the Palisades Seismology Group reported on Sept. 14, 2001. One of the seismologists, Won-Young Kim, told AFP that the Palisades seismographs register daily underground explosions from a quarry 20 miles away. These blasts are caused by 80,000 pounds of ammonium nitrate and cause local earthquakes between Magnitude 1 and 2. Kim said the 1993 truckbomb at the WTC did not register on the seismographs because it was “not coupled” to the ground. “Only a small fraction of the energy from the collapsing towers was converted into ground motion,” Lerner-Lam said. “The ground shaking that resulted from the collapse of the towers was extremely small.” Last November, Lerner-Lam said: “During the collapse, most of the energy of the falling debris was absorbed by the towers and the neighboring structures, converting them into rubble and dust or causing other damage-but not causing significant ground shaking.” Evidently, the energy source that shook the ground beneath the towers was many times more powerful than the total potential energy released by the falling mass of

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Dr. W. Gene Corley, who investigated for the government the cause of the fire at the Branch Davidian compound in Waco and the Oklahoma City bombing, headed the FEMA-sponsored engineering assessment of the WTC collapse. Corley told AFP that while some tests had been done on the 80 pieces of steel saved from the site, he said he did not know about tests that show if an explosion had affected the steel. “I am not a metallurgist,” Corley said. Much of the structural steel from the WTC was sold to Alan D. Ratner of Metal Management of Newark, N.J., and the New York-based company Hugo Neu Schnitzer East. Ratner, who heads the New Jersey branch of the Chicago-based company, sold the WTC steel to overseas companies, reportedly selling more than 50,000 tons of steel to a Shanghai steel company known as Baosteel for $120 per ton. Ratner paid about $70 per ton for the steel. Other shipments of steel from the WTC went to India and other Asian ports. Ratner came to Metal Management after spending years with a metal trading firm known as SimsMetal based out of Sydney, Australia. * Painful Questions (Item# 1051, $20, 160 pages, softcover) Is available from First Amendment Books, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, Suite 100, Washington D.C. 20003. Call 1-888-699-6397 to order by Visa or MasterCard. www.americanfreepress.net/09_03_02/NEW_ SEISMIC_/new_seismic_.html

A Close Look at the Evidence for a Nuclear Demolition of the World Trade Center

By Ed Ward, MD

which also needs to be done. There is one thing and only one thing that can cause all these cancers and problems – RADIATION.

The factual evidence indicates that our government is using and has used 3rd or possibly 4th generation hydrogen bombs domestically and internationally. The evidence for international usage is not quite as strong as the domestic usage, but when domestic usage is considered, the international usage seems inescapable. The process of exclusion based on the known facts leaves only one viable option for the destruction of the World Trade Center (WTC) buildings – a relatively pure hydrogen bomb.

their feet, vaporisation of 200,000 gallons of water, removal of wreckage without investigation, only remnants of fire in one tower minutes after the plane collision, unprecedented history of three skyscrapers collapsing secondary to fire, early miscalculation stating WTC building 7 ‘pulled’, towers falling at demolition or free fall speed, foreknowledge of WTC 7 immediate collapse, slow-motion video evidence of plane appendage with smoke and explosion immediately prior to impact of both planes, unprecedented NORAD nonresponse to variant flights, FEMA drill scheduled for same day, military ‘exercise’ of exactly what was taking place to prevent NORAD response, most of NORAD protection planes sent far away in another “exercise” to prevent response, prevention of examination of wreckage by those assigned to investigate, seismic evidence of a mini-yield nuclear explosion, Cheney taking over NORAD response command, Cheney preventing NORAD response, WTC towers designed for 707 collision and fire, 911 used falsely for previously planned war, government fabrication of ‘evidence’ correlation for starting war. In addition, hundreds of people found themselves trapped by locked doors and missing escape routes above and below the impact zone, and not all inclusively, but finally, Bush branding anyone noting any of these facts a “terrorist”.

Just some of the facts involved in the WTC destruction are: widespread cancer in the responders, molten steel, melted cars, steel beams hurled hundreds of feet, aerosolised metals, vaporised steel witnessed and videoed, aerosolised and pulverised concrete, elevated tritium levels, vanishing (vaporised) victims, only sliver fragments of victims on roof tops, EMP – Electro Magnetic Pulse effects on communications, hundreds of eyewitness testimony by heroic rescuers and victims of ancillary explosions, massive dispersal of debris, demolition expert stating hydrogen bomb was needed for this type of demolition, audio of a massive explosion prior to collapse, video of ancillary explosions, audio of ancillary explosions, significant reduction in debris pile, ancillary thermate found in wreckage, shockwave of a mini yield nuclear blast knocked people off

The spectrum and percentages of cancer are massive (and even reported in mainstream media). There are at least 4 classifications of blood-cell cancers: leukemia, lymphoma, Hodgkin’s and myeloma. There are many more classifications of soft tissue cancers, including brain cancer, and breast cancer. For most of these there are subclassifications of many different types of specific cancer in each, so far not publicly disclosed. There are huge percentages of respiratory distress and loss of function. Multiple reports of ‘irregular cycles’ (miscarriages?). Most likely there will be several more types of cancer to follow. In particular, responders should be checked for thyroid cancer and function. There has been no noting of birth defects

[email protected].

Declassified August 1958: “FACT: The U S has developed atomic munitions suitable for use in demolition work.” Declassified January 1967:“The fact [is] that we are interested in and are continuing studies on a weapon for minimizing the emerging flux of neutrons and internal induced activity.” Declassified March 1976: “The fact of weapon laboratory interest in Minimum Residual Radiation (MRR) devices [exists]. [Likewise] the fact of successful development of MRR devices.”

Cancer Evidence

In response to this massive outbreak of disease, the officials point to the presence of mercury. That claim is not verified in testing of air and particle debris samples by private citizens and organisations. It is possible the mercury quotes are from the federal source of science, the United States Geological Survey’s analysis of the WTC dust debris. The USGS’s leached analysis did show mercury at the 3rd lowest concentration of metals at the mean value (mv) of 0.011 parts per Billion (ppB). However, the most abundant element concentration in the leaching tests was Strontium at 1,000 ppB (1 ppM) - 100,000 times more than the mercury value. It appears that the leaching of the sample was only partial and inadequate as the reader will see from the spectrometry values. Why would only mercury be quoted when there were so many other more dangerous elements at higher concentrations than mercury? While the regular elements like Copper - mv 136 ppM, Silver - mv 1.66 ppM, and Vanadium - mv 31 ppM were present, some of the other significant elements were: Barium - mv 533 ppM, Strontium - mv 727 ppM, Cerium - mv 91 ppM, Yttrium - mv 57 ppM, Lanthanum - mv 46

“2/3rds of the building was indeed turned to dust or vaporised.”

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

39

ppM, Molybdenum - mv 11 ppM, Thorium - mv 9 ppM, Uranium - mv 3 ppM, Beryllium - mv 3 ppM, and Caesium - mv 0.6 ppM - partial listing.

sides, and the building could still withstand design loads and a 100-mph wind force from any direction.” – Engineering News-Record, April 2, 1964

For readers who are not familiar with most of these elements, here is a link to their relevance: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Fission_products_(by_element)

Take a look at a collapsed 10 story building in Pakistan. Note the height and size of the collapsed building’s remnants compared to the other 10 storey buildings. The debris pile is about 30 feet, approximately 1/3 of the height of the erect building. This ratio is consistent with a collapsed building’s rubble height. Note the almost complete lack of fine particles. The 47 story WTC 7’s building debris should have contained at least five times (approximately 15 stories) the amount of the Pakistan debris as WTC 7 was also built with significantly stronger materials. Yet, WTC 7 remains are casually noted in the government propaganda article as a 2 storey debris pile. Look at the Pakistan debris ‘collapsed’ picture again, then imagine that debris with 4 more piles on top of it and finally try to imagine the awesome power it would take to break it into 53 micron or smaller dust particles.

Officials also claim environmental benzene ‘permeated’ the area in jet fuel and cite this as the cause of all of these problems. Once again, we have the quoting of the miraculous jet fuel that burns up in a massive fireball in the first few minutes, then like Christ’s feeding the multitudes, still causes a massive fire inside that reaches the temperatures of a Hades that weakens massive fire proofed steel beams and trusses, then resurrects itself on the permeated ground to cause cancer in one hour of limited exposure.

In less than 1 hour, the first WTC building had collapsed and covered Manhattan in at least 1/3 of a million tons of particulate debris. Unless the jet fuel makes a final appearance and is again resurrected by NIST in its 3rd miracle, benzene is buried under 1/3 of a million tons of particulate debris after 56 minutes of exposure. Benzene is also a component of gasoline. The assertion that The only estimates of cancer was the result of the two 100 story WTC 56 minutes of exposure building debris piles are to minimal amounts of ‘several stories’. In the benzene is ludicrous. If very few area photothat was true, everyone in graphs of the debris piles the US would be sufferpublished, the amount ing from cancer. of debris in the range of Huge plume from WTC base before either WTC collaspes. several stories is minimal After the 3rd WTC buildat best. There is also ing fell, Manhattan was quoting of debris “6 covered in two billion storeys high”. However, pounds of pulverised and if the reader looks at the aerosolised building. Two rare pictures, the only billion pounds seemed debris of that height like an extremely large are portions of outer amount of particulate beam skeleton towering matter from buildings significantly higher than whose total weight has the general debris. Not been quoted at around 3 billion pounds. one official measurement of the debris Debris removal has been quoted at 1.2 piles is noted. The building residue height billion pounds. Based on these rough is deceiving on 2 levels. First, all of the numbers 2/3rds of the building was indeed buildings had craters of a depth of ‘several turned to dust or vaporised. storeys’. Secondly, since the craters were in tiered sub-level flooring, the area of the “Live loads on these [perimeter] columns bottoms of the craters would be significan be increased more than 2,000% before cantly smaller than the area covered at failure occurs.” ground level. “One could cut away all the first-story columns on one side of the building, and part way from the corners of the perpendicular

40

In a failed demolition, a 20 story concrete building, Zip Feed Mill in South Dakota, of significantly weaker construction than

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

the WTC buildings, takes a 4 story dive while the top 16 floors remain intact. Of the cumulative facts previously noted that deal specifically with a major explosion and its effect, the only single possibility for all is a thermonuclear bomb placed by the US government. Even when taken individually, the only possibility for some of the facts is a thermonuclear bomb. The next logical question is, “Do bombs with the needed characteristics exist?” The government refuses to answer. Both political parties sequestered Operation Northwoods and more for 40 years, so they are certainly not going to answer the question truthfully. The following evidence clearly shows a mini yield semi-pure hydrogen bomb existed in 1958 and that it has had 40 years of refinement. The graphic to the right depicts the only published diagram of an atomic bomb in which public general knowledge of atomic weaponry is known. This is not the bomb that would be required for the WTC demolition. The bomb is a 2nd generation atomic bomb of the ‘hydrogen bomb’ category. The H-bomb pictured is not a pure hydrogen bomb which is actually very closely related to the already developed ‘neutron bomb’. In reality, this 2nd generation H-bomb is nothing more than a fission bomb used for a trigger with hydrogen fusion used for extra power. This bomb produces the results of which the general public is aware – massive power, radiation and millenniums of radioactive devastation. It is at least 30 to 40 year old, late 2nd generation technology that has been phased out for lower yield 3rd generation atomic weapons which have a longer half life, easier maintenance and an inserted energy source. Note the use of DU in the weaponry. DU is used as the casing and as the container for the fusion reaction which becomes part of the fissionable material. This is important in the current international 3rd generation H-bomb usage and the hybrid fusion bomb. At first it was believed that the DU casing and the DU fusion container would most likely not be part of the late 3rd generation or 4th generation weaponry used in the WTC demolitions, as it is too dirty (long term radioactive residue) for the pure hydrogen bomb

needed. However, subsequent information of dust analysis, hybrid fusion, old known facts of pure fusion bombs, early low yield semi-pure warheads, neutron bombs, and knowledge that debris would be removed, as classified information makes either scenario viable. According to brave activist, Howard Morland, in his article “The Holocaust Bomb”, second generation atomic bombs got their start in 1950 and came to fruition in 1956 with Eisenhower’s announcement of a “95% clean” bomb. In 1958 the Mk-41C was tested for a 9.3 megaton yield, 4.8% of the energy was from fission with 95.2% from fusion. Less radioactive (more fusion and less fission energy) or semi-clean H-bombs were known then and were used for testing purposes only. The more powerful, mostly fission bombs were deployed for usage in an effort to produce maximum destruction on “enemies” for generations and no forethought of the worldwide consequences. Among various other types of hydrogen bomb warheads, the W54 nuke was developed in 1961. The W54 was a micro-nuke that weighed 51 pounds and could be fired from a slightly modified ordinary bazooka. Different versions of the W54 ranged from .01 kt to 1 kt yield. Between the mid 1950s and the mid 70s both types (large yield dirty and small yield clean), of 2nd generation H-bombs were refined. Focused nuclear explosions were envisioned in 1959 as a possible concept for propulsion of the spacecraft Orion. The mere directing of the yield was obviously known prior to 1959. Samuel Cohen has stated that a low yield neutron bomb may be tailored to direct yield and proposed the concept more than 35 years ago. An underground detonation causes shaping of the direction of yield as well. Around 1960, the relatively pure H-bomb was modified for selective effects creating the first 3rd generation H-bomb – the Neutron bomb, Enhanced Radiation Warhead, or a mostly fusion bomb. The neutron bomb’s energy was mostly based on fusion using Deuterium/Tritium with only a small fission component to ignite the fusion reaction. The neutron bombs are designed to release at least 80% of its yield as neutrons at the expense of blast and heat as compared to previous fission-fusion warheads. It was not until around 15 years ago that the existence of the neutron bomb was noted. It was during this period that a trial regarding Chinese espionage forced the revelation of the neutron bomb. Shortly thereafter, Reagan

deployed the W70 version with a yield range of 0.8 kt to 1.6 kt. At least 2 years after the neutron bomb had been developed and tested, declassified May 1963, came this: The U. S. is “interested in pursuing” a programme to determine the characteristics of an “enhanced radiation” weapon (neutron bomb).” The standard policy seems to be to develop the weapon, inform Congress to get funding for development of the weapon and then (sometimes) to inform the public. Very little has been released about the specific selective refinements of 2nd and 3rd generation weapons in the last 40 years since their development. The fact that refinement was taking place is proven by the Orion spacecraft and the neutron bomb. EMP (Elecgtro-magneteic Pulse) effects have been another area of study and refinement. While these effects were noted in 1950s testing, there was elevated interest in 1962 with the high altitude (HEMP) detonation producing a massive EMP effect. In November 1972, the following sentence was declassified: “The fact of existence of weapons with tailored outputs, e.g., enhanced x-ray, neutron or gammaray output, that we are hardening our weapons to enhanced weapon outputs and that high-Z materials are used in hardening nuclear weapons against high-energy x-rays.” Note: the date is the declassification date, not the development date. How small can a nuclear reaction be? Very small, indeed. Through hydrodynamic experiments for triggering fusion, extremely low yield nuclear explosions have been generated on the magnitude of “several pounds of TNT.” As noted above, in 1961 .01 kt was unveiled in 1961. In 1956, the Tamalpais with a yield of 0.072 kt was declassified. Prior to the demolition of the WTC buildings, the largest imploded building, Hudson’s Department Store was 2.2 million square feet with 33 levels and required 2,728 lbs of explosive. The WTC buildings were significantly stronger than the Hudson’s building, but it is doubtful more than a 0.01 kt bomb would be needed for the 47 centre columns designed to hold many times the weight of the buildings.

wave Effects: Overpressure = 5 lb/sq. inch (160 mph) radius = 0.09 km, 1 lb/sq. inch radius = 0.26 km; Underground ignition: Crater diameter = 56 feet with a Richter magnitude of 3.52. Thermal radiation damage range is significantly reduced by clouds, smoke or other obscuring materials. Surface detonations are known to decrease thermal radiation by half. A neutron bomb produces much less blast and thermal energy than a fission bomb of the same yield by expending its energy by the increase in the production of neutrons. Even the older neutron bombs produce very little long term fallout, but made considerable induced radiation in ground detonations. The half life of induced radiation is very short and is measured in days rather than years. Summing up known information: An underground explosion of a pure (most likely) or semi-pure, Minimum Residual Residue direction focused 0.01 kt yield hydrogen bomb with selected enhanced radiation dispersal – most likely neutron since that radiation would be absorbed by the ground and building, and would decrease the blast and temperature effects. In 1993, Joe Vialls exposed some facts about single explosions that were very similar to the 2001 WTC bombing. The article, “Micro Nukes in London,” notes the sudden usage of massive explosions in business districts by the IRA (sic) – with a brief mention of the 1993 bombing of the WTC. In the supposed first mega-bombing by the “IRA”, an eyewitness stated, “The ground shook under our feet. There was a brilliant white flash and a tall vertical column of smoke.” Significant information about the Special Atomic Demolition Munition (SADM – the general class of the W54 warhead). While the government was working on the usage of a conventional bomb to the corporate media, there was accidental filming of investigators of the bombing in full radiation protective gear. Full story as well as hundreds of corroborating links HERE:

www.thepriceofliberty.org/06/09/25/ward.htm

Dei Jurum Conventus

This programme produced (partial list) the following information for a regular 0.01 kt yields, air ignition: Fireball max light radius = 25.4 meters, Max time light pulse width = 0.011 seconds, Max fireball airburst radius = 10.6 meters, Time of max temperature = 0.0032 seconds, Area of rad. exposure = 0.12 sq. miles; BlastUNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

41

42

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

The growing evidence for the most disturbing conspiracy of our time

ISRAEL’S SECRET ROLE IN 9/11

Source: www.tbrnews.org:/Archives/a652.

This is the Big One – the “forbidden story” that nobody is allowed to report – at least no one in mainstream media. If you do, you are likely to be called “anti-Semitic” – or worse. And yet, there it stands, like the 12 foot gorilla that everyone knows is ������������������������ in the room, ����������� but no one wants to acknowledge it. It’s the “conspiracy theory” of all time – and it’s backed by some very compelling evidence. The following document was published in June, 2002. If genuine, it must rank as one of the most remarkable documents in history. It purports to be a top-secret report from the German external intelligence agency, the Bundesnachrichtendienst (BND) prepared with assistance from an internal German intelligence agency, the BfV. Among the most important claims it makes are the following: German intelligence detected plans for an attack by Arab extremists on the United States, to take place on September 10 or 11, 2001. Israel was aware of the plans and wished the attack to take place without hindrance. The German ambassador informed the President of the US of the impending attacks. He thanked the ambassador and said that he already knew. Subsequently, his administration urgently requested the suppression of information on this warning. The report elaborates that among the various

reasons for the attack being encouraged by the US administration was a desire to have a pretext to attack Afghanistan to secure a pipeline route for western oil companies to export oil from the Caspian basin. Despite angry denunciations of the authenticity of the report from various quarters, the German government has to the best of our knowledge not issued a denial of its authenticity. Even if it were to do so, the alleged urgent request for secrecy could provide grounds for such a denial. No other effective refutation of the accuracy of the report has been seen by the editors of this website. Consequently, it is presented for what it is worth as a possibly genuine document of immense historical significance.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

43

Israel and 9/11

This report was sent

by a German source in January of 2002 to a number of interested individuals. We subsequently sent a copy of this to the German Embassy in Washington for comment. The reply they gave after their receipt of the attached document is that the papers had been sent on to Germany for comment on their authenticity. After a reasonable lapse of time, we again contacted the Embassy and at that point were advised that “the German authorities would neither confirm nor deny the authenticity nor the authorship of” the document.

was prepared, basing on extracts of reports from our [BND’s] stations abroad. Overall, it is evident that the American authorities were aware of the pending attacks. Why they did nothing, is explained in the following.

man r e G General Overview cial Background: tel of the Bush family’s involvement in oil (Zapata Oil Offi vt inBecause Company), important and wealthy individuals and corpoGo t withmany r o rations oil interests financially supported the Bush politip Re cal career. Today, the Bush administration is therefore strongly

In view of this response, we present this for the comments of readers. The original document has been scanned and follows the translation. – WS [Translation of BND Report on September 11, 2001]

TOP SECRET Background Report on 9/11/2001 – DO NOT RUBBERSTAMP – – DO NOT SIGN – – DO NOT WRITE ON – – DO NOT MARK – On Monday August 6, 2001, at 17:50, [German] Ambassador Ischinger personally notified the President of the United States that information developed by the Bundesamt für Verfassungsschutz [German domestic secret service] as well as the BND [Bundesnachrichtendienst, German foreign secret service] indicated clearly that an attack by a radical Arab group partially based in Germany was to occur on September 10-11, 2001. The President was at that time in residence at his farm in Texas. Our [German] Ambassador was acting in direct response to instructions from Foreign Minister Fischer. This information was developed from official surveillance of Arab extremist groups operating in the Federal Republic as well as from intercepted communications between the Embassy of Israel and the Israeli Foreign Ministry in Tel Aviv concerning this matter. The information was “gratefully received” by the US President who stated at the time that he was also aware of the same pending assaults. Subsequent to these attacks, the office of the US President, through the US Department of State, made an urgent request to the Federal Government [of Germany] that no reference whatsoever should be made to the official warnings given by Ambassador Ischinger. In order to clarify the background of this matter, this Gesamtübersicht [overall survey] of the events leading to the assault

44

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

influenced by major American business groups.

The candidate for American Vice President, Richard “Dick” Cheney, had been the Chief Director of the Halliburton Company. This company, based in Dallas, Texas, where Bush was Governor, is the largest oil service company in the world. Between 1991 through 1997, such important American oil companies as Texaco, Unocal, Shell, BP Amoco, Chevron and Exxon-Mobil became involved with the former Soviet state of Kazakhstan who holds enormous oil reserves. The government of Kazakhstan was eventually paid over $3 billions of corporate money to allow these companies to secure oil rights. At the same time, these companies agreed further to give the sums of 35 billion US Dollar in investments in plant and equipment to the Kazakhstan projects. A confidential project report of said US firms announced that the gas and oil reserves in Kazakhstan would amount to 4 trillion US Dollar. The United States is not self-sufficient in oil and 50% of their supply is imported from various foreign sources. Some 80% of oil imported to the US comes from OPEC-countries, the Arabian oil cartel. Because of the unconditional support by American political leaders of the state of Israel, these Arab governments have a very strained relationship with the USA. A further smaller percentage of oil imported to the US comes from Venezuela. Just recently, the US government has been attempting to overthrow the government of Chavez with the help of the CIA and replace it with a government “more sympathetic to American oil needs.” A position paper prepared by the office of the later-Vice President Cheney states that the Kazakhstan oil reserves would be “more than sufficient to supply US needs for at least a decade” and would further “reduce American dependence on OPEC.” Unocal Oil Company signed an agreement with the reigning Taliban forces as well as their opponents, the Northern Alliance, in order to permit an oil pipeline to be built through Afghanistan direct through Pakistan to the Indian Ocean. By this, the exorbitant rates charged by the Russians to use their pipelines would be avoided. Unocal then opened official offices in Uzbekistan, Pakistan, Turkmenistan and Kazakhstan to facilitate the construction of this oil pipeline. In December of 1997, official Taliban representatives were in the United States to attend a conference at Unocal headquarters in Texas to discuss the Afghanistan pipeline. These talks failed because the Taliban made what Unocal felt were excessive financial demands.

In 1998, internal strife in Afghanistan and inherent instability in Pakistan reached such levels as to render the pipeline project impossible to execute. In the same year, the Houston, Texas based firm of Enron suggested instead to build a $3 billion oil pipeline parallel to the Russian pipelines, running westwards rather than taking the shorter but more problematic route south. In a secret memorandum by Cheney, it is stated that the Unocal company was prepared to finance the southern route. According to this, this project would take five years to complete and its annual revenues from the successful completion of this pipeline would approximate $2 billions. However, and this has been the subject of a number of secret American reports, the only thing standing in the way of the construction of this pipeline was the basic opposition of the Afghanistan government and its political supporters. On May 8, 2001, the US Department of State, in the name of the Secretary of State Powell, gave 43 million US Dollars to the Taliban in order to facilitate their cooperation in the pipeline project. On June 10, 2001, the BND warned the CIA office in the US Embassy to the Federal Republic [of Germany] that certain Arab terrorists were planning to seize American commercial aircraft for use as weapons of destruction against significant American symbols. This was considered a general warning only. The Federal Republic’s warning of August 6, however, was specific as to date, time and places of the attacks.

Israel and 9/11

a more specific warning. This warning specified the exact date, time and places of the attacks.

On September 11, President Bush and top aides flew to the state of Florida so that the President could speak with children in a kindergarten. Also at that time, Vice President Cheney absented himself from Washington and went to the safety of the Presidential compound in the mountains of Maryland. It was noted in Washington that Cheney remained sequestered in Maryland for some time and only appeared in public surrounded by heavy security.

The Role of the Israeli Mossad in the Terrorist Attacks Note: The following two sections are considered to be extremely sensitive due to the special relationship between the Federal Republic [of Germany] and its Jewish citizens as well as the State of Israel. This material is compiled from German and American sources.

Summary and Outlook The terrorist attacks on American targets were fully known to many entities well in advance. The US President was fully informed as to the nature and exact time of these attacks. The US government in general and the US President in specific have become subservient to the wishes and plans of the Israeli government. As these plans encompass the removal of the Arab population of Israel and adjoining territories, it is evident that the population of the United States is being pushed into a situation that could easily result in more, and terrible, attacks on their home country.

During the term of President George H.W. Bush, the government of Israel made an official, but very secret, request of the American President. This request was to permit agents of the Mossad, Israeli Foreign Intelligence, to enter the United States and conduct surveillance operations against various Arab groups residing in that country. The stated purpose of this surveillance was to permit Israeli early warning of terrorist plots against their country. Permission for this surveillance was granted with the caveat that the Mossad would have a liaison with the FBI and report any and all findings to that agency.

On July 11, 2001, in Berlin, US In view of this possibility, the US authorities are determined to officials: Thomas Simmons, a limit any discussion of the 11 September attacks to the official former American Ambassador version as it appears regularly in the US media. to Pakistan, Lee Coldren, State Department expert on Asian matIt also appears from confidential sources that Bush’s plans to ters and Karl Inderfurth, Assisattack Iraq are based mainly on a desire on the part of Israel to tant Secretary of State for Asian remove Saddam Hussein. Tel Aviv views Hussein as a real threat matters met with Russian and and has already attacked that country before. Pakistani intelligence officers. At However, these conditions were this meeting, which was under There is also evidence that if Hussein is toppled by American not observed. The Mossad not surveillance, it was stated by the military force, the oil resources of Iraq would be put under the only did not inform the FBI of Americans that the United States control of a consortium of the American oil interests that so avidly any of its findings, it is known to planned to launch military strikes support the Bush Administration. have engaged in commerce with against Afghanistan in October several groups of Israeli crimiof that year. The purpose of these nals of Russian backgrounds. strikes was to topple the AfghaniThese groups were engaged in extensive criminal activities inside stan government and the Taliban in order to replace it with a govthe United States, to include the smuggling of the Ecstasy drug. ernment “more sensitive to the needs of American oil interests.” Mossad agents were able to subvert American criminal investigations through their knowledge of American telephone surveilIn mid-August, 2001, President of the Russian Federation Putin lance of such groups. ordered that the American authorities be warned of pending attacks on government buildings inside the United States. This warning was conveyed to the US Ambassador in Moscow and via It is very evident from surveillance conducted against Mossad agents in the Federal Republic as well as interceptions of Israeli the Russian Ambassador’s office directly to the US President. diplomatic communication from the Federal Republic to Tel Aviv, On August 20, the Government of France, through the American that the Mossad had successfully penetrated various extremist Embassy in Paris and their Embassy in Washington, issued Arab groups in both the Federal Republic and the United States. UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

45

Israel and 9/11

These investigations disclosed in late May of 2001 that an attack was to be made against certain specified targets in the American cities of Washington and New York. But it was apparent that the Mossad was not only fully aware of these attacks well in advance but actually, through their own agents inside the Arab groups, assisted in the planning and the eventual execution of the attacks. That the Israeli government was fully aware of these attacks is absolutely certain and proven. Diplomatic traffic between the Israeli Embassy in the Federal Republic and the Israeli Foreign Office made it very clear that Minister President Sharon was fully aware of this pending attack and urgently wished that no attempt was made to prevent the attacks. Although the Israeli officials were instructed to warn the American intelligence community that some kind of an attack might be possible, at no time were the specific dates and targets (known at that time to Israeli officials) to be given to the Americans. The rationale for this attitude was expressed in a conversation on August 1, 2001, between the Israeli Military Attaché in the Federal Republic to a member of the Israeli General Staff. There it was stated that Israel believed an attack on the continental United States would so inflame American public opinion that they would permit Israel to “cleanse” their state of “Arab terrorists and those who support such terrorists.” This “cleansing” was explained as the expulsion of all Arabs, and even Christian groups, from the Palestine area.

These groups, in conjunction with Jewish dominated media giants like the New York Times, the Washington Post, Newsweek Magazine, the Los Angeles Times, Time-Warner-AOL and their CNN news network, basically control the dissemination of news in the United States. It is therefore almost impossible for any news that would be considered in opposition to Israeli interests to appear before the American public, although such stories are readily available in most European media.

The Role of the Christian Fundamentalists in American Politics The so-called “Christian Right” consists of Protestant fundamentalists, where the so-called Pentecostals play a dominant role. This is a very fanatical and aggressively missionary denomination that believes in a return of a living Christ to earth and the subsequent elevation of its members to heavenly paradise.

P T O T RE C E S

American intelligence officials have repeatedly expressed great concern in meetings with our people that the Israeli government, through a company called Amdocs, was able to conduct surveillance of all telephone communications within the United States. It was categorically stated that this Israeli-based firm was given an American contract with 25 of the largest American telephone companies. This contract was granted over the objections and concerns of the American intelligence community. The official reason given for this extraordinary arrangement that permitted Israeli agencies to observe all highly confidential investigative telephone calls was that the United States had a “special relationship” with the State of Israel and they had requested this.

The Israeli Political Influence in the United States It should be noted here that the professional Israeli lobby in America is huge in size and is considered even by our American colleagues to be a very powerful and entirely dominant factor in American politics. The American Israel Public Affairs Committee is the largest foreign lobby in Washington and the fourth most powerful lobby in the country. Other Israeli groups also include the Anti-Defamation League (from whose national offices, along with the Israel Trade Mission and the many Israeli Consulates, many Mossad agents were working,) the Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs and the Committee for Accuracy in Middle East Reporting in America.

46

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

In order for this appearance of Christ to occur, several factors must be in place according to the views of this denomination. In the first place, a number of Jews must convert to Christianity, and in the second, there must be a rebuilding of the Jewish temple in Jerusalem. As the site of this temple is now occupied by a major Islamic mosque, it will be necessary to destroy this building. Starting as an Episcopalian, Bush tried other Protestant denominations before joining the Pentecostals. Apart from US President Bush and his Attorney General Ashcroft, other members of his administration are members of this denomination, too, which is the second largest Christian denomination after the Catholic Church. As a considerable part of the American public sentiment is strongly opposed to religious fanatics, these facts have been kept very quiet. Bush and his entourage are very strong supporters of the State of Israel because of their belief, that the founding of this nation is viewed as another requirement for the return of Christ. For this reason, Bush unconditionally supports any program put forward by the Israeli government and is a devoted follower and supporter of Sharon, the Israeli right wing extremist Minister President. Attorney General Ashcroft has stated in a public sermon (he is a lay preacher of the Pentecostal church) that the Muslims are “agents of the Anti-Christ” and must be destroyed in the so-called “Battle of Armageddon.” According to the beliefs of fundamentalist Christians, this battle will be fought over Israel’s existence and will lead to the end of the world and the return of Christ. It is generally known in Washington that Bush is entirely guided by his religious beliefs and that he has been attempting repeatedly to force his views onto the American public by means of various disguised programs, such as religious control of charities, unconditional support of Israel, and so forth.

Israel and 9/11 Israeli connections.

IS ISRAEL BLACKMAILING AMERICA?

Fox News Spikes Four Part Story On Israeli Phone Tapping Scandal What follows is the original article I wrote when the news story first broke regarding the existence of a system to tap into any phone in America built into the surveillance system used by law enforcement authorities. Several cases were cited where investigations ranging from drug running and money laundering to the events of 9/11 had been compromised by leaks from the company that operated the phone taps as well as phone data from an associated company that handles billing services for almost every phone in America. The focus of the article was a single question. Could Israel be blackmailing the entire US Government and media? The answer is now obvious. Fox News, the so-called “We report, you decide” all news network, has removed the four part story from their website. No explanation is given except for the single Orwellian sentence at the end of one of the links, “This story no longer exists”. Israel, purportedly our friend, has been spying on us all. And we’re not talking about individual spooks like Jonathan Pollard, or small-time networks such as the 140 Israelis arrested by the FBI prior to 9/11, or the 60 arrested since (including 5 arrested who were cheering and celebrat-

ing as the World Trade Towers collapsed). It turns out that Israel has had a potential wiretap on every phone in America for years, along with the ability to monitor and record who any person is calling, anywhere in America – information of great value even if one does not listen to the calls themselves. Amdocs, Inc. the company which sub-contracts billing and directory services for phone companies around the world, including 90 percent of American phone companies, is owned by Israeli interests. Yet another company, Comverse Infosys, is suspected of having built a “back door” into the equipment permanently installed into the phone system which allows instant eavesdropping by law enforcement agencies on any phone in America. This includes yours.

Concerns about allowing an Israeli company such intimate access to the infrastructure go back many years. As reported by Fox News, the Israeli company Amdocs was implicated in the leaking of police phone data that resulted in the collapse of an investigation into a massive drug and credit card fraud operation with

In a telling repeat of the Los Angeles drug case, investigators looking into the attacks on the World Trade Towers are again reporting that confidential telephone information is again being leaked in a manner that is interfering with the investigations. Again, Amdocs was implicated. Not content with the phones of ordinary citizens in the United States, evidence has surfaced that Israel compromised the telephone systems at the highest levels of the US Government.

Now, I want you all to stop and think for a minute of the full ramifications of this. Israeli interests have the ability to listen in on ANY phone in America connected to any of the systems used by Amdocs or Comverse Infosys. They have had this ability for several years. They can listen in and track the phone calls made by anyone’s phone, whether police officer, elected official, media talking head, editor, policy setter, news mogul, even the President of the United States. The Ken Starr report on Whitewater describes how Bill Clinton warned Monica Lewinsky that a foreign government was tapping their phone calls. Few indeed are the people in America who do not have something to hide. That insider trade, the brief but torrid affair, the stolen votes, the deliberate smear, the role one played in an assassination, the acceptance of money from drug runners to look the other way. Be honest. Is there a skeleton in your closet you hope will stay there? Something nobody knows about? Well, if that skeleton involved a phone call, someone may know about it. Amdocs and Comverse Infosys. And their Israeli owners. Just think about it for a moment. Everyone’s private phone traffic, right up to the President, potentially visible to Israeli

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

47

Israel and 9/11

interests. And you cannot find the phone taps or bugs because they are built right into the phone system! Suddenly, a lot of events which have puzzled observers start to make sense. • Like the way the US vetoed the UN resolution calling for peace in Palestine, despite being the only 1 out of 15 voting nations to have voted against the measure. The USA gained nothing by this veto. But Israel did. Over the last few weeks, the people of the United States have given “evidence” pointing the finger of blame for 9/11 at Osama bin Laden and Arabs in general – evidence which is circumstantial, often self-contradictory, and in some cases faked. Yet, as was reported in the news, evidence also exists linking many of the arrested Israeli spies (some of whom worked for the Israeli telecom companies above) with the events of 9/11. Yet this evidence is NOT being broadcast endlessly on the news. In fact, this evidence is CLASSIFIED. Someone has “persuaded” the US Government and the media that the American people are supposed to see ONLY the evidence that points a certain direction, and must never see any evidence that points someplace else. Likewise, the media has been “persuaded” not to report evidence that Israel knew of the 9/11 attacks ahead of time. The foreign press has outright accused the Mossad of taking part in the 9/11 attacks but the American media have been “persuaded” not to cover these accusations. It was well known that there was an Israeli spy inside the Clinton White House. But Clinton ordered the FBI to cease searching for the mole, code-named “Mega”. It is now known that “Mega” was not just any Mossad spy but the top Mossad agent in America. The cancellation of the hunt for “Mega” occurred at the same time Clinton warned Monica Lewinsky that their phone conversations were being recorded. This strongly suggests that Clinton was “persuaded” to call off the FBI’s hunt for “Mega” with the threat of a recorded phone sex session being made public. Because of the purported links between Muslims and the attacks on the World

48

Trade Towers, the US Government has been shutting down all Muslim linked charities in the USA. By contrast the Chairman of the Jewish Defense League, a group with a violent history, was arrested recently in a plot to bomb a US congressman. But the US Government has been “persuaded” not to take actions against Jewish charities, while the media has been “persuaded” to allow the story of hard evidence of JDL terrorism to fade away as quickly as possible. In October 2001 two Mossad agents were arrested with dynamite inside the Mexican Congress. The Mexican government was “persuaded” to release the two men without trial. Meanwhile, the American media was “persuaded” not to report on the Mexican arrests. Israel receives a hugely disproportionate share of foreign aid from the United States, about $5 billion a year. A large segment of the US population questions the wisdom of sending so much money to such a small population while so many people remain homeless on our own streets. But somehow, Congress is “persuaded” to keep sending more cash each and every year. Sharon faces war crimes trial. The American media is “persuaded” not to make a big deal of the story. Israel is in violation of the Geneva Accords. The American media is “persuaded” not to make a big deal of this story. The United Nations accuses Israel of using torture on children. The American media is “persuaded” not to make a big deal of this story, either. How is such persuasion possible? Blackmail. The revelation of an Israeli-linked system for monitoring and potentially listening in to the phone calls of every single person in the US at will opens up the possibility that a massive blackmail operation, unprecedented in scale, is the real force shaping media bias and United States policy. The reality is that this nation’s politicians and media leaders all have secrets to hide. Mistresses, drug habits, links to that airfield in Mena, Arkansas, BCCI cash sitting in that bank in Barbados, loot from ADFA in the Cayman’s; in a corrupted society

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

only the corrupt can reach the heights of power, and they all have secrets to hide. They are all vulnerable to blackmail. And being the kind of people who were willing to do, and usually did, anything to get power, they are also the people willing to do anything to keep it. Look the other way when the drugs come in, spike an embarrassing news story or plant a fake one that embarrasses your enemy, alter the books, destroy a report, falsify data, destroy evidence, maybe even allow the military might of the United States and the blood of her children to be tricked into fighting someone else’s war. History has shown that if a crime is possible, it is also inevitable. The cold hard reality is that Amdocs and Comverse Infosys are the most powerful tools a blackmailer could ever hope for, opening up the private lives of everyone in the nation, including the secrets of targets able to control the media and US policy. Dare we ignore this potential threat? Or will the media be “persuaded” that all this fuss about Israeli-owned companies with wires into the phone system is just a lot of nonsense? There is one more aspect to this issue that needs to be looked at: If indeed Israel is blackmailing our officials and media icons, it is because those who are being blackmailed ARE blackmailable. If we elect a government of criminals, we elect a government subject to blackmail. Finally, given the fact that blackmail may be assumed to be as widespread as the collection system itself is, those who persist in trying to defend Israel may no longer be assumed to be operating from the purest of motives. After all, who will defend a blackmailer more staunchly than those who are the blackmailer’s victims? by Warren Royal www.la.indymedia.org/news/2003/07/74953_ comment.php?theme=1

Israel and 9/11

vice), in its excellent investigative report revealed:

Mossad Spies Caught in America ... Deported r o d e s ea Then Rel The Austin American-Statesman November 25, 2001, pg. A-11 The world now knows about the five celebrating Israeli “movers”, (Mossad agents), who were arrested and placed in solitary confinement for weeks after they were spotted in a white van suspected of attempting to blow up the George Washington Bridge. We have also seen how the Israeli owner of Urban Moving Systems – Dominick Suter – then suddenly abandoned his “moving company” and fled for Israel on 14/9 [2001]. But there were still more Israeli “movers” and other Israelis whose actions raise serious suspicions. Even more suspicious is how they are always quietly released and deported. In October of 2001, three more Israeli “movers” were stopped in Plymouth, PA because of their suspicious behaviour. These “movers” were seen dumping furniture near a restaurant dumpster! When the restaurant manager approached the driver, a “Middle Eastern” man later identified as Moshe Elmakias fled the scene. The manager made note of the truck’s sign which read “Moving Systems Incorporated” and called the police. When the police spotted and stopped the truck, two other Israelis – Ayelet Reisler and Ron Katar began acting suspiciously. The Plymouth police searched the truck and found a video. The Israelis were taken into custody and the video tape was played at the police station. The video revealed footage of Chicago with zoomed in shots of the Sears Tower. The police quickly alerted the FBI and it was also discovered that the Israelis had falsified travel logs and phony paperwork on them. (1) They were also unable to provide a name and telephone number for the customer that they claimed to have been working for. These Israelis were up to some sort of dirty business, and you can be sure it had nothing to do with moving furniture. These Israeli spies may have had a dark sense of humour. The name of their “moving company” actually contained the word MOSSAD embedded inside. Moving Systems Incorporated… MOving SyStems IncorporAteD…….MOSSAD On October 10, 2001, CNN made a brief mention of a foiled terrorist bomb plot in the Mexican Parliament building. They

“La Voz de Aztlan has learned that the Israeli Embassy used heavy handed measures to have the two Israelis released. Very high level emergency meetings took place between Mexican Secretary of Foreign Relations Jorge Gutman, General Macedo de la Concha and a top Ariel Sharon envoy who flew to Mexico City specially for that purpose. Elías Luf of the Israeli Embassy worked night and day and their official spokeswoman Hila Engelhart went into high gear after many hours of complete silence. What went on during those high level meetings no one knows, but many in Mexico are in disbelief at their release.” (5)

promised to bring any further developments of this story to their viewers, but the incident was never heard of again in America. However, the story appeared in bold headlines on the front page of the major Mexican newspapers (2) and was also posted on the official website of the Mexican Justice Department. (3) Two terror suspects were apprehended in the Mexican Chamber of Deputies. Caught red-handed, they had in their possession a high powered gun, nine hand grenades, and C-4 plastic explosives (great stuff for demolishing buildings!) Within days, this blockbuster story not only disappeared from the Mexican press, but the Israelis were quietly released and deported! The two terrorists were Salvador Gerson Sunke and Sar ben Zui. Can you guess what their ethnicity was? Sunke was a Mexican Jew and Zui was a colonel with the Israeli special forces (MOSSAD). (4)

In November of 2001, 6 more suspicious Israelis were detained in an unspecified mid-eastern state. They had in their possession box cutters, oil pipeline plans, and nuclear power plant plans. (6) The local police called in the Feds and Immigration officials took over the scene and released the men without calling the FBI. The Jerusalem Post, the Miami Herald, (7) and the Times of London (8) all carried this amazing story and all revealed how furious FBI officials were that these terror suspects The story in El Diario de Mexico went with nuclear power plant plans were alon to reveal that the Zionist terrorists had lowed to go free. Of course, the corruption fake Pakistani passports on them. Can you riddled FBI would only have caved into say “false flag operation?” The probable Zionist pressure from the Justice Departmotive of this particular botched terrorist ment’s Criminal Division boss, Michael operation was to involve Chertoff, and also from oil rich Mexico in the the ADL’s “partner”, FBI “War on Terrorism”. (The boss Robert Mueller – who War on Israel’s enemies would no doubt have found would be a more accurate a way to eventually release description). Mexico is Dos detenidos, uno extranjero those Israeli terror suspects no military power, but too. the psychological trauma Llevaban un maletín con explosivos y granadas of an “Arab” attack on In December, 2001, the Mexico would surely have Los Angeles Times pubinduced Mexico to provide lished the story of how unlimited cheap oil to her two Jewish terrorists were American “protector”. arrested by the FBI for Los Cacería rostros del terrorismo mundial en su contra: Bush With cheap oil flowing plotting to blow up the ofto America at low prices fice of US Congressman of from Mexico, the US Arab descent – Darrell Issa Atentado en Michoacán could better afford to (R-CA), and a California break off relations with the mosque. (9) Irv Rubin and oil rich Arab states in genEarl Kruger of the Jeweral and Saudi Arabia in ish Defense League (JDL) particular. That’s why the were charged with conspirplanners chose 15 Saudi acy to destroy a building identities to steal for the 9-11 operation. by means of explosives. This story got brief national coverage but quickly disapMany Mexicans expressed shock at the peared too. release of the two Israelis. But when you learn that Mexico’s Secretary of ForIn May of 2002, yet another moving van eign Relations is a Zionist named Jorge was pulled over in Oak Harbor, WashingGutman, it’s not surprising. The Zionist ton near the Whidbey Island Naval Air tentacles reach even into Mexico! La Voz Station. Fox News reported that the van de Aztlan (Mexican-American news serwas pulled over for speeding shortly after LOPEZ OBRADOR

ALVARO VALLARTA

Urge plan emergente, el panorama poco alentador

Las mujeres no marcharán, primero están los hombres

7-A

4-A

TRABAJA, AHORRA, INVIERTE.

Director General FEDERICO BRACAMONTES

AÑO LII

México, D.F., Jueves 11 de octubre de 2001

No. 13068

Bomba en San Lázaro ●

●

Iban armados; fueron detenidos por cañeros

Gran movilización provocó en la Cámara de Diputados la detención de dos individuos, presuntamente de origen israelí, que portaban un arma de alto poder y un maletín con nueve granadas, tres cargadores con 53 cartuchos útiles y explosivos C-4, considerados de alto impacto. Los detenidos, que dijeron llamarse Salvador Gerson

El pato-lógico

Cualquiera entra en San Lázaro

ELEMENTOS DE la Procuraduría General de la República sacan del Palacio Legislativo a los sujetos que fueron detenidos con un arsenal dentro del recinto.

Sunke, de nacionalidad mexicana, y Sar Ben Zui, quien dijo ser coronel de los grupos especiales de Israel, permanecieron detenidos por más de tres horas en el recinto legislativo, durante las cuales no declararon nada, para luego ser entregados

a elementos de la Procuraduría General de la República (PGR), quienes los sacaron del Palacio Legislativo, cubiertos con capuchas, y se los llevaron detenidos. Más en 5-A

Exponen posiciones

Pataleo político por aeropuerto ●

Edomex e Hidalgo, argumentan; DF, rechaza

En el marco sobre la decisión de la ubicación del nuevo aeropuerto alterno de la ciudad de México, el secretario de Gobernación, Santiago Creel Miranda, recibió a legisladores y autoridades de los gobiernos del Distrito Federal, Hidalgo y estado de México. La decisión sobre el nuevo aeropuerto no dejará a todos contentos, ya que funcionarios del D.F. denunciaron que el Gobierno federal tenía previsto desde hace tiempo que fuera Texcoco el lugar privilegiado, pero anunciaron que no dejarán que sea en ese sitio, y llegarán hasta las ultimas consecuencias para lograrlo. Más en 6-A

Los 22 más buscados

●

Washington.- Estados Unidos dio a conocer una lista con los 22 terroristas más buscados del mundo, y como era de esperarse Osama Bin Laden encabeza la lista. El presidente Bush dijo: “Enlistamos sus nombres, publicamos sus fotografías y así acabamos con su secretismo, el terror tiene un rostro y hoy los exponemos”, esperando que la lista ayudará a lanzar una cacería mundial contra los 22 criminales. Más en 9-A

´

ALFREDO ANAYA Gudiño, candidato del PRI a la gubernatura de Michoacán, fue víctima ayer de un atentado, ya que su camioneta fue baleada.

Contra el candidato del PRI

Compra

El Dólar

9.2300

Venta

● Cuatro

9.4800

En interiores

ESTA ES la lista que dio a conocer el FBI, con los 22 terroristas más buscados del mundo, en la que destaca Osama Bin Laden.

Giran orden de aprehender a un ex embajador de Perú

8-B

Opinión Guadalupe Elizalde Glafira Osorio Clark Gustavo Cortés Campa Carlos Bracho

Columnas

CHISPAZOS POLITICOS

Abel Magaña (5-A) DIARIO LEGISLATIVO Pág.2-A Pedro Jiménez (4-A) Provincia (11-A)

$ 5.00

2 secciones

www.diariodemexico.com.mx

balazos al carro de Alfredo Anaya

Morelia.- La camioneta en que viajaba el candidato priísta al gobierno de Michoacán, Alfredo Anaya Gudiño, fue baleada alrededor de las 13:00 horas de ayer, sin que lesionaran al político. Los hechos ocurrieron unos minutos antes de que se efectuara el segundo debate entre los candidatos del PRI, del PRD, Lázaro Cárdenas Batel, y del PAN, Salvador López Orduña, organizado por el Consejo Coordinador Empresarial. Anaya Gudiño comentó que ningún acto de violencia impedirá que continúe con su labor proselitista y

aprovechó para denunciar que lo habían estado “cazando”, sin denunciar a nadie en particular. Por su parte, el Comité Ejecutivo Nacional del PRI manifestó su total solidaridad con su candidato al gobierno michoacano, y ante la gravedad de los hechos consideró necesario exigir a las autoridades competentes una investigación rápida y exhaustiva capaz de satisfacer a la opinión pública, a los militantes y simpatizantes del partido, así como a la familia de Anaya Gudiño. Más en 5-A

Se fue Fox a Europa

5-A

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

49

Israel and 9/11

midnight. The passengers told the police they were delivering furniture, but because it was so late at night, the police weren’t buying the story. A bomb sniffing dog was brought in and the dog detected the presence of TNT and RDX plastic explosives in the truck (great stuff for demolishing buildings!) Both Fox News (10) and the Ha’aretz newspaper of Israel (11) reported that the two “movers” were Israelis. In December, 2002, Ariel Sharon made the amazing claim that Al-Qaeda agents were operating inside of Israel. But when Palestinian authorities apprehended the suspects, they turned out to be Palestinian traitors impersonating Al-qaeda agents for the MOSSAD! From the Sydney Morning Herald of Austrailia:

Many of them failed lie detector tests. FBI agents told FOX that some of their past investigations were compromised because suspects had been tipped off by Israeli wiretapping specialists. It was discovered that Israeli companies such as Comverse and Amdocs have the capability to tap American telephones (great for blackmailing all those wife-cheating politicians!) FBI agents also told FOX they believed the Israelis had advance knowledge of the 9-11 attacks – which certainly would explain why no Israelis died in the WTC. Still another US official informed FOX that some of the detained Israelis actually had links to 9-11, but he refused to describe the nature of those links. The FBI official told FOX’s Carl Cameron:

“Palestinian security forces have arrested a group of Palestinians for collaborating with Israel and posing as operatives of Osama bin Laden’s al-Qaeda terrorist network, a senior official said yesterday. ...The arrests come two days after Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon charged alQaeda militants were operating in Gaza and in Lebanon.

“Evidence linking these Israelis to 9-11 is classified. I cannot tell you about the evidence that has been gathered. It is classified information.” (16)

It was considered a surprise because the Gaza Strip is virtually sealed off by Israeli troops. The hardline Israeli leader also charged other members of the terror group were cooperating with Lebanon’s Shi’ite militia Hizbollah” (12) You know, if Sharon hadn’t been so dangerous, I would almost have been amused by his bullshit! According to FOX news, throughout late 2000 and 2001, a total of 200 Israeli spies were arrested. (13) It was the largest spy ring to ever be uncovered in the history of the United States. The Washington Post also reported that some of these Israelis were arrested in connection with the 9-11 investigation. (14) Carl Cameron of FOX News Channel did a excellent four part, nationally televised, series of investigations into this blockbuster scandal. But FOX pulled the investigative series after Zionist groups complained to FOX executives. FOX even went so far as to remove the written transcripts of the series from its website! In its place was posted a chilling, Orwellian message which reads: “This story no longer exists.” (15) Fortunately for the sake of history, the FOX transcripts were copied onto to many other websites and all four parts are available for your review. (See footnotes.) The FOX series and other mainstream news media sources revealed that many of these Israelis were army veterans with electronics and explosives expertise.

50

And a source tells the Defenders of another federal memo, stating that besides Houston and Dallas, the same thing has happened at sites in New York, Florida, and six other states, and even more worrisome, at 36 sensitive Department of Defense sites. “One defense site you can explain,” says Hatchett, “well that was just a serendipitous... Thirty-six? That’s a pattern.” (18) A Federal memo stated that these “art students” may have had ties to an “Islamic terror group”. More likely, they were the “Islamic terror group”! Remember the bombing of the King David Hotel in 1946, and how the “Arab terrorists” were actually Irgun terrorists? Remember the Zionist terrorists caught in Mexico with Arab passports? Remember the official motto of the Mossad – “By Way of Deception Thou Shalt Do War”. Are you getting the picture? Can you say “false flag operations”?

Then there was that small army of Israeli “art students” who were arrested for trying to sneak into secured US Federal buildings and staking out 36 Department of Defense sites. Some of these suspicious “art students” even showed up at the homes of Federal employees. (17) Ron Hatchett, a Department of Defense analyst, told Channel 11, KHOU news in Houston that he believed that the “art students” were gathering intelligence for future attacks. Here’s an excerpt from the October 1, 2001 KHOU investigative report by Anna Werner:

In a follow up report a few days later, KHOU Channel 11 revealed that Dallas was also targetted:

“Could federal buildings in Houston and other cities be under surveillance by foreign groups? That’s what some experts are asking after federal law enforcement and security officials – nationally and in Houston – described for the 11 News Defenders a curious pattern of behavior by a group of people claiming to be Israeli art students.”

In Dallas, the so-called students hit early this year at the city’s FBI building, the Drug Enforcement Administration and at the Earle Cabell Federal building, where guards found one student wandering the halls with a floor plan of the building.

“Hatchett says they could be doing what he would be doing if he were a terrorist, sizing up the situation: “We need to know what are the entrances to this particular building. We need to know what are the surveillance cameras that are operating. We need to know how many guards are at this operation, when do they take breaks?” Says Hatchett: This is not a bunch of kids selling artwork.” “A former Defense Department analyst, Hatchett believes groups may be gathering intelligence for possible future attacks. “Some organization, thinking in terms of a potential retaliation against the US government could be scouting out potential targets and … looking for targets that would be vulnerable.”

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

“11 News reported how people claiming to be ‘Israeli art students’ might be trying to sneak into federal buildings and defense sites, and even doing surveillance. And at least one expert said he thought it could all be preparation for an attack. Well, now federal sources say they are not ruling out that all of this could be connected with the hijackings on September 11, because of events in another Texas city.”

So the Dallas INS went on the alert, finding and arresting 15 people in March. Thirteen claimed to be Israelis and two are professed Colombians. But according to sources, once again their passports were phony. And another federal source says some of those arrested also appeared to have lists of federal employees and their home addresses. All 15 “students” have now been deported. Now, since our first story ran Sunday night, some viewers called who said that they’ve been visited by people who claim to be Israeli students selling art.” (19) Absolutely mind boggling! Why were Israeli explosives experts, posing as “art students” roaming the halls of US Federal buildings? Why were Israeli army vets, armed with explosives and detonators, roaming the halls of the Mexican Con-

gress? Why were Israeli “movers” caught in vans with explosives residue ? Might some of these shady characters have once also “roamed the halls” of the World Trade Center prior to 9-11? Why aren’t “60 Minutes”, “Nightline”, “20/20”, and the rest of the Zionist media aggressively pursuing the story behind the Israeli “art students” and “movers” with 1/1,000th the zeal that they pursued Martha Stewart over allegations of insider trading (who cares?), or 1/10,000th the zeal that they pursued the Catholic Church over an occasional paedophile priest? (funny how we never hear about the documented cases of paedophile rabbis!) or 1/100,000th the zeal that they pursue the Muslim bogeyman on a daily basis? Something smells rotten here! One would think that these intriguing mysteries would have great TV audience appeal, especially in light of the fact that the Oklahoma Federal building was blown up in 1995 by the since executed Timothy McVeigh (dead men tell no tales), and a “John Doe # 2” of “Middle-Eastern appearance”, who was never tracked down or pursued despite numerous eye-witness accounts and despite an FBI All Points Bulletin which clearly described him as such. Of America’s major networks, only FOX News made a meager attempt to investigate these mysteries, but FOX was quickly silenced by Zionist pressure. This alone is evidence of criminal activity! Before his excellent work was silenced, FOX’s Carl Cameron reported this amazing bit of information: “Investigators within the DEA, INS, and FBI have all told FOX News that to pursue or even suggest Israeli spying is considered career suicide.” (20) Did you catch that? If a Federal investigator dares to “even suggest” Israeli spying, he has committed “career suicide”! And if a journalist like FOX’s Cameron dares to bring this scandal to light, he is told to shut his mouth. If they persist, they may even be called “anti-Semitic” – a label which has served as the kiss of death for many a career. This means that Zionist Mafia can do whatever it wants, whenever it wants, and however it wants – including orchestrating, financing, executing, and covering up the true story of events in the Middle East, the 9-11 massacre, and the ensuing “War on Terrorism” (war on Israel’s enemies). Now do you remember the Mossad’s “warning” about the 200 “Al-Qaeda terrorists” said to have been preparing major attacks in the US? (21) At the time of this writing, we are one year into the largest investigation in American history, and not

one of these 200 “terrorists” has yet to be uncovered. (22) But 200 Israeli spies were uncovered, among them many military members, electronics experts, wiretapping and phone tapping specialists, and explosives experts with the skill to bring down tall buildings. (23) Logic and common sense leads to the conclusion that the “200 Al Qaeda terrorists” were in reality, 200 Zionist terrorists sent to frame the Arabs for terrorist attacks and drag America into a war. On December 11, 2002, Senator Bob Graham (D-FL), a leading member of the Senate Intelligence Committee, appeared as a guest on the PBS Newshour with Gwen Ifill. Graham surprised Ifill by expressing his belief that a foreign government or governments had to have funded and supported the hijackers. Here’s part of the exchange: IFILL: “Are you suggesting that you are convinced that there was a state sponsor behind 9/11?” GRAHAM: “I think there is very compelling evidence that at least some of the terrorists were assisted not just in financing – although that was part of it – by a sovereign foreign government and that we have been derelict in our duty to track that down, make the further case, or find the evidence that would indicate that that is not true and we can look for other reasons why the terrorists were able to function so effectively in the United States.” IFILL: “Do you think that will ever become public, which countries you’re talking about?” Now listen to Graham’s bombshell.........: GRAHAM: “It will become public at some point when it’s turned over to the archives, but that’s 20 or 30 years from now. And, we need to have this information now because it’s relevant to the threat that the people of the United States are facing today.” (24) (emphasis added) Senator Graham is suggesting that US intelligence knows which foreign government helped the terrorists, but the government isn’t going to tell us for another 30 years! Given the current state of anti-Muslim war hysteria being promoted by the media and government, common sense dictates that if an Arab government was ever discovered to have sponsored 9-11, we’d be seeing the evidence night and day on the controlled media, and hearing about it non-stop from all the President’s warmongers as well as the Israeli-occupied US Congress and Senate. This alone is evidence that no Arab government was

Israel and 9/11

involved in 9-11.

It can’t be an Arab government. Why would any Arab government sponsor “Al-qaeda”, an organisation dedicated to overthrowing what it sees as corrupt, US-backed Arab governments? What Arab government would have incentive to attack America – its best oil purchasing customer? What Arab government would have the ability to shield itself from US media exposure? What Arab government would be so suicidal, so hell-bent on its own destruction, as to attack a mighty nuclear superpower like the United States? So who, if not an Arab government could be the chief sponsor of 9-11? Again, let’s go back to FOX News quoting an FBI official. Pay close attention to the specific language used: “Evidence linking these Israelis to 9-11 is classified. I cannot tell you about the evidence that has been gathered. It is classified information.” (25) (emphasis added) In order for evidence “linking these Israelis to 9-11” to become classified, the evidence has to have existed in the first place! Furthermore, it must have been very, very serious stuff indeed. Only the really ugly stuff merits the distinction of being “classified!” It may be possible that the good Senator doesn’t know himself which country or countries are involved. Graham may still be under the delusion that it’s an Arab government. Or, perhaps he’s a disgusted patriot just trying to throw a subtle shot at Israel in his own little way, without actually having to commit “career suicide” as so many other anti-Zionist politicians have in the past. History will reveal the truth one day, just as it did for Pearl Harbor. The trouble is, by that time, no one will care about 9-11 and this phony war “War on Terrorism” anymore. The American attention span does not reach “20-30 years”. It’s closer to 20-30 minutes, about the length of an average Dan Rather, Peter Jennings, or Tom Brokaw infomercial. If even that! History always repeats itself. But who will teach this history to the American people when the Zionists control the information industry? The Zionist Mafia and their careerist henchmen in media, government, academia, and business have all of the bases covered. Reprinted from “What Really Happened” References available from

www.whatreallyhappened.com

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

51

Mack White 52

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

UNCENSORED HISTORY

A Timeline of CIA Atrocities The author of this article was recently assassinated. His death was made to look like it was a suicide. Seaarch for “Steve Kangas” and read for yourself the extraordinarily suspicious murder of Kangas in the office building of one of America’s most notorious “hard core” conservative billionaire zealots, Richard Mellon Scaife. The following timeline describes just a few of the hundreds of atrocities and crimes committed by the CIA. CIA operations follow the same recurring script:

enemies of big business, using interrogation, torture and murder. The victims are said to be “communists,” but almost always they are simply peasants, liberals, moderates, labour union leaders, political opponents and advocates of free speech and democracy. Widespread human rights abuses follow. This scenario has been repeated so many times that the CIA actually teaches it in a special school, the notorious “School of the Americas.” (It opened in Panama but later moved to Fort Benning, Georgia.) Critics have nicknamed it the “School of the Dictators” and “School of the Assassins.” Here, the CIA trains Latin American military officers how to conduct coups, including the use of interrogation, torture and murder. The CIA justifies these actions as part of its war against communism. But most coups do not involve a communist threat. Unlucky nations are targeted for a wide variety of reasons: not only threats to American business interests abroad, but also liberal or even moderate social reforms, political instability, the unwillingness of a leader to carry out Washington’s dictates, and declarations of neutrality in the Cold War. Indeed, nothing has infuriated CIA Directors quite like a nation’s desire to stay out of the Cold War.

First, American business interests abroad are threatened by a popular or democratically elected leader. The people support their leader because he intends to conduct land reform, strengthen The ironic thing about all this intervention is that it frequently unions, redistribute wealth, nationalise foreign-owned industry, fails to achieve American objectives. Often the newly installed and regulate business to protect workers, consumers and the dictator grows comfortable with the security apparatus the CIA environment. So, on behalf of American business, and often has built for him. He becomes an expert with their help, the CIA mobilises the opposition. First it identifies right-wing The Association for Responsible at running a police state. And because the dictator knows he cannot be overgroups within the country (usually the Dissent estimates that by 1987, thrown, he becomes independent and demilitary), and offers them a deal: “We’ll fiant of Washington’s will. The CIA then put you in power if you maintain a 6 million people had died as a finds it cannot overthrow him, because favorable business climate for us.” result of CIA covert operations. the police and military are under the diccontrol, afraid to cooperate with The Agency then hires, trains and Former State Department official tator’s American spies for fear of torture and works with them to overthrow the William Blum correctly calls this execution. The only two options for the existing government (usually a deU.S at this point are impotence or war. mocracy). It uses every trick in the an “American Holocaust.” Examples of this “boomerang effect” inbook: propaganda, stuffed ballot boxes, clude the Shah of Iran, General Noriega purchased elections, extortion, blackand Saddam Hussein. The boomerang effect also explains why mail, sexual intrigue, false stories about opponents in the local the CIA has proven highly successful at overthrowing democramedia, infiltration and disruption of opposing political parties, cies, but a wretched failure at overthrowing dictatorships. kidnapping, beatings, torture, intimidation, economic sabotage, death squads and even assassination. These efforts culminate in a military coup, which installs a right-wing dictator. The CIA trains the dictator’s security apparatus to crack down on the traditional UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

53

The following timeline should confirm that the CIA as we know it should be abolished and replaced by a true information-gathering and analysis organisation. The CIA cannot be reformed — it is institutionally and culturally corrupt.

band of refugee Nazi spies who reactivate their networks in Russia. These include SS intelligence officers Alfred Six and Emil Augsburg (who massacred Jews in the Holocaust), Klaus Barbie (the “Butcher

1948

1929

The culture we lost — Secretary of State Henry Stimson refuses to endorse a code-breaking operation, saying, “Gentlemen do not read each other’s mail.”

1941

COI created — In preparation for World War II, President Roosevelt creates the Office of Coordinator of Information (COI). General William “Wild Bill” Donovan heads the new intelligence service.

1942

OSS created — Roosevelt restructures COI into something more suitable for covert action, the Office of Strategic Services (OSS). Donovan recruits so many of the nation’s rich and powerful that eventually people joke that “OSS” stands for “Oh, so social!” or “Oh, such snobs!”

1943

Italy — Donovan recruits the Catholic Church in Rome to be the centre of AngloAmerican spy operations in Fascist Italy. This would prove to be one of America’s most enduring intelligence alliances in the Cold War.

1945

OSS is abolished — The remaining American information agencies cease covert actions and return to harmless information gathering and analysis. Operation PAPERCLIP – While other American agencies are hunting down Nazi war criminals for arrest, the US intelligence community is smuggling them into America, unpunished, to use them against the Soviets. The most important of these is Reinhard Gehlen, Hitler’s master spy, who had built up an intelligence network in the Soviet Union. With full US blessing, he creates the “Gehlen Organization,” a

54

CIA to “perform such other functions and duties… as the National Security Council may from time to time direct.” This loophole opens the door to covert action and dirty tricks.

of Lyon”), Otto von Bolschwing (the Holocaust mastermind who worked with Eichmann) and SS Colonel Otto Skorzeny (a personal friend of Hitler’s). The Gehlen Organization supplies the US with its only intelligence on the Soviet Union for the next ten years, serving as a bridge between the abolition of the OSS and the creation of the CIA. However, much of the “intelligence” the former Nazis provide is bogus. Gehlen inflates Soviet military capabilities at a time when Russia is still rebuilding its devastated society, in order to inflate his own importance to the Americans (who might otherwise punish him). In 1948, Gehlen almost convinces the Americans that war is imminent, and the West should make a preemptive strike. In the 50s he produces a fictitious “missile gap.” To make matters worse, the Russians have thoroughly penetrated the Gehlen Organization with double agents, undermining the very American security that Gehlen was supposed to protect.

1947

Greece — President Truman requests military aid to Greece to support right-wing forces fighting communist rebels. For the rest of the Cold War, Washington and the CIA will back notorious Greek leaders who have deplorable human rights records. CIA created — President Truman signs the National Security Act of 1947, creating the Central Intelligence Agency and National Security Council. The CIA is accountable to the president through the NSC – there is no democratic or congressional oversight. Its charter allows the

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Covert-action wing created — The CIA recreates a covert action wing, innocuously called the Office of Policy Coordination, led by Wall Street lawyer Frank Wisner. According to its secret charter, its responsibilities include “propaganda, economic warfare, preventive direct action, including sabotage, anti-sabotage, demolition and evacuation procedures; subversion against hostile states, including assistance to underground resistance groups, and support of indigenous anti-communist elements in threatened countries of the free world.” Italy — The CIA corrupts democratic elections in Italy, where Italian communists look likely to win the elections. The CIA buys votes, broadcasts propaganda, threatens and beats up opposition leaders, and infiltrates and disrupts their organisations. It works – the communists are defeated. [Ed - they also blew up school buses full of children in Operation Gladio]

1949

Radio Free Europe — The CIA creates its first major propaganda outlet, Radio Free Europe. Over the next several decades, its broadcasts are so blatantly false that for a time it is considered illegal to publish transcripts of them in the US.

Late 40s

Operation MOCKINGBIRD — The CIA begins recruiting American news organisations and journalists to become spies and disseminators of propaganda. The effort is headed by Frank Wisner, Allan Dulles, Richard Helms and Philip Graham. Graham is publisher of The Washington Post, which becomes a major CIA player. Eventually, the CIA’s media assets will include ABC, NBC, CBS, Time, Newsweek, Associated Press, United Press International, Reuters, Hearst Newspapers, Scripps-Howard, Copley News Service and more. By the CIA’s own admission, at least 25 organisations and 400 journalists become CIA assets.

1953

Iran – CIA overthrows the democratically elected Mohammed Mossadegh in a military coup, after he threatens to nationalise British oil. The CIA replaces him with a dictator, the Shah of Iran, whose secret police, SAVAK, is as brutal as the Gestapo. Operation MK-ULTRA — Inspired by North Korea’s brainwashing programme, the CIA begins experiments with techniques of mind control. The most notorious part of this project involves giving LSD and other drugs to American subjects without their knowledge or against their will, causing several to commit suicide. However, the operation involves far more than this. Funded in part by the Rockefeller and Ford foundations, research includes propaganda, brainwashing, public relations, advertising, hypnosis, and other forms of suggestion. (Ed note: Hippy guru and father of LSD in the US – Timothy Leary – was a CIA asset.)

1956

Hungary — Radio Free Europe incites Hungary to revolt by broadcasting Khruschev’s Secret Speech, in which he denounced Stalin. It also hints that American aid will help the Hungarians fight. This aid fails to materialise as Hungarians launch a doomed armed revolt, which only invites a major Soviet invasion. The conflict kills 7,000 Soviets and 30,000 Hungarians.

1957-1973

Laos — The CIA carries out approximately one coup per year trying to nullify Laos’ democratic elections. The problem is the Pathet Lao, a leftist group with enough popular support to be a member of any coalition government. In the late 50s, the CIA even creates an “Armee Clandestine” of Asian mercenaries to attack the Pathet Lao. After the CIA’s army suffers numerous defeats, the US starts bombing, dropping more bombs on Laos than all the US bombs dropped in World War II. A quarter of all Laotians will eventually become refugees, many living in caves.

1954

Guatemala — CIA overthrows the democratically elected Jacob Arbenz in a military coup. Arbenz has threatened to nationalise the Rockefeller-owned United Fruit Company, in which CIA Director Allen Dulles also owns stock. Arbenz is replaced with a series of right-wing dictators whose bloodthirsty policies will kill over 100,000 Guatemalans in the next 40 years.

1954-1958

North Vietnam — CIA officer Edward Lansdale spends four years trying to overthrow the communist government of North Vietnam, using all the usual dirty tricks. The CIA also attempts to legitimise a tyrannical puppet regime in South Vietnam, headed by Ngo Dinh Diem. These efforts fail to win the hearts and minds of the South Vietnamese because the Diem government is opposed to true democracy, land reform and poverty reduction measures. The CIA’s continuing failure results in escalating American intervention, culminating in the Vietnam War.

Castro – which never happens. A promised American air strike also never occurs. This is the CIA’s first public setback, causing President Kennedy to fire CIA Director Allen Dulles.

Dominican Republic — The CIA assassinates Rafael Trujillo, a murderous dictator Washington has supported since 1930. Trujillo’s business interests have grown so large (about 60 percent of the economy) that they have begun competing with American business interests. Ecuador — The CIA-backed military forces the democratically elected President Jose Velasco to resign. Vice President Carlos Arosemana replaces him; the CIA fills the now vacant vice presidency with its own man. Congo (Zaire) — The CIA assassinates the democratically elected Patrice Lumumba. However, public support for Lumumba’s politics runs so high that the CIA cannot clearly install his opponents in power. Four years of political turmoil follow.

1963

Dominican Republic — The CIA overthrows the democratically elected Juan Bosch in a military coup. The CIA installs a repressive, right-wing junta.

1959

Haiti — The US military helps “Papa Doc” Duvalier become dictator of Haiti. He creates his own private police force, the “Tonton Macoutes,” who terrorise the population with machetes. They will kill over 100,000 during the Duvalier family reign. The US does not protest their dismal human rights record.

1961

The Bay of Pigs — The CIA sends 1,500 Cuban exiles to invade Castro’s Cuba. But “Operation Mongoose” fails, due to poor planning, security and backing. The planners had imagined that the invasion will spark a popular uprising against

Ecuador — A CIA-backed military coup overthrows President Arosemana, whose independent (not socialist) policies have become unacceptable to Washington. A military junta assumes command, cancels the 1964 elections, and begins abusing human rights.

1964

Brazil — A CIA-backed military coup overthrows the democratically elected government of Joao Goulart. The junta that replaces it will, in the next two decades, become one of the most bloodthirsty in history. General Castelo Branco will create Latin America’s first death squads, or bands of secret police who hunt down “communists” for torture, interrogation and murder. Often these “commu-

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

55

nists” are no more than Branco’s political opponents. Later it is revealed that the CIA trains the death squads.

1965

Indonesia — The CIA overthrows the democratically elected Sukarno with a military coup. The CIA has been trying to eliminate Sukarno since 1957, using everything from attempted assassination to sexual intrigue, for nothing more than his declaring neutrality in the Cold War. His successor, General Suharto, will massacre between 500,000 to 1 million civilians accused of being “communist.” The CIA supplies the names of countless suspects.

Operation PHOENIX — The CIA helps South Vietnamese agents identify and then murder alleged Viet Cong leaders operating in South Vietnamese villages. According to a 1971 congressional report, this operation killed about 20,000 “Viet Cong.”

Congo (Zaire) — A CIA-backed military coup installs Mobutu Sese Seko as dictator. The hated and repressive Mobutu exploits his desperately poor country for billions.

1966

The Ramparts Affair — The radical magazine Ramparts begins a series of unprecedented anti-CIA articles. Among their scoops: the CIA has paid the University of Michigan $25 million dollars to hire “professors” to train South Vietnamese students in covert police methods. MIT and other universities have received similar payments. Ramparts also reveals that the National Students’ Association is a CIA front. Students are sometimes recruited through blackmail and bribery, including draft deferments.

Cambodia — The CIA overthrows Prince Sahounek, who is highly popular among Cambodians for keeping them out of the Vietnam War. He is replaced by CIA puppet Lon Nol, who immediately throws Cambodian troops into battle. This unpopular move strengthens once minor opposition parties like the Khmer Rouge, which achieves power in 1975 and massacres millions of its own people.

1968

Operation CHAOS — The CIA has been illegally spying on American citizens since 1959, but with Operation CHAOS, President Johnson dramatically boosts the effort. CIA agents go undercover as student radicals to spy on and disrupt campus organizations protesting the Vietnam War. They are searching for Russian instigators, which they never find. CHAOS will eventually spy on 7,000 individuals and 1,000 organisations. Bolivia — A CIA-organised military operation captures legendary guerilla Che Guevara. The CIA wants to keep him alive for interrogation, but the Bolivian government executes him to prevent worldwide calls for clemency.

1967

Greece — A CIA-backed military coup overthrows the government two days before the elections. The favourite to win was George Papandreous, the liberal candidate. During the next six years, the “reign of the colonels” – backed by the CIA – will usher in the widespread use of torture and murder against political opponents. When a Greek ambassador objects to President Johnson about US plans for Cypress, Johnson tells him: “Fuck your parliament and your constitution.”

56

Uruguay — The notorious CIA torturer Dan Mitrione arrives in Uruguay, a country torn with political strife. Whereas right-wing forces previously used torture only as a last resort, Mitrione convinces them to use it as a routine, widespread practice. “The precise pain, in the precise place, in the precise amount, for the desired effect,” is his motto. The torture techniques he teaches to the death squads rival the Nazis’. He eventually becomes so feared that revolutionaries will kidnap and murder him a year later.

1970

Dominican Republic — A popular rebellion breaks out, promising to reinstall Juan Bosch as the country’s elected leader. The revolution is crushed when US Marines land to uphold the military regime by force. The CIA directs everything behind the scenes. Greece — With the CIA’s backing, the king removes George Papandreous as prime minister. Papandreous has failed to vigorously support US interests in Greece.

1969

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

1971

Bolivia — After half a decade of CIAinspired political turmoil, a CIA-backed military coup overthrows the leftist President Juan Torres. In the next two years, dictator Hugo Banzer will have over 2,000 political opponents arrested without trial, then tortured, raped and executed. Haiti — “Papa Doc” Duvalier dies, leaving his 19-year old son “Baby Doc” Duvalier the dictator of Haiti. His son continues his bloody reign with full knowledge of the CIA.

1972

The Case-Zablocki Act — Congress passes an act requiring congressional review of executive agreements. In theory, this should make CIA operations more accountable. In fact, it is only marginally effective. Cambodia — Congress votes to cut off CIA funds for its secret war in Cambodia. Watergate Break-in — President Nixon sends in a team of burglars to wiretap Democratic offices at Watergate. The team members have extensive CIA histories, including James McCord, E. Howard Hunt and five of the Cuban burglars. They work for the Committee to Reelect the President

(CREEP), which does dirty work like disrupting Democratic campaigns and laundering Nixon’s illegal campaign contributions. CREEP’s activities are funded and organised by another CIA front, the Mullen Company.

Angleton fired — Congress holds hearings on the illegal domestic spying efforts of James Jesus Angleton, the CIA’s chief of counterintelligence. His efforts included mail-opening campaigns and secret surveillance of war protesters. The hearings result in his dismissal from the CIA. House clears CIA in Watergate — The House of Representatives clears the CIA of any complicity in Nixon’s Watergate break-in.

1973

Chile — The CIA overthrows and assassinates Salvador Allende, Latin America’s first democratically elected socialist leader. The problems begin when Allende nationalises American-owned firms in Chile. ITT offers the CIA $1 million for a coup (reportedly refused). The CIA replaces Allende with General Augusto Pinochet, who will torture and murder thousands of his own countrymen in a crackdown on labour leaders and the political left. CIA begins internal investigations — William Colby, the Deputy Director for Operations, orders all CIA personnel to report any and all illegal activities they know about. This information is later reported to Congress. Watergate Scandal — The CIA’s main collaborating newspaper in America, The Washington Post, reports Nixon’s crimes long before any other newspaper takes up the subject. The two reporters, Woodward and Bernstein, make almost no mention of the CIA’s many fingerprints all over the scandal. It is later revealed that Woodward was a Naval intelligence briefer to the White House, and knows many important intelligence figures, including General Alexander Haig. His main source, “Deep Throat,” is probably one of those. CIA Director Helms Fired — President Nixon fires CIA Director Richard Helms for failing to help cover up the Watergate scandal. Helms and Nixon have always disliked each other. The new CIA director is William Colby, who is relatively more open to CIA reform.

1974

CHAOS exposed — Pulitzer prize winning journalist Seymour Hersh publishes a story about Operation CHAOS, the domestic surveillance and infiltration of anti-war and civil rights groups in the US The story sparks national outrage.

The Hughes Ryan Act — Congress passes an amendment requiring the president to report nonintelligence CIA operations to the relevant congressional committees in a timely fashion.

1975

Australia — The CIA helps topple the democratically elected, left-leaning government of Prime Minister Edward Whitlam. The CIA does this by giving an ultimatum to its Governor-General, John Kerr. Kerr, a longtime CIA collaborator, exercises his constitutional right to dissolve the Whitlam government. The Governor-General is a largely ceremonial position appointed by the Queen; the Prime Minister is democratically elected. The use of this archaic and never-beforeused law stuns the nation. Angola — Eager to demonstrate American military resolve after its defeat in Vietnam, Henry Kissinger launches a CIA-backed war in Angola. Contrary to Kissinger’s assertions, Angola is a country of little strategic importance and not seriously threatened by communism. The CIA backs the brutal leader of UNITAS, Jonas Savimbi. This polarises Angolan politics and drives his opponents into the arms of Cuba and the Soviet Union for survival. Congress will cut off funds in 1976, but the CIA is able to run the war off the books until 1984, when funding is legalised again. This entirely pointless war kills over 300,000 Angolans. The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence— Victor Marchetti and John Marks publish this whistle-blowing history of CIA crimes and abuses. Marchetti has spent 14 years in the CIA, eventually becoming an executive assistant to the Deputy Director of Intelligence. Marks has spent five years as an intelligence official in the State Department.

Inside the Company — Philip Agee publishes a diary of his life inside the CIA. Agee has worked in covert operations in Latin America during the 60s, and details the crimes in which he took part. Congress investigates CIA wrong-doing — Public outrage compels Congress to hold hearings on CIA crimes. Senator Frank Church heads the Senate investigation (“The Church Committee”), and Representative Otis Pike heads the House investigation. (Payback: Despite a 98 percent incumbency reelection rate, both Church and Pike are defeated in the next elections.) The investigations lead to a number of reforms intended to increase the CIA’s accountability to Congress, including the creation of a standing Senate committee on intelligence. However, the reforms prove ineffective, as the Iran/Contra scandal will show. It turns out the CIA can control, deal with or sidestep Congress with ease. The Rockefeller Commission — In an attempt to reduce the damage done by the Church Committee, President Ford creates the “Rockefeller Commission” to whitewash CIA history and propose toothless reforms. The commission’s namesake, Vice President Nelson Rockefeller, is himself a major CIA figure. Five of the commission’s eight members are also members of the Council on Foreign Relations, a CIA-dominated organisation.

1979

Iran — The CIA fails to predict the fall of the Shah of Iran, a longtime CIA puppet, and the rise of Muslim fundamentalists who are furious at the CIA’s backing of SAVAK, the Shah’s bloodthirsty secret police. In revenge, the Muslims take 52 Americans hostage in the US embassy in Tehran. Afghanistan — The Soviets invade Afghanistan. The CIA immediately begins supplying arms to any faction willing to fight the occupying Soviets. Such indiscriminate arming means that when the Soviets leave Afghanistan, civil war will erupt. Also, fanatical Muslim extremists now possess state-of-the-art weaponry. One of these is Sheik Abdel Rahman, who will become involved in the World Trade Center bombing in New York. (Ed note: evidence points to the first bombing of the WTC as an FBI operation.)

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

57

El Salvador — An idealistic group of young military officers, repulsed by the massacre of the poor, overthrows the right-wing government. However, the US compels the inexperienced officers to include many of the old guard in key positions in their new government. Soon, things are back to “normal” — the military government is repressing and killing poor civilian protesters. Many of the young military and civilian reformers, finding themselves powerless, resign in disgust. Nicaragua — Anastasios Samoza II, another CIAbacked dictator, falls. The Marxist Sandinistas take over government. They are initially popular because of their commitment to land and anti-poverty reform. Samoza had a murderous and hated personal army called the National Guard. Remnants of the Guard will become the Contras, who fight a CIA-backed guerilla war against the Sandinista government led by Daniel Ortega throughout the 1980s. (Ortega is again politically ascendant.)

1980

El Salvador — The Archbishop of San Salvador, Oscar Romero, pleads with President Carter “Christian to Christian” to stop aiding the military government slaughtering his people. Carter refuses. Shortly afterwards, right-wing leader Roberto D’Aubuisson has Romero shot through the heart while saying Mass. The country soon dissolves into civil war, with the peasants in the hills fighting against the military government. The CIA and US Armed Forces supply the government with overwhelming military and intelligence superiority. CIA-trained death squads roam the countryside, committing atrocities like that of

58

El Mazote in 1982, where they massacre between 700 and 1000 men, women and children. By 1992, some 63,000 Salvadorans will be killed.

1981

Iran/Contra Begins — The CIA begins selling arms to Iran at high prices, using the profits to arm the Contras fighting the Sandinista government in Nicaragua. President Reagan vows that the Sandinistas will be “pressured” until “they say ‘uncle.’” The CIA’s Freedom Fighter’s Manual disbursed to the Contras includes instruction on economic sabotage, propaganda, extortion, bribery, blackmail, interrogation, torture, murder and political assassination. [Ed - It actually turns out they were selling cocaine from the contras to black neighbourhoods in the US and using the massive profits to arm Iran.]

1986

Eugene Hasenfus — Nicaragua shoots down a C-123 transport plane carrying military supplies to the Contras. The lone survivor, Eugene Hasenfus, turns out to be a CIA employee, as are the two dead pilots. The airplane belongs to Southern Air Transport, a CIA front. The incident makes a mockery of President Reagan’s claims that the CIA is not illegally arming the Contras. Iran/Contra Scandal — Although the details have long been known, the Iran/Contra scandal finally captures the media’s attention in 1986. Congress holds hearings, and several key figures (like Oliver North) lie under oath to protect the intelligence community. CIA Director William Casey dies of brain cancer before Congress can question him. All reforms enacted by Congress after the scandal are purely cosmetic.

1983

Honduras — The CIA gives Honduran military officers the Human Resource Exploitation Training Manual – 1983, which teaches how to torture people. Honduras’ notorious “Battalion 316” then uses these techniques, with the CIA’s full knowledge, on thousands of leftist dissidents. At least 184 are murdered.

1984

The Boland Amendment — The last of a series of Boland Amendments is passed. These amendments have reduced CIA aid to the Contras; the last one cuts it off completely. However, CIA Director William Casey is already prepared to “hand off” the operation to Colonel Oliver North, who illegally continues supplying the Contras through the CIA’s informal, secret, and self-financing network. This includes “humanitarian aid” donated by Adolph Coors and William Simon, and military aid funded by Iranian arms sales.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Haiti — Rising popular revolt in Haiti means that “Baby Doc” Duvalier will remain “President for Life” only if he has a short one. The US, which hates instability in a puppet country, flies the despotic Duvalier to the South of France for a comfortable retirement. The CIA then rigs the upcoming elections in favour of another right-wing military strongman. However, violence keeps the country in political turmoil for another four years. The CIA tries to strengthen the military by creating the National Intelligence Service (SIN), which suppresses popular revolt through torture and assassination.

1989

Panama — The US invades Panama to overthrow a dictator of its own making, General Manuel Noriega. Noriega has been on the CIA’s payroll since 1966, and has been transporting drugs with the CIA’s knowledge since 1972. By the late 80s, Noriega’s growing independence and intransigence have angered Washington… so out he goes.

The Fall of the Soviet Union — The CIA fails to predict this most important event of the Cold War. This suggests that it has been so busy undermining governments that it hasn’t been doing its primary job: gathering and analysing information. The fall of the Soviet Union also robs the CIA of its reason for existence: fighting communism. This leads some to accuse the CIA of intentionally failing to predict the downfall of the Soviet Union. Curiously, the intelligence community’s budget is not significantly reduced after the demise of communism.

1990

1992

Haiti — Competing against 10 comparatively wealthy candidates, leftist priest Jean-Bertrand Aristide captures 68 percent of the vote. After only eight months in power, however, the CIA-backed military deposes him. More military dictators brutalise the country, as thousands of Haitian refugees escape the turmoil in barely seaworthy boats. As popular opinion calls for Aristide’s return, the CIA begins a disinformation campaign painting the courageous priest as mentally unstable.

Economic Espionage — In the years following the end of the Cold War, the CIA is increasingly used for economic espionage. This involves stealing the technological secrets of competing foreign companies and giving them to American ones. Given the CIA’s clear preference for dirty tricks over mere information gathering, the possibility of serious criminal behavior is very great indeed.

1993 Haiti — The chaos in Haiti grows so bad that President Clinton has no choice but to remove the Haitian military dictator, Raoul Cedras, on threat of US invasion. The US occupiers do not arrest Haiti’s military leaders for crimes against humanity, but instead ensure their safety and rich retirements. Aristide is returned to power only after being forced to accept an agenda favorable to the country’s ruling class.

EPILOGUE In a speech before the CIA celebrating its 50th anniversary, President Clinton said: “By necessity, the American people will never know the full story of your courage.”

Clinton’s is a common defence of the CIA: namely, the American people should stop criticising the CIA because they don’t know what it really does. This, of course, is the heart of the problem in the first place. An agency that is above criticism is also above moral behavior and reform. Its secrecy and lack of accountability allows its corruption to grow unchecked. Furthermore, Clinton’s statement is simply untrue. The history of the agency is growing painfully clear, especially with the declassification of historical CIA documents. We may not know the details of specific operations, but we do know, quite well, the general behaviour of the CIA. These facts began emerging nearly two decades ago at an ever-quickening pace. Today we have a remarkably accurate and consistent picture, repeated in country after country, and verified from countless different directions. RIP STEVE KANGAS

1991

The Gulf War — The US liberates Kuwait from Iraq. But Iraq’s dictator, Saddam Hussein, is another creature of the CIA. With US encouragement, Hussein invaded Iran in 1980. During this costly eightyear war, the CIA built up Hussein’s forces with sophisticated arms, intelligence, training and financial backing. This cemented Hussein’s power at home, allowing him to crush the many internal rebellions that erupted from time to time, sometimes with poison gas. It also gave him all the military might he needed to conduct further adventurism — in Kuwait, for example. (Ed note: He had gotten the green light for his invasion of Kuwait from US Ambassador Alice Gillespie.) UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

59

George Orwell English novelist, essayist, and critic. (1903 - 1950)

“We have now sunk to a depth at which the restatement of the obvious is the first duty of intelligent men.” “Political language. . . is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable, and to give an appearance of solidity to pure wind.” “They could be made to accept the most flagrant violations of reality, because they never fully grasped the enormity of what was demanded of them, and were not sufficiently interested in public events to notice what was happening.” “The nationalist not only does not disapprove of atrocities committed by his own side, but he has a remarkable capacity for not even hearing about them.” “Freedom is the right to tell people what they do not want to hear.”

UNCENSORED ECONOMICS Do Banks Create Money Out of Thin Air? By Katherine Smith

succinctly describes how the fraudulent banking system contributes to immeasurable human suffering and environmental degradation. Perhaps you think “fraudulent” is too strong a word to use when describing the banking system. (Perhaps you think that my previous points 1-3 of how banks operate are correct – Well, they’re not.)

Review of AT WHAT COST? By Robert G. Anderson RG and J Anderson Books, PO Box 8188, Cherrywood, Tauranga, NZ, 2005; 70 pages $12 (including delivery within NZ – or $20 for two copies to the same address)

A more accurate (although still incomplete) account of how the system works is this:

“Bankers own the earth. Take it away from them, but leave them the power to create money and control credit, and with a flick of the pen they will create enough to buy it back.”

2) People (perhaps the very same people who have deposited money into the bank in step 1) decide that they want to buy a house and apply for a mortgage. The bank creates a debt (essentially a string of digits in a computer) for the amount of the mortgage and the people buy the house.

I left school at the end of Form 7 having been taught nothing more about money than how to create a personal budget, and that anyone who took out a home loan would, over time, pay several times more interest than the initial value of a house. (I might add that I knew this only because my intermediate school included a short programme on “life skills”, as I didn’t study economics or accounting at high school.) Like most people, I had thought the banking system worked like this: 1) People deposit money into a bank (to ensure it cannot be stolen from their home or person – and so that they can earn interest.) 2) The bank loans out money deposited by its clients to people who want to borrow money (such as people who wish to take out a mortgage to buy a house.) 3) The bank makes money because the interest rate that they pay out to people who deposit money into the bank is lower than the interest rate that they charge people who have mortgages (or other types of bank loans.) Over the years I had heard rumours that my assumptions about how the banking system worked were inaccurate. However, not being financially literate (to put it mildly) and not having a mortgage, the subject was not of sufficient immediate interest for me to follow it up more thoroughly. Well, I certainly am interested now, thanks to reading Dr Anderson’s new book which

1) People deposit money into a bank (to ensure it cannot be stolen from their home or person – and so that they can earn interest.)

3) If the people are successful in meeting all their mortgage payments over a, say 20 year period, they will eventually own their house mortgage free. (In the interim, they will have paid several times the original value of the house in interest payments as part of their mortgage.) Incredibly, almost all of the money paid to the bank over the course of the mortgage is profit, since the bank never actually paid out any money for the mortgage in the first place; it merely created a debt which the would-be home owner had to pay off over time. (Administration costs to the bank for a mortgage are generally low and will be largely offset by fees charged as part of the mortgage package.) 4) If the people who take out a mortgage to buy a house cannot meet their mortgage payments for any reason (such as illness, loss of employment etc) under the terms of the mortgage, the bank can sell the house for whatever it is worth on the market – regardless of the fact that by the time that this occurs the would-be home owner may already have paid more than the initial value of the house in mortgage payments.

(This is one of the reasons that banks manage to prosper in a depression; they not only collect mortgage payments but may acquire people’s property as well.) Essentially, banks create debt with the stroke of a pen (or, for the modern equivalent, a few digits on a computer) which they can then use to legally extort money from people who do not have sufficient cash or savings to buy a needed or desired product or service. The banking system has become so entrenched that only 3% of the New Zealand money-supply supply is cash – a whopping 97% of it is debt. Not surprisingly, given that they are literally creating money (as debt) a few banks have a huge asset base and make huge profits. Moreover, by having control of the vast majority of a country’s money supply, they play a significant role in the national economy as they decide what industries they will finance – and which they won’t. In New Zealand, most banks are foreignowned, meaning their profits are distributed to overseas share-holders. Of the banks operating in NZ, recent assets listings include: ANZ: 259 billion ($A) BNZ: 39 billion $NZ) Westpac: 45 billion ($NZ) Profits, after tax in NZ dollars in 2005 were: BNZ: $611 million ANZ/National: $566 million ASB: $382 million Westpac: $549 million It might be noted that despite making such a large profit, banks often do not share their prosperity with staff. In 2004, for example, Westpac made a $611 million profit but NZ staff were offered only a 3.75% wage increase – barely above inflation. This offer was rejected by staff because it tied them in to a performance package that involved selling increasingly large amounts of “debt products” to customers. Perhaps you are wondering about the other 3% of our money supply: the money held by the public in cash (and also in travellers

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

61

cheques, credit unions, cheque accounts, NOW accounts and automatic transfer accounts). Cash is issued by the Reserve Bank. The Reserve Bank of New Zealand is a publiclyowned bank – one of our last national assets. (By contrast the Bank of England and Federal Reserve in the USA are privately owned corporations.) Trading banks (such as the BNZ, ASB, ANZ, Westpac etc) which need to acquire cash are obliged to buy it from the Reserve Bank at its face value. In this way (among others) the Reserve Bank helps to regulate the money supply. However, if the NZ government wants to borrow money (for example to undertake some sort of publics work project such as building additional state houses or improve the transportation infrastructure) it must print say, $10,000,000 in bonds, give them to a bank and then borrow the money from the bank. Don Bethume (quoted in At What Cost?) illustrates the absurdity of this type of financial transaction: “Have you ever wondered why, when/if the government needs say, $1,000,000, it prints up $1,000,000 in Bonds, gives them to a bank which then literally creates $1,000,000 out of nothing, and lends it to the government at whatever interest rate it can get. What is to stop the government [from] creating the $1,000,000 interest-and-debt-free and spending it into the economy? I recently asked this very question of National’s Finance Spokesman, Mr John Hay, and his answer was that there was nothing to stop the government [from] doing just that. The problem is, of course, that if that kind of monetary system were to be introduced, the money lenders would cease to be the slave masters, which they are now.” (Note: Several letters to Dr Cullen from Dr Robert Anderson on this very subject have tellingly gone un-answered.) So, how did this dysfunctional system come about? Dr Anderson explains that gold (and other metal coinage) was the traditional currency in Europe. As this was very heavy and inconvenient for wealthy merchants to carry much of it, goldsmiths became unofficial bankers into whose care merchants deposited their gold. In return the goldsmiths issued receipts verifying the amount of gold deposited which merchants could use as evidence of their ability to pay for goods. By the seventeenth century Europe was becoming increasingly industrialised and goldsmiths invented credit by issuing loans in the form of “promissory” notes. These totalled several times the amount of gold held in credit. As Robert Anderson explains: “Simply put, with a stroke of the pen they created out of nothing a form of money.” This “money” was then put into circulation

62

as an interest-bearing loan, payable to the goldsmiths themselves. Here’s the good part: “The goldsmiths took some tangible asset as security, and retained it if the borrower couldn’t pay back the loan.” Private consortiums soon created banks to take advantage of the ability to create money out of nothing. The first was the Bank of England (a private company, then and now) which had in its charter from the government of the day (1694) the statement: “The bank shall have the profit on all money created out of nothing.” This abusive swindle continues to this day in all Western countries. It might be noted that the Muslim Sharia system does not allow usury. Following the invasion of Iraq, an American company, JP Morgan won the contract to set up an Iraqi Central Bank. (Iran, as a Muslim nation, may also be the current target of hostile US rhetoric because of its recent financial decisions, not least its announcement that it plans to start trading in oil in Euros instead of the US dollar.) It is obvious that the Western banking system is a gigantic con. But it is more: The international banks have plenty of money to finance wars, but precious little for the real needs of the poor, whom they have in the thrall of crushing debt. Indeed it is estimated that for every dollar contributed in aid to impoverished nations, eight dollars are extracted in debt repayment. (!) The ability of the economies of Africa and South America to deliver an adequate standard of living for the majority of the population has been devastated by the international plague of debt over the latter part of the twentieth century. Between 1960-1980 per capita income grew 73% and 34% in Latin America and Africa respectively. However, since 1980 Latin American incomes have climbed only 6% over 20 years while incomes in Africa have been devastated, declining by 23%. One reason for these depressing figures is the fact that IMF loans to governments are conditional on the government agreeing to de-regulate the economy and sell off state assets. Of course these sorts of policies typically cause economic havoc which is not conducive to repaying debt. The situation for debtor nations is only made worse by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and World Bank “Structural Adjustment Policies” (SAPs) which are forced on nations which cannot meet debt payments These SAPs typically involve cuts in social spending such as health and education, thereby reducing employment of people who would have been working in these areas, and

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

causing further economic destabilisation by undermining the health status and employment opportunities for the general population. So is there a better way? Yes – there is always a better way, although it might not be easier. There have been cases of communities – on a local or national level which have successfully run alternative financial systems which do not rely on private banks creating money as debt – forcing communities to pay for assets several times over by the time that interest charges are taken into account. Once such success story is that of the Island of Guernsey in the English Channel which found itself broke at the end of the Napoleonic wars. The island was in need of crucial infrastructure improvements such as seawalls and roads. There was plenty of manpower and local materials but no money. The autonomous government of the island decided that lack of money shouldn’t deprive its population of these much needed improvements. The State of Guernsey government therefore decided to issue money itself to pay for the cost of materials and labour necessary to pay for the public works programme. When the projects were completed the money was withdrawn from circulation (by way of taxes), thereby ensuring it did not have an inflationary impact on the island’s economy. Ten years on, Guernsey had become a prosperous little community – and attracted the avaricious interest of bankers. (There had previously been no banks on the island.) True to form, the bankers pressured the Guernsey government to stop issuing its own money and instead accept bank loans with interest thus ending Guernsey’s successful experiment by the mid-1830s. However, there is no reason why this successful model for financing public works without adding to the public debt could not be copied by other communities or nations and Robert Anderson’s book has other examples of successful local currency schemes. At What Cost? fills a vital gap in most people’s financial education, is devastating in its logic and clarifies a formerly “complex” topic with an engaging style. In fact the whole idea of “mortage” as coming from the words meaning “death” and “grip” take on new meaning with this book. I would particularly recommend it to people who are considering taking out a mortgage or student loan.

THE BANKERS’ MANIFESTO OF 1892

We (the bankers) must proceed with caution and guard every move made, for the lower order of people are already showing signs of restless commotion. Prudence will therefore show a policy of apparently yielding to the popular will until our plans are so far consummated that we can declare our designs without fear of any organized resistance.   Organizations in the United States should be carefully watched by our trusted men, and we must take immediate steps to control these organizations in our interest or disrupt them.   At the coming Omaha convention to be held July 4, 1892, our men must attend and direct its movement or else there will be set on foot such antagonism to our designs as may require force to overcome. This at the present time would be premature. We are not yet ready for such a crisis. Capital must protect itself in every possible manner through combination (conspiracy) and legislation.

People without homes will not quarrel with their leaders.  

  When, through the process of law, the common people have lost their homes, they will be more tractable and easily governed through the influence of the strong arm of the government applied to a central power of imperial wealth under the control of the leading financiers. People without homes will not quarrel with their leaders. History repeats itself in regular cycles. This truth is well known among our principle men who are engaged in forming an imperialism of the world. While they are doing this, the people must be kept in a state of political antagonism.   The question of tariff reform must be urged through the organization known as the Democratic Party, and the question of protection with the reciprocity must be forced to view through the Republican Party.   By thus dividing voters, we can get them to expend their energies in fighting over questions of no importance to us, except as teachers to the common herd. Thus, by discrete actions, we can secure all that has been so generously planned and successfully accomplished.   Revealed by Congressman Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr. to the US Congress sometime between 1907 and 1917.  

THE BANKERS’ MANIFESTO OF 1934

Capital must protect itself in every way, through combination and through legislation. Debts must be collected and loans and mortgages foreclosed as soon as possible. When through a process of law, the common people have lost their homes, they will be more tractable and more easily governed by the strong arm of the law applied by the central power of wealth, under control of leading financiers.

The courts must be called to our aid, debts must be collected, bonds and mortgages foreclosed as rapidly as possible. This is well known among our principle men now engaged in forming an IMPERIALISM of capital to govern the world. By dividing the people we can get them to expend their energies in fighting over questions of no importance to us except as teachers of the common herd. Thus by discrete action we can secure for ourselves what has been generally planned and successfully accomplished.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

63

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY NEWS

The Whole Solar System Is Undergoing “Global” Warming This is a fact that not many people know about, and quite a few people would like to deny, as they would like to believe that human activity is the sole cause for global warming on Earth. I am not advocating that releasing harmful gases, and chemicals in the oceans and atmosphere is a good thing. However, after years of research, I have come to understand that global warming is happening throughout the Solar System – not just on Earth. For example, Mars may be going through a period of climate change, new findings from NASA’s Mars Odyssey orbiter suggest. Odyssey has been mapping the distribution of materials on and near Mars’ surface since early 2002, nearly a full annual cycle on Mars. Besides tracking seasonal changes, such as the advance and retreat of polar “dry ice”, the orbiter is returning evidence useful for learning about longer-term dynamics. http://mars.jpl.nasa.gov/odyssey/newsroom/ pressreleases/20031208a.html

64

Martian Ice Shrinking Dramatically New gullies that did not exist in mid-2002 have appeared on a Martian sand dune. That’s just one of the surprising discoveries that have resulted from the extended life of NASA’s Mars Global Surveyor, which this month began its ninth year in orbit around Mars. Boulders tumbling down a Martian slope left tracks that weren’t there two years ago. New impact craters formed since the 1970s suggest changes to age-estimating models. And for three Mars summers in a row, deposits of frozen carbon dioxide near Mars’ south pole have shrunk from the previous year’s size, suggesting a climate change in progress. http://mars.jpl.nasa.gov/mgs/newsroom/ 20050920a.html

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Prediction Of A Global Climate Change On Jupiter by Philip S. Marcus Jupiter’s atmosphere, as observed in the 1979 Voyager space craft images, is characterised by 12 zonal jet streams and about 80 vortices, the largest of which are the Great Red Spot and three White Ovals that had formed in the 1930s. The Great Red Spot has been observed continuously since 1665 and, given the dynamical similarities between the Great Red Spot and the White Ovals, the disappearance of two White Ovals in 1997−2000 was unexpected. Their longevity and sudden demise has been explained, however, by the trapping of anticyclonic vortices in the troughs of Rossby waves, forcing them to merge. Here I propose that the disappearance of the White Ovals was not an isolated event, but part of a recurring climate cycle which will cause most of Jupiter’s vortices to disappear within the next decade. In my numerical simulations, the loss of the vortices results in a global temperature change of about 10 K, which destabilises the atmosphere and thereby leads to the formation of new vortices. After formation, the large vortices are eroded by turbulence over a time of 60 years – consistent with observations of the White Ovals – until they disappear and the cycle begins again. http://www.nature.com/nature/journal/v428/ n6985/abs/nature02470.html

Pluto Is Undergoing Global Warming, Researchers Find October 9, 2002 BIRMINGHAM, Ala. – Pluto is undergoing global warming, as evidenced by a three-fold increase in the planet’s atmospheric pressure during the past 14 years, a team of astronomers from Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), Williams College, the University of Hawaii, Lowell Observatory and Cornell University announced in a press conference today at the annual meeting of the American Astronomical Society’s (AAS) Division for Planetary Sciences in Birmingham, AL.

The team, led by James Elliot, professor of planetary astronomy at MIT and director of MIT’s Wallace Observatory, made this finding by watching the dimming of a star when Pluto passed in front of it Aug. 20. The team carried out observations using eight telescopes at Mauna Kea Observatory, Haleakala, Lick Observatory, Lowell Observatory and Palomar Observatory. Data were successfully recorded at all sites. An earlier attempt to observe an occultation of Pluto on July 19 in Chile was not highly successful. Observations were made from only two sites with small telescopes because the giant telescopes and other small telescopes involved lost out to bad weather or from being in the wrong location that day. These two occultations were the first to be successfully observed for Pluto since 1988. web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2002/pluto.html

That’s a 300% increase in atmospheric pressure in Pluto, which is the highest increase in any planet in the Solar system, and it is increasing as Pluto orbits away from the Sun. If the Sun is the cause for global warming in the solar system, as some scientists say, why is it that Pluto, the planet that is the farthest away from the Sun, experiencing the most severe effects, and it is getting worse and worse as it orbits away from the sun?

Pluto Thought To Be Warming Up Astronomers at the University of Tasmania have found that the solar system’s smallest planet is not getting colder as first thought and it probably does not have rings. Dr John Greenhill has collected observations from last month’s event when Pluto passed in front of a bright star, making it easier to study. French scientists have shared the measurements they took in Tasmania that night, which indicate that the planet is unlikely to have rings. Dr Greenhill says the results are surprising because they show Pluto is warming up. “It looks as though the atmosphere has not changed from 2002, which is pretty surprising because we expected the atmosphere would freeze out as the planet

moved further away from the Sun,” he said.

Another Reference of Note:

“But so far, if anything, the atmosphere has gotten even denser.”

Title: Is the solar system entering a nearby interstellar cloud?

www.abc.net.au/news/newsitems/200607/ s1697309.htm

The following is a site which was made by several scientists who have no links with any government, or corporation, their findings are very interesting and give a different picture as to what is causing global warming. I can’t quote any excerpts as there is a copyright issue, but I will post the link. Anyone interested in that information should read that site. biocab.org/Cosmic_Rays_Graph. html#anchor_77 biocab.org/Global_Warming. html#anchor_32

ESA Sees Stardust Storms Heading For Solar System Monday, August 18, 2003 Artemis Society Until ten years ago, most astronomers did not believe stardust could enter our Solar System. Then ESA’s Ulysses spaceprobe discovered minute stardust particles leaking through the Sun’s magnetic shield, into the realm of Earth and the other planets. Now, the same spaceprobe has shown that a flood of dusty particles is heading our way. What is surprising in this new Ulysses discovery is that the amount of stardust has continued to increase even after the solar activity calmed down and the magnetic field resumed its ordered shape in 2001. Scientists believe that this is due to the way in which the polarity changed during solar maximum. Instead of reversing completely, flipping north to south, the Sun’s magnetic poles have only rotated at halfway and are now more or less lying sideways along the Sun’s equator. This weaker configuration of the magnetic shield is letting in two to three times more stardust than at the end of the 1990s. Moreover, this influx could increase by as much as ten times until the end of the current solar cycle in 2012.

Authors: Vidal-Madjar, A.; Laurent, C.; Bruston, P.; Audouze, J. Affiliation: AA(CNRS, Laboratoire de Physique Stellaire et Planetaire, Verrieresle-Buisson, Essonne, France), AB(CNRS, Laboratoire de Physique Stellaire et Planetaire, Verrieres-le-Buisson, Essonne, France), AC(CNRS, Laboratoire de Physique Stellaire et Planetaire, Verrieres-leBuisson, Essonne, France), AD(Meudon Observatoire, Hauts-de-Seine; Paris XI, Universite, Orsay, Essonne, France) Publication: Astrophysical Journal, Part 1, vol. 223, July 15, 1978, p. 589-600. (ApJ Homepage) Publication Date: 07/1978 Category: Astrophysics Origin: STI NASA/STI Keywords: ASTRONOMICAL MODELS, DEUTERIUM, HYDROGEN ATOMS, INTERSTELLAR GAS, SOLAR SYSTEM, ABUNDANCE, EARLY STARS, GAS DENSITY, INTERSTELLAR EXTINCTION DOI: 10.1086/156294 Bibliographic Code: 1978ApJ...223..589V

Abstract Observational arguments in favor of such a cloud are presented, and implications of the presence of a nearby cloud are discussed, including possible changes in terrestrial climate. It is suggested that the postulated interstellar cloud should encounter the solar system at some unspecified time in the ‘near’ future and might have a drastic influence on terrestrial climate in the next 10,000 years. http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/ 1978ApJ...223..589V

SEE ALSO: http://www. whatdoesitmean.com/ index601.htm

www.spaceref.com/news/ viewpr.html?pid=12353

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

65

Proof NASA Is Altering The True Colours Of The Pictures Of Mars Mars seen through the Hubble Telescope

More info on the Mars Dial at:

Investigation shows that there are several indications that NASA is tampering with the colours of Mars, and changes them from an Earth-like environment into a red inhospitable environment. But it seems that the young scientists at Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL) are not comfortable with this. At the right is shown the first found evidence the NASA is altering the colours, in such a way, that blue is displayed as red: These images can be found on:

marsrovers.jpl.nasa.gov/gallery/press/spirit/20040108a. html   Hi-res - [ photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/ ?IDNumber=pia05015 ]

Please follow the hyperlink and investigate the page. Note that the colour calibration target shown on the other pictures where you can’t see the sky, does have the colour blue on Mars and Earth, but on the large panoramic picture on the top of the page, they have changed blue into red! What happened? The blue has changed into red. This also explains why the green tab has turned into orange, because green is a combination of blue and yellow. If you change the blue component into red, yellow + red will give orange, exactly what happened in the picture. This means: All green elements in the complete picture have changed into orange, and all blue elements have changed into red! [Ed - It’s still online as we go to print so if you don’t believe us check it out for yourself!]

66

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

athena.cornell.edu/kids/ sundial.html

JPL* Has It Right At the press conference called to announce the successful landing on Mars of their rover, the JPL scientists showed the latest picture of the Martian landscape. It showed a salmon-coloured desert with a blue sky. It seems that they did it on purpose, since previous pictures were all extremely red. On the right, the pictures of the conference are shown: It shows the same picture with the same hill on the upper-right, slightly zoomed-out. The administration of the NASA seems to have tampered with the picture.

Temperatures on Mars In the press conference the guys from JPL state: “On the ground, the warmest temperature is around five degrees Celsius (37 Fahrenheit) and the coldest is -15 degrees Celsius (5 Fahrenheit)”. But the NASA site says:  “This graph shows the predicted daily change in the atmospheric temperature one meter above the surface of Mars at Gusev Crater, the Mars Exploration Rover Spirit’s landing site”. With a picture above it with a curve shown from -70 degrees celcius to -5 degrees celcius! Who has right? De guys of JPL (The good guys), or the administrator of the NASA? If the young scientists from JPL are right, it might explain this:    

JPL* Mars NASA Mars

True colour

NASA colour

Mud?

It seems to be nothing else but mud! Author: Gerson Lage

[email protected] * JPL = Jet Propulsion Laboratories, a NASA contractor

More information about colour calibration on Mars:

http://mars.spherix.com/spie2003/SPIE_2003_Color_Paper. htm

More about the colours on Mars:

http://www.enterprisemission.com/colors.htm

Alternative 3:

http://www.abovetopsecret.com/pages/alternative3.html

Hubble Telescope pictures of Mars showing a blue atmosphere:

http://hubblesite.org/newscenter/newsdesk/archive/releases/ category/solar%20system/mars/

Artificial dome and tunnels on Mars:

This golfball-like feature can be found on the Mars Global Surveyor page

Mars Anomaly Research:

http://ida.wr.usgs.gov/html/m15012/m1501228.html

http://ida.wr.usgs.gov/html/m15012/m1501228.html

http://www.marsanomalyresearch.com/

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

67

One Giant Blunder For Mankind: How NASA “Lost” Moon Pictures Richard Macey August 5, 2006 THE heart-stopping moments when Neil Armstrong took his first tentative steps onto another world are defining images of the 20th century: grainy, fuzzy, unforgettable. But just 37 years after Apollo 11, it is feared the magnetic tapes that recorded the first moon walk – beamed to the world via three tracking stations, including Parkes’s famous “Dish” – have gone missing at NASA’s Goddard Space Centre in Maryland. A desperate search has begun amid concerns the tapes will disintegrate to dust before they can be found. It is not widely known that the Apollo 11 television broadcast from the moon was a high-quality transmission, far sharper than the blurry version relayed instantly to the world on that July day in 1969. Among those battling to unscramble the mystery is John Sarkissian, a CSIRO scientist stationed at Parkes for a decade. “We are working on the assumption they still exist,” Mr Sarkissian told the Herald. “Your guess is a good as mine as to where they are.” Mr Sarkissian began researching the role of Parkes in Apollo 11’s mission in 1997, before the movie The Dish was made. However, when he later contacted NASA colleagues to ask about the tapes, they could not be found.

But the searchers may be running out of time. The only known equipment on which the original analogue tapes can be decoded is at a Goddard centre set to close in October, raising fears that even if they are found before they deteriorate, copying them may be impossible.

Even Polaroid photographs of the screen that showed the original images received by Parkes are significantly sharper than what the public saw. While the technique looks primitive today, Mr Sarkissian said it was the best solution that 1969 technology offered.

“We want the public to see it the way the moon walk was meant to be seen,” Mr Sarkissian said.

Among the few who saw the original high-quality broadcast was David Cooke, a Parkes control room engineer in 1969.

“There will only ever be one first moon walk.”

“I can still see the screen,” Mr Cook, 74, said. “I was amazed, the quality was fairly good.”

Originally stored at Goddard, the tapes were moved in 1970 to the US National Archives. No one knows why, but in 1984 about 700 boxes of space flight tapes there were returned to Goddard. “We have the documents to say they were withdrawn, but no one knows exactly where they went,” Mr Sarkissian said.

Before:

Many people involved had retired or died. Also among tapes feared missing are the original recordings of the other five Apollo moon landings. The format used by the original pictures beamed from the moon was not compatible with commercial technology used by television networks. So the images received at Parkes, and at tracking stations near Canberra and in California, were played on screens mounted in front of conventional television cameras. “The quality of what you saw on TV at home was substantially degraded” in the process, Mr Sarkissian said, creating the ghostly images of Armstrong and Aldrin that strained the eyes of hundreds of millions of people watching around the world.

“People may have thought ‘we have tapes of the moon walk, we don’t need these’,” said the scientist who hopes a new, intensive hunt will locate them. If they can be found, he proposes making digitalised copies to treat the world to a very different view of history.

68

Does NASA also “colourise” the moon?

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

After:

HOW AMERICA KEEPS THE PEACE

Sea-Based X-Band Radar Completed

http://www.boeing.com/defense-space/space/gmd/ news/2006/q1/060110d_nr.html

ST. LOUIS, Jan. 10, 2006 – Boeing announced the arrival in Hawaii of the Sea-Based X-Band Radar (SBX) built for the US Missile Defense Agency. “The arrival of SBX in the Pacific builds on the momentum of the GMD program, which recently conducted a successful flight test and installed its 10th operational interceptor missile at Fort Greely,” said Pat Shanahan, Boeing Missile Defense Systems vice president and general manager. “The SBX is a one-of-a-kind platform that will perform essential sensing functions for the Ballistic Missile Defense System. It can be deployed worldwide; it can sense small objects thousands of miles away; it can provide critical data on incoming ballistic missile threats; and it is the only platform of its type in the world.”

Bush’s Giant Laser Weapon By William J. Broad 3 May 2006 The Bush administration is developing a powerful ground-based laser weapon to destroy enemy satellites in orbit. The largely secret project, parts of which have been made public through Air Force budget documents submitted to Congress in February, is part of a wide-ranging effort to develop space weapons, both defensive and offensive. No treaty or law forbids such work.

via www.eyeball-series.org UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

69

Review/Essay: The Rise and Fall of a Scientific Genius: The Forgotten Story of Royal Raymond Rife Written, Produced and Directed by Shawn Montgomery, copyright 2003-4 Price:$53.95 US (plus shipping) for the set of two, or the videos can be bought individually for $US29.95 each (plus shipping). They can be ordered from the web site: http://www.zerozerotwo.org/

By Katherine Smith

This set of two videos examines in detail the colossal achievements and subsequent suppression of the work of scientist Royal Raymond Rife. I was already familiar with Rife’s story, having read Barry Lyne’s excellent book about Rife – The Cancer Cure that Worked. (The book, Politics in Healing, reviewed in this issue, also has an excellent chapter on Rife’s life and work.)

destroying Rife’s work and ultimately his health. Both videos include rare film footage of Rife in his laboratory, as well as photographs of Rife and his contemporaries. Perhaps most interesting is that they include audio-tapes of conversations between Rife and other scientists and doctors. These tapes were discovered in 1999, in an extremely delapidated state. However, they were painstakingly restored thanks to the efforts of the Kinnaman Foundation. Now the protagonists in this scientific drama are again permitted to speak for themselves, and we are rewarded, indeed treated, to a priceless piece of suppressed history. For those both familiar and unfamiliar with Rife’s story, these tapes are invaluable. As a young man during the 1920s Rife deduced that cancer must have a microbial cause. Unfortunately, the microscopes available at the time were inadequate for observing micro-organisms smaller than bacteria; their effective resolution was limited to about 1,400 times the diameter of the organism being studied. Rife realised that in order to prove his hunch that cancer had a microbial origin, he would have to invent a microscope that would allow him to study viruses. Moreover, he determined that to be of true utility, such a microscope would have to be capable of viewing the microbes in a live state; so that the effect of different treatments on the microbes could be observed. Rife was fortunate to gain the patronage of the Timken family which owned Timken

Given my prior exposure to Rife’s tragic story, I was nevertheless unprepared for how moving I found these two videos. They are a pair: “Part One”, entitled “Rife’s Rise” describes his scientific achievements, including the invention and development of the most powerful microscope of his day (and the only one TO THIS DAY able to reveal live viruses to the naked eye). His work, to those who are not yet familiar with this man of towering genius, was to culminate in a successful clinical trial of his Beam Ray invention in which 16 patients who had terminal cancer were cured within three months. The second of the videos: “Part Two: Rife’s Fall” documents the suppression of Rife’s work, depriving the world of a healing modality of inestimable value and

70

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Roller Bearings which turned out millions of ball bearings needed for the machines of the early twentieth century. Rife had developed an x-ray machine that could detect flaws in steel prior to processing into the ball bearings, which saved the company a great deal of time and money and increased its output. Henry Timken rewarded Rife by setting him up with a laboratory in his substantial San Diego property. Thanks to Timken, and his sister Amelia Bridges who was also extremely wealthy, it was one of the best equipped laboratories anywhere in the world. In rare footage obtained by the makers of the video, Rife is shown in the doorway of his laboratory, a slim, shy looking young man with a gentle smile. Over the course of twenty years, Rife built a series of revolutionary microscopes that have never been duplicated to this day. They were capable of resolutions of 31,000 times the original diameter of the organism being studied. Moreover, Rife’s chemical analysis of different microbes allowed him to identify a specific chemical that was predominant in each organism. He then used monochromatic light of a wavelength appropriate to each organism under study to cause it to fluoresce, thus obviating the need for chemical stains used in conventional microscopy that kill the specimens under study. Rife formed a working relationship with one of the top microbiologists of his era, Dr Kendall, inventor of a culture medium which came to be known as the “K medium”.

Hours upon hours of work at the microscope allowed Rife to identify micro-organisms associated with polio, TB, cholera and many other illnesses. Over the years, he also developed relationships with other leading doctors and scientists, including Dr Rosenow, Head of the Department of Research and Bacteriology at the Mayo Clinic who discovered a relationship between streptococcal bacteria and the polio virus and Dr Cameron Gruner who had a developed a new sort of culture medium derived from asparagus and agar which he used to culture cryptomyces pleomorphia fungi.

Interestingly, during the documentary Rife’s voice may be heard discussing his work with a doctor in which Rife states that the pH of a growth medium was crucial for the successful culturing of micro-organisms; he was unable to grow anything in media with a pH of seven. Nonetheless, having established that there was indeed a pleomorphic organism associated with cancer, Rife set out to find a way to kill the BX virus using his Beam Ray machine that produced electromagnetic frequency waves, and with which

Rife also enjoyed the support of Dr Millbank Johnson a prominent and very well respected physician who was the chairman of the local medical society, and who helped organise the clinical trial of Rife’s Beam Ray technology. In 1932, Rife successfully cultured a cancer virus from a sample of cancerous breast tissue. In order to facilitate the growth of the virus, he incubated the cultures in vessels surrounded by a tube of argon gas into which 5000 volts was vibrating at 60 Hz. His lab notes show that the organism he obtained (which he called the BX virus) was ovoid with dimensions of just 1/15 of a micron by 1/20th of a micron. It fluoresced a purplish-red colour under the microscope. It was also highly motile and unaffected by X-rays, UV and infra red rays. It was heat sensitive with temperatures of 42 degrees for twenty-four hours being sufficient to kill it. A collaboration by Gruner and Rife showed that a pleomorphic relationship existed between Rife’s BX cancer virus and Gruner’s fungus: If the fungus were incubated in “K medium” BX virus would be produced,while if the BX virus were incubated in Gruner’s asparagus-agar medium, Gruner’s cryptomyces pleomorphia fungus would be produced. The concept that micro-organisms are pleomorphic; that is, they may take different forms according to changes in their environment, was not popular in the 1930s. It is still resisted by mainstream microbiology, despite considerable evidence that this is a real phenomenon (and not an artefact of contaminated growth media or similar laboratory errors.)

Scripps Ranch, La Jolla, California was a man described by one of the doctors as being “just on the last end of cancer…a bag of bones”. Suffering from stomach cancer, the man’s stomach was, according to the doctor “just a solid mass”. However, the doctor relates: “to my astonishment he completely recovered.” In the documentary Rife talks about his work with cancer patients and states how twice weekly treatments were found to be superior to daily treatments as the lymphatic system could become overwhelmed with the debris from killed microbes when treatments were administered in a daily basis. Dr Johnson (who was extremely wealthy) held a huge banquet at his mansion in Rife’s honour entitled “The End of All Disease”.

through trial and error he had established a “mortal oscilliatory rate” for other microorganisms. According to Rife’s lab notes, the frequency that killed the BX virus was 11.78 megahertz. (Once he had established the MO rate of an organism, he repeated the test at least 10 time each on a fresh culture to determine that the result was valid.) Rife injected the BX virus into over 400 laboratory rats which developed huge tumours, as footage and photographs in the video amply illustrate. This experiment fulfilled Koch’s postulates that states that an infectious agent should be able to produce the same disease in a laboratory animal that it produced in a sick human. The rats recovered from their tumours after being treated with the Beam Ray, thus paving the way for the successful human trial of the Beam Ray in terminally ill cancer patients, organised by Dr Millbank Johnson and supervised by the Special Medical Research Committee of the University of Southern California. One of the patients successfully treated at the clinical trials which was held at the

However, despite the amazing success of the trial (all sixteen terminally ill patients were pronounced cured after three months) and the unwavering support of the influential Dr Johnson, many other doctors failed to appreciate the importance of Rife’s work. One of his lab assistants, Ben Cullen, relates on audio-tape in the documentary how Rife showed visiting doctors the micro-organisms that cause polio, cancer and TB through his remarkable microscopes, only to meet a lukewarm response: “Interesting if true,” is what Cullen reported, they said, remarking that the technological breakthrough that Rife had achieved went completely over their heads. Rife too, is heard in the documentary lamenting the lack of interest by many members of the medical profession in the fruits of his work which had taken him twenty years to accomplish: “I gave it to them on a silver platter…Here is the end result of this work. Do they want it? No.” Rife hoped that his work would be supported by two prestigious research organisations, the Hooper Foundation and the International Cancer Research Founda-

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

71

tion; however, both organisations simply swamped Rife and Johnson in a sea of paperwork, hindering, rather than supporting Rife’s research. Rife is heard on the video expressing considerable frustration and bitterness at this state of affairs, saying to engineer John Crane that organisations such as the International Cancer Research Foundation (which at that time of their conversation had assets of $127,000,000) were taking advantage of the generosity of the public: “They [the public] pay in their good money in the [supposition] that it will be of some benefit to humanity but where does it go? It goes no place.” (Apparently this foundation had spent just $50,000 supporting cancer research, despite its huge resources.) Following the successful clinical trial of Rife’s Beam Ray technology, a company was set up to manufacture and market the Beam Ray Device. Interest in the product was initially promising with orders for 14 Beam Ray machines in the first year. However, the company did not own the patent on the Beam Ray device and the business manager of the company made some peculiar share transfer deals. These irregularities in the distribution of shares were seized upon as an example of the mismanagement of the company by Hoyland, an engineer and one of the four original board members. He sued in court for the company to be put into receivership, even though he had been present at meetings in which these share distribution decisions had been agreed upon by the board. Hoyland later admitted that he initiated the legal action after receiving a bribe of $10,000 (a considerable sum at the time) from the Hahn Brothers. The Hahn Brothers were realtors and associates of Morris Fishbein the infamous editor of the Journal of the American Medical Association. As the editor of JAMA Fishbein routinely tried to destroy medical breakthroughs that threatened the

72

established power of the pharmaceutical companies which were the AMA’s chief source of financial support. Hearing of the successful treatment of an elderly man with advanced cancer using the Beam Ray, Fishbein wanted a piece of the action and used the Hahn Brothers as his agents. The case dragged on over much of 1939, which was a disastrous year for Rife as his

However, financially and emotionally exhausted by the conflict, they declined his offer. With Rife himself on the road to personal destruction, the AMA threatened doctors using the Beam Ray to give up as a therapeutic tool or be expelled from the AMA. Most kowtowed to this threat, except Dr Johnson and physicians close to him. However, after Johnsonb’s death in 1954, most of these doctors were persuade to abandon the use of the Beam Ray by AMA threats. Rife spent his remaining years in decline suffering from failing eyesight (caused by working 16-18 hours a day at the microscope for so many years ) as well as alcoholism. He was forced to close his lab in 1946.

patron Amelia Bridges also died in that year. Moreover he was subpoenaed to appear in the trial the day before he was due to depart for England to instruct Winter Gonin, the King’s physician in the use of the microscope that Gonin had purchased from him. The subsequent outbreak of WWII meant that Rife was never able to go to the UK to do this and the microscope languished unused. However, most disastrous was the trial itself. Rife was described by a contemporary as having “an exaggerated fear of being on the witness stand”. His doctor said that he did not have any drugs for anxiety that were not addictive and suggested that a little brandy would settle Rife’s nerves. Rife took his doctor’s advice and became an alcoholic. Despite (or because) of the alcohol he was a “nervous, gibbering idiot” in court. Regardless of Rife’s poor performance in court, there was sufficient evidence in the minutes of company meetings and from other witnesses that the judge found in favour of Rife and the other board members’ counter-suit and ordered that Hoyland pay them costs. (He never did.) Judge Edward Kelly was so interested in the case and the AMA’s attempted suppression of Rife’s work that he offered to go to court against the AMA for Rife and his associates.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

His invention was later adopted and adapted by new collaborators including engineer John Crane to whom Rife bequeathed all his microscopes and other equipment at his death in August 1971. However the work never regained the momentum that it had in the 1920s and 30s, leaving the world much the poorer for the loss of this therapeutic breakthrough.

THE 10 MOST PUZZLING ANCIENT ARTEFACTS Over the last few hundred years, many perplexing artefacts have been unearthed that do not fit the currently accepted theories of geology and the history of man. “Sitchin claims that modern humans are the product of genetic engineering by beings from another planet Nibiru. They arrived here 450,000 years ago. Nibiru orbits the sun every 3600 years, and at some stage they abandoned the planet earth and returned to Niburu. Nibiru is due to return in 2013 and is also referred to as Planet X. It was the Nubiruans or Annukai that built the pyramids, the Sphinx, Stonehenge etc.” The Bible tells us that God created Adam and Eve just a few thousand years ago, by some fundamentalist interpretations. Science informs us that this is mere fiction and that man is a few million years old, and that civilisation just tens of thousands of years old. Could it be, however, that conventional science is just as mistaken as the Bible stories? There is a great deal of archaeological evidence that the history of life on earth might be far different than what current geological and anthropological texts tell us. Consider these astonishing finds:

The Grooved Spheres Over the last few decades, miners in South Africa have been digging up mysterious metal spheres. Origin unknown, these spheres measure approximately an inch or so in diameter, and some are etched with three parallel grooves running around the equator. Two types of spheres have been found: one is composed of a solid bluish metal with flecks of white; the other is hollowed out and filled with a spongy white substance. The kicker is that the rock in which they where found is Precambrian – and dated to 2.8 billion years old! Who made them and for what purpose is unknown.

The Dropa Stones In 1938, an archeological expedition led by Dr. Chi Pu Tei into the Baian-Kara-Ula mountains of China made an astonishing discovery in some caves that had apparently been occupied by some ancient culture. Buried in the dust of ages on the cave floor were hundreds of stone discs. Measuring about nine inches in diameter, each had a circle cut into the centre and was etched with a spiral groove, making it look for all the world like some ancient phonograph record some 10,000 to 12,000 years old. The spiral groove, it turns out, is actually composed of tiny hieroglyphics that tell the incredible story of spaceships from some distant world that crash-landed in the mountains. The ships were piloted by people who called themselves the Dropa, and the remains of whose descendents, possibly, were found in the cave.

The Ica Stones Beginning in the 1930s, the father of Dr. Javier Cabrera, Cultural Anthropologist for Ica, Peru, discovered many hundreds of ceremonial burial stones in the tombs of the ancient Incas. Dr. Cabrera, carrying on his father’s work, has collected more than 1,100 of these andesite stones, which are estimated to be between 500 and 1,500 years old and have become known collectively as the Ica Stones. The stones bear etchings, many of which are sexually graphic (which was common to the culture), some picture idols and others depict such practices as open-heart surgery and brain transplants. The most astonishing etchings, however, clearly represent dinosaurs – brontosaurs, triceratops (see photo), stegosaurus and pterosaurs. While sceptics consider the Ica Stones a hoax, their authenticity has neither been proved or disproved.

The Antikythera Computer A perplexing artefact was recovered by sponge-divers from a shipwreck in 1900 off the coast of Antikythera, a small island that lies northwest of Crete. The divers brought up from the wreck a great many marble and and bronze statues that had apparently been the ship’s cargo. Among the findings was a hunk of corroded bronze that contained some kind of mechanism composed of many gears and wheels. Writing on the case indicated that it was made in 80 B.C., and many experts at first thought it was an astrolabe, an astronomer’s tool. An x-ray of the mechanism, however, revealed it to be far more complex, containing a sophisticated system of differential gears. Gearing of this complexity was not known to exist until 1575! It is still unknown who constructed this amazing instrument 2,000 years ago or how the technology was lost.

The Baghdad Battery Today batteries can be found in any grocery, drug, convenience and department store you come across. Well, here’s a battery that’s 2,000 years old! Known as the Baghdad Battery, this curiosity was found in the ruins of a Parthian village believed to date back to between 248 B.C. and 226 A.D. The device consists of a 5-1/2-inch high clay vessel inside of which was a copper cylinder held in place by asphalt, and inside of that was an oxidised iron rod. Experts who examined it concluded that the device needed only to be filled with an acid or alkaline liquid to produce an electric charge. It is believed that this ancient battery might have been used for electroplating objects with gold. If so, how was this technology lost... and the battery not rediscovered for another 1,800 years?

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

73

The Corso Artifact While mineral hunting in the mountains of California near Olancha during the winter of 1961, Wallace Lane, Virginia Maxey and Mike Mikesell found a rock, among many others, that they thought was a geode – a good addition for their gem shop. Upon cutting it open, however, Mikesell found an object inside that seemed to be made of white porcelain. In the centre was a shaft of shiny metal. Experts estimated that, if this was a geode, it should have taken about 500,000 years for this fossil-encrusted nodule to form, yet the object inside was obviously of sophisticated human manufacture. Further investigation revealed that the porcelain was surround by a hexagonal casing, and an x-ray revealed a tiny spring at one end, like a spark plug. There’s a bit of controversy around this artifact, as you can imagine. Some contend that the artifact was not inside a geode at all, but encased in hardened clay. The artefact itself has been identified by experts as a 1920s-era Champion spark plug. Unfortunately, the Corso Artifact has gone missing and cannot be thoroughly examined. Is there a natural explanation for it? Or was it found, as the discoverer claimed, inside a geode? If so, how could a 1920s spark plug get inside a 500,000-year-old rock?

Ancient Model Aircraft There are artefacts belonging to ancient Egyptian and Central American cultures that look amazingly like modern-day aircraft. The Egyptian artefact, found in a tomb at Saqquara, Egypt in 1898, is a six-inch wooden object that strongly resembles a model airplane, with fuselage, wings and tail. Experts believe the object is so aerodynamic that it is actually able to glide. The small object discovered in Central America (shown at right), and estimated to be 1,000 years old, is made of gold and could easily be mistaken for a model of a delta-wing aircraft - or even the Space Shuttle. It even features what looks like a pilot’s seat.

74

Giant Stone Balls of Costa Rica Workmen hacking and burning their way through the dense jungle of Costa Rica to clear an area for banana plantations in the 1930s stumbled upon some incredible objects: dozens of stone balls, many of which were perfectly spherical. They varied in size from as small as a tennis ball to an astonishing 8 feet in diameter and weighing 16 tons! Although the great stone balls are clearly man-made, it is unknown who made them, for what purpose and, most puzzling, how they achieved such spherical precision.

Impossible Fossils Fossils, as we learned in school, appear in rocks that were formed many thousands of years ago. Yet there are a number of fossils that just don’t make geological or historical sense. A fossil of a human handprint, for example, was found in limestone estimated to be 110 million years old. What appears to be a fossilised human finger found in the Canadian Arctic also dates back 100 to 110 million years ago. And what appears to be the fossil of a human footprint, possibly wearing a sandal, was found near Delta, Utah in a shale deposit estimated to be 300 million to 600 million years old.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Have you ever wondered why ...there have been so many changes to the engine of your automobile that cut down pollution, when the mileage that you are getting, hasn’t changed significantly since 1920? Have you ever wondered why there are so many wonderful medical devices that are able to diagnose illness, when there are none that offer a cure? The answer to both of these questions is money. Oil magnates have quickly put a stop to the inventions that would allow your car to run on half or even one quarter the amount of gasoline. (Read my book the Secret Super Mileage Report.) Pharmaceutical companies influence the government to hold back any technology that is an effective method to heal our bodies. (Please read The Colloidal Report on my website – how to use

Out-of-Place Metal Objects Humans were not even around 65 million years ago, never mind people who could work metal. So then how does science explain semi-ovoid metallic tubes dug out of 65-million-year-old Cretaceous chalk in France? In 1885, a block of coal was broken open to find a metal cube obviously worked by intelligent hands. In 1912, employees at an electric plant broke apart a large chunk of coal out of which fell an iron pot! A nail was found embedded in a sandstone block from the Mesozoic Era. And there are many, many more such anomalies. What are we to make of these finds? There are several possibilities: Intelligent humans date back much, much further than we realise. Other intelligent beings and civilisations existed on earth far beyond our recorded history. Our dating methods are completely inaccurate, and that stone, coal and fossils form much more rapidly than we now estimate. In any case, these examples - and there are many more - should prompt any curious and open-minded scientist to reexamine and rethink the true history of life on earth.

colloidal silver, gold, and copper, to regain and maintain health.) Please visit www. himacresearch.com and tell everyone you know about this amazing source of information. Or, for FREE information, if you do not have access to the web, please send your name and address and $3.00 to cover S & H. We will include FREE plans for PCV Jar – a simple device that any can build to increase Mileage and cut pollution. Bruce McBurney HIMAC Research 6665 McLeod Road Niagara Falls Ont. L2G 3G3 905 358-8541 fax 905 358-9439

WWW.HIMACRESEARCH.COM We share the TRUTH and YOU have the RIGHT to know about SUPER-EFI! This is the “Air Pollution Solution”. Our future depends on it. GET INVOLVED NOW!

DIY REPORT: FUEL SAVER How Andrew Hall and your editor converted a 1966 Hillman to run on pre-heated fuel – and got excellent fuel economy for our efforts! Pre-heating the fuel has a long, illustrious history in helping internal combustion engines (ICEs) achieve better efficiency (“combustion profiles”).That’s because added heat enables the petrol to vaporise more efficiently, and as we all (should) know, it’s the vapour that combusts, not the liquid petrol. We carefully studied some of the history of vapour technology and decided that the best, safest, and cheapest way to raise the temperature of the fuel was to run the fuel pipe through the top reservoir of the radiator. So here’ the experimen – and it worked: First, we bought some copper pipe. Then we removed the radiator. Then we drilled two holes one on each side of the radiator (about an inch from the top), straightened out about a metre of pipe and threaded it through, leaving plenty of pipe sticking out on both ends to fasten via a rubber hose connector to the fuel hose. We carefully soldered up the holes where the pipe went in and out to avoid any chance of leakage. For additional heat, we then routed the fuel through another fuel heating device, basically a coiled up fuel pipe inside a stainless tube that fits inside the radiator hose. Doing this is unnecessary but it does add a bit more heat and grunt to the equation. The results? The car went from 160 ppm unburned HCs to ZERO - 10 ppm unburned HCs. And my fuel economy went from about 30 mpg to nearly 37 mpg.

Fuel pipe entering top of radiator

Not bad, eh?

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

75

DIY REPORT: FUEL SAVER How Andrew Hall came up with the idea to vaporise petrol by using zinc coated chicken wire – with a positive charge going to it Back in the good old days before fuel injection, when all cars had carburettors and you didn’t need an advanced degree in computer science to change your spark plugs, DIY people (and there were millions of them) liked to go out to the shed an tinker. Tinkering was relatively harmless and often led to the acquisition of some very necessary set of skills. People who had them weren’t thought of as being oddball or anything like that. They were practical people who got the job done. They also had the intuition and the vision to realise when something could be improved on, and they didn’t need some jackass or expert (but I repeat myself) to tell them it that it was “impossible”. Anyhow, long story short, I have been saving lots of money for many, many years, simply by having placed a stainless steel mesh screen under my carburettor. It was formed into a cup (to avoid the butterfly valve) in the top of my intake manifold. When the petrol droplets come down the carby throat, in the rush of air, they hit the mesh and are fractured into a million even tinier droplets, some of which are transformed into, you guessed it, a vapour. The thing worked really well for many years, increasing my fuel economy by about 10% or so, dropping my emissions through the floor (from 350 ppm unburned HCs to 150) and enabling me to go ever so much longer between oil changes, thanks to the fact that the usual “carbon buildup” – just stopped. There was a problem, however. Thanks to the laws of physics or something, it took about 5 minutes (sometimes longer) on cold mornings, before the car would run right. It would idle slowly, but thanks to the fact that the fuel-air mixture was icing up or something, I had to wait until the car warmed up before I could drive off. The holes in the mesh were too small, and the fuel air mixture wasn’t getting down to the cylinders. An inconvenience. Andrew Hall, my ingenious sculptor friend, came up with the solution: chicken wire! And not just any old chicken wire, either. His solution was to cut a strip about 2 1/2 inches high by about 6 inches long, and then roll it up into a tight little roll. Then he stuffed it into the manifold where it would give the petrol droplets something to slide down in the air stream (which wasn’t terribly restricted, by the way). At the bottom of the roll of wire, the droplets had become ... you guessed it, a vapour, and there was no “icing up” in the least. Not even in the coldest of mornings. However, we weren’t completely satisfied – not after we read the patent of some guy who put a positive charge through his little mesh vaporiser, and claimed to get better economy as a result. What supposedly happens is that the petrol (or “whatever”, maybe water, who knows?) comes down through the mesh (or in our case, the chicken wire), and picks up the positive charge, and then heads straight for the sides of the inlet manifold where it is

76

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

attracted to the negative (earth). Whereupon, supposedly, it gets vaporised or fractured even further. It wasn’t hard to put a copper lip onto the chicken wire vaporiser, and then hook a hot wire to it, with a fuse in the line, of course. We tried it, and it works rather well. Twelve volts now course through the chicken wire, and the car is going better than ever, though we haven’t tested it for improvements in the fuel economy. We’re too busy trying out whatever we can get our hands on or think of.

The Gunnerman Idea UNCENSORED Technical Editor Wolf Brinsbury suggested that we nickel plate the combustion chamber (and the spark plugs) and try out the Gunnerman Patent. This patent claims that nickel, a catalyst for cracking hydrogen from water (it is), can be used to make hydrogen in the combustion chamber from water that’s injected along with your fuel. Gunnerman claimed to run a car on up to 70% water and 30% HC (he used naptha). Well, we got the head (and plugs) nickel plated, and reinstalled it on the car. Then we hooked up a water injector that injects a mixture of 50-50 water and methanol. The car liked it. Then just to see what would happen, we leaned out the carburettor by putting a fuse wire through the mainjet (cheaper than going out and buying a new jet) ... and the car ran fine again, with just a little hesitation (a flat spot) on acceleration. The theory is that the nickel is cracking some of the water into hydrogen and oxygen, which immediately combust, taking the methanol (and water) with the little bit of petrol (now heated and vaporised) with them in one beautiful chain reaction. So far, so good. However, we’ve taken a few days off to fix the timing chain, a broken stud and the old corroded thermostat housing (the car is 40 years old, for goodness sake) but this coming week we’ll do some more testing. We’re heating up the water-methanol mixture now by wrapping the copper pipe around the exhaust pipe, and the car loves it. Thus far we’ve gone from a baseline of about 27 mpg to over 40. Not, bad, but we’re aiming for 100 mpg.

Here’s Andrew Hall holding up the chicken wire vaporiser

What Your Doctor Will Never Tell You The Dangers of Sunscreen (From mercola.com – an excellent site!) A research team reports that unless sunscreen is reapplied often, the sunscreen itself can become harmful to the skin. Sunscreen works by blocking ultraviolet light. When skin is exposed to the ultraviolet radiation in sunlight, it can generate harmful compounds called reactive oxygen species or ROS. ROS can react with cell walls, lipid membranes, mitochondria and DNA, leading to skin damage. One effect is an increase in the visible signs of age. However, the molecules in sunscreen that block ultraviolet light can themselves penetrate into the skin, leaving the epidermis exposed to ultraviolet radiation. In addition, some of these molecules, including octylmethoxycinnamate, benzophenone-3 and octocrylene, generate ROS molecules in skin themselves when exposed to ultraviolet radiation. This occurs when the molecules have both penetrated into the skin, and additional sunscreen has not been applied to block the ultraviolet light. About 95 percent of the visible signs of aging are associated with the ROS molecules created by exposure to ultraviolet light. – Science Blog 29 August, 2006 Dr. Mercola’s Comment: Here’s yet more evidence of what I’ve been saying for some time: Sunscreens are dangerous and can cause more harm than good. The solution the researchers recommended is to reapply sunscreen often (so UV light cannot reach the sunscreen that’s penetrated more deeply into your skin, and produce dangerous compounds), but my advice is to avoid using sunscreens at all, unless there is absolutely no alternative (and then choose a natural version).

Sensible sunlight exposure is beneficial, and necessary, for you, and you can avoid the sun’s potentially negative effects by not getting burned. This means, go out in the sun gradually until you’re able to stay out longer without getting burned, and when you want to cover up, grab a wide-brimmed hat or a light jacket to cover your skin. Despite what you may have heard, sensible sun exposure actually reduces your risk of skin cancer, by causing your body to naturally create the essential Vitamin D. In fact, sun exposure is protective against a total of 16 types of cancer, including skin cancer and cancers of the digestive and reproductive systems. It is estimated that 45,000 Americans die from cancer annually related to inadequate sun exposure causing subtherapeutic levels of vitamin D. Skin cancers are more typically caused by the large distortion most people have in their omega-6 to omega-3 fat ratio. The high excess of omega-6 fats in most people’s diet puts them at a much higher risk of developing skin cancer when they get sunburned. So stop your sun exposure short of getting burned, and consider supplementing your diet with omega-3 fats. [These are found primarily in oily fish and fish oil supplements.] Ed Note: We make our own sunscreen from powdered zinc oxide (very cheap) and olive oil. Be aware that it can stain clothing if you want to try this.

ASPARTAME* – is the World’s Best Ant Poison Contributed by Jan Jensen of WELLthy Choices  

We live in the woods and carpenter ants are a huge problem. We have spent thousands of dollars with Orkin and on ant poisons trying to keep them under control but nothing has helped.   So when I read somewhere that aspartame (Nutrasweet) was actually developed as an ant poison and only changed to being considered non-poisonous after it was realised that a lot more money could be made on it as a sweetener than as an ant poison, I decided to give it a try.   I opened two packets of aspartame sweetener, and dumped one in a corner of each of our bathrooms. That was about 2 years ago and I have not seen any carpenter ants for about 9 to 12 months. It works better than the most deadly poisons I have tried. Any time they show up again, I simply dump another package of Nutrasweet in a corner, and they will be gone for a year or so again.   Since posting this information I have had many people tell me of their success solving ant problems with this substance, when nothing else worked.   We found later that small black ants would not eat the aspartame. It was determined that if you mixed it with apple juice, they would quickly take it back to the nest, and all would be dead within 24 hours, usually. I have found that sometimes it will kill them, and sometimes it does not. Not sure why, may be slightly different species of ants or something.   Fire Ants: We got our first fire ant hill *(artificial sweetener such as Equal(R) and Nutrasweet(R))

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

77

about 2 weeks ago. Poison did not work. We tried aspartame and the ants ignored it until we got a light rain. It was just a sprinkle, enough to moisten the Nutrasweet and ground, but not enough to wash it away. They went crazy, hundreds of them grabbing it and taking it back into the mound. When I checked the mound 2 days later, there was no sign of the fire ants. I even dug the mound up some, and still saw none of them.   How does it Work: Aspartame is a neuropoison. It most likely kills the ants by interfering with their nervous system. It could be direct, like stopping their heart, or something more subtle like killing their sense of taste so they can’t figure out what is edible, or smell, so they can’t follow their trails, or mis-identify their colony’s members, so they start fighting each other. Not sure what causes them to end up dying, just know that for many species of ants it will kill them quickly and effectively.   As with any poison I recommend wearing gloves and washing any skin areas that come in contact with this poison, and avoid getting it in your mouth, despite anything the labeling may indicate.   I suspect it will work for other insects such as yellow jackets as well, but have not tested that yet.   More information on this fantastic poison can be found at:

ment preparations today. One of the primary characteristics of calcium carbonate in nature is its tendency to precipitate out of solution back into its hard, rocklike form. Dehydration, whether caused by the failure to drink enough water or by taking medications such as diuretics, can promote this precipitation. – Thomas E. Levy, MD JD, OPTIMAL NUTRITION FOR OPTIMAL HEALTH, Pg 128

A Calcium Primer In Japan and Portugal where the consumption of calcium from dairy products is the lowest on the planet so are the mortality rates. [International Journal Cardiology, Volume 33, 1991] – Bill Sardi Overdoses of non-organically based elements, seen in many mineral preparations must accumulate when they are continually taken, and the result is usually bad in the long run. There is a lot of calcium in most diets, and even a relatively small amount of calcium supplementation, taken on a regular basis, can result in undesirable, rocklike, non-biologic deposits of calcium in the tissues. – Thomas E. Levy, MD JD Here is the best advice available concerning calcium:

http://www.dorway.com

The Truth About Calcium Compiled by Owen R. Fonorow in 2003

“Should anyone be taking calcium supplements? In my opinion, absolutely not.” – Thomas E. Levy, MD, JD, OPTIMAL NUTRITION FOR OPTIMAL HEALTH, 2001, Pg 132.

Everything we know is wrong… Calcium carbonate is the mineral form of calcium that is the predominant form in dolomite, a very common and cheap source of calcium used in many supple-

78

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

1. American women and men consume about 800 milligrams of calcium per day and only require an additional 400-600 milligrams of supplemental calcium. 2. More than 500 milligrams of calcium in a single serving is poorly absorbed. 3. Consumption of calcium in between meals, as recommended by government health authorities, reduces absorption. Stomach acid levels are low between meals. Acid aids in the absorption of calcium, while calcium carbonate, the most commonly used form of supplemental calcium, is generally well absorbed when taken with meals. Calcium carbonate tablets are not recommended for adults who do not produce enough stomach acid (about 30 percent of older adults). [Public Health Reports, Volume 104, 1989]

4. Calcium citrate does not require stomach acid to be absorbed. It may be superior to coral calcium. 5. The claim that coral calcium is superior to other forms of this mineral is largely based upon better absorption. The percentage of coral calcium available for absorption is published at 39%, and for coral mineral powder at 98%, and for Dr. Barefoot’s calcium formula 84-97%. There are no independent studies, so there is no way to verify these figures. But the body maintains a tight control over the absorption of calcium. Too much calcium and the blood circulation would become too alkaline. If 80 to 90 percent of calcium were absorbed, there would be undesirable health consequences, including an electrolyte imbalance which could induce a spasm in heart muscle leading to sudden-death heart attack. 6. The widespread shortage of magnesium, not calcium, in the western diet contributes to the high rates of sudden-death heart attack. 7. Calcium supplements should be balanced with magnesium, (probably in equal ratios). There is a false idea that magnesium interferes with the absorption of calcium. Increasing magnesium intake up to 826 milligrams per day was not found to inhibit calcium absorption at an intake level of 812 milligrams of calcium. [Journal American College Nutrition, Volume 13, 1994] 8. Some of those 73 trace minerals in coral calcium are heavy metals, which are undesirable. Even trace amounts of lead are not permitted in other calcium supplements. – Bill Sardi, Knowledge of Health, Inc. Copyright 2002

Separating Fact from Fiction There is another side to calcium that advocates don’t mention. Calcium can accumulate in heart valves (mitral valve), a condition that strikes 1 in 11 Americans.

It can become a concretion in the kidneys and become a stone, a condition that affects 1 in 12 Americans. While some studies indicate increased calcium intake may help reduce the risk of kidney stones, a recent study suggests calcium stone formers should consume water “relatively low in calcium” and calcium-rich meals should be avoided. [Urology International, Volume 67, 2001] Calcium can also pile up in blood vessels. Calcium artery scans are now performed to diagnose arteriosclerosis. Calcifications can block the circulation to the back of the eyes too. – Bill Sardi

Calcium Toxicity In nature, precipitation occurs when the water content of the dissolved calcium carbonate begins to evaporate, concentrating the mineral and making it easier to drop out of solution. In the body, similar factors can prompt the undesirable precipitation of poorly dissociated mineral forms out of the blood, including calcium carbonate. – Thomas E. Levy, MD JD Even a highly dissolvable form of calcium with weak ionic attractions when dissolved, such as calcium chloride or calcium citrate, will eventually saturate the blood and drop out of solution. So even if your calcium (or other mineral) doesn’t come from rock, it can still eventually deposit abnormally in your tissues if you take too much. – Tom Levy One of the clearest examples of toxic accumulation is seen with most common forms of calcium supplementation. Massive amounts of calcium from such sources will increase bone density only slightly, while significantly increasing unwanted calcium deposition elsewhere in the body. Furthermore, high supplemental calcium may increase the risk of symptomatic kidney stones, while high dietary calcium intake appears to decrease the risk. – Thomas E. Levy, MD JD, OPTIMAL NUTRITION FOR OPTIMAL HEALTH, Pg 128-132 Too much calcium not only results in calcifications, but calcium overload can produce severe muscle spasms and cramping. Calcium is a muscle constrictor while magnesium is a muscle relaxant. Excessive calcium often produces symptoms of constipation, heart flutters (fibrillation), eyelid twitch, migraines, leg cramps, back aches and monthly cramping in females. – Bill Sardi Sodium competes with calcium for absorption. American women may require

far more calcium than women in Asian cultures. Women with low protein and sodium intake may need as little as 500 milligrams of calcium per day (which is about the amount Japanese women consume). Women with high protein and sodium consumption may need as much as 2000 milligrams of calcium per day. [Principles Bone Biology, 2nd edition, Robert P. Heaney, 2002]

A Cure for Migraines? Summary# 43957 Topic: MIGRAINE HEADACHES - Magnesium, Vitamin B2, Riboflavin, Coenzyme Q10, Ubiquinone, CoQ10, Feverfew, Chrysanthemum Parthenium, Vitamins, Minerals, Herbs, Prophylaxis Title: Magnesium, Riboflavin, Coenzyme Q10, and Feverfew in Migraine Prevention

Link From Calcium to Cancer Runs Both Ways… Horse breeder and researcher Gordon Woods has long suspected the important role of calcium in rapid cell division, which occurs when a tumour is growing out of control – and when an embryo is developing. “There is an electrifying similarity between rapidly dividing embryo cells and rapidly developing cancer cells,” he said. [*] Woods’ discovery that calcium was key to success in the mule-cloning experiment bolstered his hypothesis that calcium induces rapid cell growth. While attempting to clone a mule, Woods discovered that bathing the cloned embryo in a common element – calcium – was key to a successful pregnancy. Coincidentally, calcium also plays a key role in the development of cancer tumours; its levels in cells are elevated when cancer tumour cells divide uncontrollably.

Calcium and Prostate Cancer High calcium consumption may not be a good idea for older males who are prone to developing prostate cancer. Consumption of more than 2000 milligrams of calcium per day increased the risk of prostate cancer by about 300 percent. [Cancer Research, Volume 58, 1998] – Bill Sardi Owen Fonorow Vitamin C Foundation PO Box 3097, Lisle IL 60532 630-416-1438 www.VitaminCFoundation.org BolenReport.com PaulingTherapy.com Hearttechnology.com

Reference: “Medications for migraine prophylaxis,” Modi S, Lowder DM, Am Fam Physician, 2006; 73(1): 72-8. Address: Department of Family Medicine, Brody School of Medicine at East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 27834, USA. E-mail: [email protected] Summary: In an article reviewing evidence related to the use of medications for the prevention of migraine headaches, intake of magnesium, vitamin B2 (riboflavin), and coenzyme Q10 were all found to have limited evidence supporting their use in migraine prophylaxis. After reviewing data regarding various pharmacological agents, the authors review evidence of ‘other agents’ used to prevent migraines. Oral intake of magnesium was found to be effective at 600 mg/day; however, this dose may be associated with the side effect of diarrhea. Three and four months after treatment, compared with a placebo, oral intake of vitamin B2 (riboflavin) was found to be effective at 400 mg/day, with number needed to treat (NNT) of 2.3, for a 50% or greater reduction in the number of days with headache. Coenzyme Q10, compared with a placebo, at a dosage of 100 mg three times per day, had an NNT of 3.0 for a 50% or greater reduction in the frequency of migraines, according to results from a small trial . The herb feverfew, in three of five trials (mixed quality of studies), was found to be more effective than a placebo, at dosages of 50-82 mg/day. Recommending dosages of feverfew is difficult due to variations among formulations. The results of this review suggest that vitamin, mineral and herbal treatments may effectively prevent migraine headaches, and may be effective alternative treatments when standard pharmacological medication cannot be used. Further research evaluating the use of these non-pharmacological agents in the prevention of migraines would help strengthen the existing evidence.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

79

Cholesterol – Not A Major Cause Of Arterial Disease By Dr. James Howenstine, MD. 20 February 2005 Several factors appear to be of greater importance than cholesterol in causing arterial disease. Among these are deposition of toxic metals in the lining endothelium of arteries, Vitamin C deficiency, excessive amounts of lipoprotein (a), inflammation in arteries, excessive clotting of blood, homocysteine elevation (hyperhomocystinemia) and dangerous foods. An important study by Dr. Harlan Krumholz revealed that persons with low cholesterol levels over the age of 70 died twice as often from heart attacks[3] as older persons with high cholesterol values. Most studies in old persons have shown that cholesterol is not a risk factor for coronary artery disease. Approximately 90% of cardiovascular disease is seen in persons over 60 years of age. Almost all studies have shown that high cholesterol is not a risk factor for women.[4] This leaves cholesterol as a risk factor for less than 5% of those persons dying of a heart attack.

produces prostacyclin which decreases the clotting of blood and also causes dilating of arteries. A third important endothelial product is heparin, a potent substance that helps prevent clots from forming. Excessive deposition of heavy metals in the endothelium diminishes the endothelium’s ability to produce nitric oxide, prostacyclin, and heparin.[8] Chelation may restore the body’s ability to create these important substances by removing these metals (iron, cadmium, lead, mercury) from the endothelial lining. Additionally removal of excess iron can decrease the risk of subsequent heart attacks.[9] By improving blood circulation, chelation may benefit patients with angina pectoris, claudication, impotence, macular degeneration, glaucoma, pancreatitis, gout, rheumatoid and osteoarthritis, chronic fatigue syndrome, fibromyalgia, dementia, multiple sclerosis, and cancer. Several of the pioneers in chelation therapy are alive in good health in their 90s after receiving thousands of intravenous chelation treatments.

“Most studies in old persons have shown that cholesterol is not a risk factor for coronary artery disease.”

High cholesterol values protect against infection. In a review of 19 studies involving 68,000 persons low cholesterol values revealed an increased risk for dying from lung and gastrointestinal diseases. Both lung and g.i. (gastro-intestinal) diseases are often related to infections. This information was confirmed by a 15 year study of 100,000 healthy persons in the San Francisco area. Persons entering this study with low cholesterol values were more often admitted to hospitals because of infectious diseases.[5] Patients with a history of a sexually transmitted disease or liver disease were twice as likely to develop HIV infection[6] over 7 to 8 year follow up if they had a low cholesterol value when entering the study. Patients with severe heart failure have high levels of endotoxins and cytokines in their blood. Endotoxins are toxic substances derived from gram negative bacteria. Cytokines are hormones secreted from white blood cells responding to an inflammatory process in the body.

80

A medical team in Germany learned that the strongest predictor for death in a patient with heart failure was the concentration of cytokines[7] in the blood. They felt that bacteria in the gut found it easier to penetrate tissues when the pressure in abdominal veins was elevated by heart failure. Endotoxins were highest in patients with oedema and endotoxin levels fell significantly when heart failure improved with therapy. Patients with heart failure whose immune function is unable to respond to bacterial antigens (anergy) had a higher mortality than patients who still responded to bacterial antigens. In addition the mortality was higher in those patients who had the lowest cholesterol, LDL, and triglyceride values. The risk of dying in a group of 1000 patients with

heart failure followed for 5 years was 62% in patients whose cholesterol was below 129 mg/dl whereas patients whose cholesterol was over 223 mg/dl had only one half this risk of death. When arteries are examined visually, by x-rays or ultrasound there has never been any correlation between changes in cholesterol values and the extent of arteriosclerosis.

Why Metal Deposition In Artery Linings (Endothelium) Is So Important After more than 30 years of use intravenous chelation therapy (EDTA) has become an accepted form of therapy because it has been found to be an effective, safe and relatively inexpensive way to reverse occluded arteries to the heart, brain, kidneys and extremities. Chelation is known to have powerful anti-oxidant effects but this may not afford a complete explanation for the benefits observed. An important new concept about chelation relates to the inner lining of blood vessels (endothelium). This lining tissue generates the powerful arterial vessel dilator nitric oxide. The endothelium also

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

The latest improvement in chelation permits this therapy to be adminstered orally. Oral chelation obviously will not be as fast as intravenous chelation but this is not an important issue for most patients who have massive amounts of metals needing removal. Doing chelation orally is simpler and less expensive than the intravenous approach. Lead poisons enzyme systems in the body. The bones of modern man contain 1000 times more lead[10] than the bones of men living 400 years ago. It takes 7 to 20 years for the body to completely replace the tissue in bone. Since bone is the primary storage area for lead there is clearly no necessity in most patients for rapid chelation by intravenous therapy. Nearly all health problems (learning disorders, cancer, heart disease, infections, AHHD, autism, hypertension etc.) are made worse by the high levels of lead found in our bodies. Lead is an important cause for hypertension and removal of lead from patients with hypertension often permits blood pressure values to return to normal. Recent studies have implicated lead in the genesis of cataracts. The EDTA present in chelating solutions binds lead so it can be excreted by the kidneys. Full story and references at:

www.newswithviews.com/Howenstine/ james23.htm

SHOCK!!!!!! CHOLESTEROL THEORY WIPES OUT HUMAN RACE! PLANET EARTH, April 9, 2057 - A faulty theory on the origin and cause of heart disease, introduced on Planet Earth 100 years prior to this date, has caused the demise of the human race, according to a Pleiadean delegation report. The theory led to food choices that proved lethal to humans over several generations. “We were surprised at the rapidity of its effects,” said the commission’s chairman, “and the tenacity of the theory. Even when infertility and early death became widespread, humans did not question the validity of the basic assumptions.” The delegation, which visits Planet Earth once every fifty earth years on fact-finding missions, estimated the decrease in earthling numbers at almost 99 percent. Only pockets of isolated populations and some descendants of impoverished dairy farmers, too poor to purchase supermarket foods, remained. Proponents of the cholesterol theory maintained that animal fats and cholesterol from animal foods were the cause of heart disease. Vegetable oils gradually replaced animal fats in the human diet as Earth-dwellers sought to lower their blood cholesterol below the levels needed to produce reproductive hormones. The introduction of imitation foods rich in plant-based estrogens, and of plant sterols into commonly eaten foods, exacerbated the antifertility effects. Humans were also encouraged to take drugs to lower cholesterol levels and these had side

effects such as cancer, which contributed to the population decline. And heart disease increased, in spite of rigid adherence to cholesterol-lowering regimes. Low cholesterol levels also contributed to an increase in deaths from suicide and violence. In addition, children experienced growth problems and increasing numbers failed to reach sexual maturity. The investigators cited the lack of protective nutrients found in animal fats as a factor exacerbating all these conditions. Ironically, a few earthling scientists had warned against the effects of diets based on vegetable oils, the commission found. But these souls were either ignored or persecuted. Over time, mental ability declined, with great numbers of children experiencing learning difficulties and attention deficit disorder. Alzheimer’s and senility increased among the elderly. Humans could no longer make sense of ancestral dietary traditions or of published studies on the role of animal fats in human nutrition. The real enemy, according to the report, was fear. “Humans were taught to fear the very foods that had made their evolution possible,” said the observers. “They were very gullible and believed the advertisements and pronouncements of those who profited from the sale of vegetable oils and cholesterol-lowering drugs.” “Even if earthlings can overcome their fear and return to traditional foods,” said the commission, “it will take centuries to repopulate the earth.” The delegation expressed regret at the waste of a fine planet. Source: www.westonaprice.org See also The Oiling of America, by Mary Enig, PhD and Sally Fallon Contact: Sally Fallon, President (202)333-4325 [email protected] UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

81

Review/Essay by Katherine Smith

Medical Science or Medical Mafia? Politics in Healing:

The Suppression and Manipulation of American Medicine by David Haley Potomac Valley Press, Washingon DC Fourth printing 2003 • “What’s wrong with American healthcare?” • “Why is one American dying of cancer every minute?” • “What is the solution?” These are the key qustions emblazoned on the cover of Politics in Healing. Each is amply answered in the course of this comprehensive 480 page book. Author David Haley, a former New York State Assemblyman, wrote this book because “over a period of 10-15 years, I kept hearing about effective, non-toxic therapies which saved many lives and would have saved many more but for political machinations and interference by the American Medical Association (AMA) and US Food and Drug Administration (F.D.A).” This book examines ten medical breakthroughs – and their suppression by vested interests determined to maintain their market share in the healthcare (sickness) industry. That maintaining the status quo would lead to huge amounts of human suffering – and the tragedy of easily preventable premature deaths from cancer and other serious illnesses made no difference to these psychopathic organisations. The contrast between the brilliant, dedicated and compassionate scientists and health professionals working to relieve suffering on the one hand and the callous,

82

calculating, murderous skull-duggery of the upper echelons of the heirarchy of the AMA and FDA makes reading this book alternately inspiring and depressing. Many readers may also feel very angry reading some sections of this book; especially those detailing the suppression of cancer treatments – which, had they been on the market today, may well have saved friends and family members from painful, premature deaths.

Why is modern medicine so corrupt? Well, for one, the AMA, Haley writes, relies on advertising from pharmaceutical companies for one of its “principal sources of income – if not its principal one...” Haley also discloses the unofficial revolving door arrangement between the FDA and the pharmaceutical companies with between 2/3 and 3/4 of FDA employees moving on from the FDA to take jobs in the pharmaceutical companies – the same industry that they were supposed to regulate while at the FDA. The FDA, Haley writes, also arrogates to itself the power to prevent the manufacturers of herbal or nutritional products to disclose the legitimate uses of their product to consumers, despite the fact that in the US, free speech is supposed to be protected under the First Amendment of the US Constitution. The First Amendment has been used to allow the production and distribution of pornography and extremely violent films but such is the power of the AMA and FDA that manufacturers are prohibited from making truthful label claims. One of the early heads of the AMA whose frank villainy may have caused more deaths than Hitler, was Morris Fishbein, a doctor who had failed anatomy in medical school and never practised medcine a day in his life. However Fishbein’s dismal record as a health professional did not deter him from setting himself up as a medical authority in the media and leading AMA crusades against health profession-

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

als and scientists who were treating cancer patients successfully. Herbalist Harry Hoxsey was one such health professional targeted by Fishbein and the AMA – even though Fishbein was forced to admit in court that Hoxsey’s formulae cured “external cancers”. (There was voluminous evidence that other types of cancer could be successfully treated with Harry Hoxsey’s herbal formulae as well as patients cured by Hoxsey’s formulae testified in court on numerous occasions in their physician’s defence.). Fishbein did not publicly acknowledge the efficacy of Hoxsey’s treatment for internal cancers, although Hoxsey wrote in his autobiography that his problems with the AMA began after he had refused to sell his formulae to representatives of the organisation. Fishbein also played a role, according to Haley, in helping to destroy the work of Royal Raymond Rife, an incredibly gifted scientist who designed and built a series of microscopes that could be used to observe living viruses (a feat still impossible with today’s electron microscopes) – including viruses that he identified as a cause of cancer. He subsequently developed a frequency device (the “beam ray”) that could be used to kill microbes by using a specific frequency to match to crystalline structure of the microbe – setting up a resonance which would cause the microbe to shatter. Using this treatment he was able to cure a number of people who had been considered terminally ill with cancer. Today there is a renaissance of interest in Rife’s work but no one has replicated his successes in treating cancer and other serious diseases.Rife himself, a sensitive man, found the stress of court battles instigated by the AMA too much for him and he developed alcoholism, an illness from which he never recovered. Rife and Harry Hoxsey (also forced by stress-related ill health to give up treating cancer patients in the USA) – and their patients – were not the only victims of the AMA. Even members of the medical community who previously enjoyed the high esteem of their peers could be

destroyed by the AMA from committing the unforgivable sin of telling the truth about the success of an unorthodox (“unproven”) cancer treatments. Dr Andrew Ivy was a nationally respected professor whose reputation and career were all but destroyed because he refused to kowtow to the AMA who pressured him to “confess” that the horse serum-based anti-cancer agent Krebiozen he was using on his patients was worthless (it wasn’t). Dr Ivy, who had seen relief of pain and significant improvement in “terminal” patients and remissions in people with earlier stage disease, believed in letting the scientific evidence speak for itself. He therefore held back from engaging in politics. His honesty and decency cost him dearly. (Dr Ivy refrained from using the word “cure” in association with Krebiozen which was a new medication so most patients had not received sufficient follow-up to ascertain whether or not they remained cancer-free long term.) In the absence of Dr Ivy’s condemnation of Krebiozen, an AMA report slammed it as useless. The effect of this official pronouncement and the actions taken against Dr Ivy was to make doctors too frightened to use it lest they too became AMA targets. The AMA report was scandalously inaccurate (to put it mildly), categorising as “dead” patients who had been successfully treated with Krebiozen and were in good health. A court case later proved the report to be fraudulent. Nevertheless, the AMA was not an organisation to let inconvenient truths get in the way of businessas-usual and never withdrew or amended the report. Instead it concentrated on suppressing the use of the medication even further, eventually ensuring its use was outlawed. Ironically the year that Krebiozen was finally banned in the USA was the same year that the US signed the Helsinki declaration on health. This document states: “In the treatment of the sick person ... doctors must be free to use a new therapeutic measure if in his/her judgement it offers hope of saving life, reestablishing health, or alleviating suffering.” Fortunately the FDA hasn’t managed to suppress all the breakthroughs that detailed in Politics of Healing. Some breakthroughs have survived and are available to this day. One of these medical breakthroughs is

DMSO – a pine-tree derived solvent that is best known for its useful analgesic properties when applied to the skin in an appropriate dilution. (It is still used to treat some injuries in race horses.) Even though I was familiar with DMSO as a treatment for arthritis and as a adjunct in cancer treatment, I had no idea that it has been used successfully (again in an appropriate dilution) to treat macular degeneration – a major cause of visual loss in elderly people – as well as retinitis pigmentosa. Nor did I know that intravenous DMSO can be used to treat strokes due to its ability to dissolve fibrin and therefore abort a stroke in progress. Another treatment for stroke that the FDA tried to but failed to suppress is the AlphaStim which delivers micro-electric current to the skin. The use of this device has been successful in restoring lost function of some stroke victims as well as helping people suffering from anxiety and depression. The Alpha-Stim has also been used successfully to treat people with drug addictions. However, a trial of this device by the National Institute of Drug Abuse was fraudulently conducted (a much lower current than required was used, making the therapy ineffective) and the Alpha-Stim is now little known, despite the desperate need for safe non-drug therapies for people suffering from these debilitating conditions. The Alpha-Stim is not alone in having a US government Department assess its effectiveness in a trial that was intentionally designed to fail. Other therapies that have threatened established pharmaceutical treatments have similarly been the subject of badly, even criminally conducted, trials. One such example, detailed in Politics in Healing, was a National Cancer Institute (NCI) trial of the cancer medication hydrazine sulfate. Patients were not warned that commonly prescribed tranquilisers could interact adversely with hydrazine sulfate, with potentially fatal consequences. Not single patient in the NCI trial of hydrazine sulfate survived, a result that was not at all consonant with previous data on hydrazine sulfate in which patients knew to avoid specific medications and foods which could cause adverse interactions. Penthouse magazine blew the whistle on this trial and suggested that the patients’ families should sue the NCI for murder as the NCI had been warned that animal data showed the taking tranquilisers with hydrazine sulfate created a lethal combination.

Garlic Blasts Worst Antibiotic Resistant Bacteria 10-2-6 Crush garlic 20 minutes before eating it... This creates more beneficial chemical compounds CHICAGO (UPI) - Microbiology researchers said Wednesday the active ingredient in garlic combats two of the nastiest antibiotic resistant microbes faced by doctors and patients. The ingredient, a substance know as allicin, has been found effective in killing off methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus – a microbe that has been especially troubling in skin and soft tissue wounds – and in inhibiting growth of vancomycin-resistant enterococci, an intestinal bacteria that causes considerable illness and deaths in hospital settings. “Allicin simply blows enormous holes through MRSA,’ said Ronald Cutler, senior lecturer in microbiology at the University of East London, England. He said he also tested the cream on healthy volunteers – including himself –and “we have found absolutely no adverse reactions.” “What happens in a test tube may not occur when it is used in humans,” cautioned Dr. Jaya Prakash, chairperson of the department of pathology, microbiology and public health at National University of Health Sciences, Lombard, Ill. Prakash is experimenting with allicin in thwarting VRE. “We have shown that we can inhibit the growth of these bacteria with allicin. Some of the isolates are more stubborn than others,” she said, but at 150 micrograms of allicin the bacteria cannot proliferate. She said humans can ingest about 25 grams a day of garlic without ill effects, and that much garlic contains about 15 milligrams of allicin – about 100 times more than what she used to control VRE. Methicillin and vancomycin both are powerful antibiotics that for many years were considered among the last medical defenses against vicious microbes such as S. aureus. In recent years, however, both S. aureus and enterococci have developed mutations that allow the bugs to escape the killing power of these antibiotics. Both organisms are multi-drug resistant. The studies were presented at the annual Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, a meeting sponsored by the American Society of Microbiology in Chicago.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

83

Homoeopathy for Serious Emergencies by Katherine Smith A review/essay on:

Biological, Chemical and Nuclear Warfare: Protecting Yourself and Your Loved Ones: The Power of Digital Medicine* by Savely Yurkovsky MD Price: $US 29.95 Available from:

www.powerofdigitalmedicince.com

This book provides potentially lifesaving information you won’t get from mainstream media or orthodox medicine, for anyone who has been exposed to biological, chemical or nuclear weapons (including “chemtrails”.) The book is based in the science of homoeopathy, or “energy medicine” – a venerable, though little known, branch of medicine that is only now being rediscovered for new uses. Homoeopathy is perhaps one of the most controversial of the so-called “alternative” medicine modalities. Long disparaged by orthodox science and medicine (they don’t understand its principles and thus refuse to learn), it has been relegated to the outer fringes of the barely acceptable by “experts” who are convinced that the [* Lest any one be confused by the term “digital medicine: the author defines the term in his preface as being the use of homoeopathy, and “bio-resonance testing”. These modalities have the ability, the author claims, to “act upon physiological pathways through extraction and delivery of precise energetic information”. Dr Yurkovsky uses the term “bio-resonance” testing to refer to tests used to help determine which homeopathic medicine – and/or the potency of the medicine – is most appropriate for an individual patient. This may range from electronic diagnostic aids such as Voll acupuncture machines or lower tech techniques such as muscle testing; both are explained in detail in the book.]

84

extreme dilutions of the active ingredients that homoeopathy uses couldn’t possibly work – so therefore, the thinking goes, it doesn’t. The only problem is – it does work. Just ask the British royal family. And millions of other people. And scores of peer review articles in orthodox medical and scientific journals. But since orthodox (materialist reductionist) science doesn’t know why it works, most scientists and doctors reject it out of hand, without so much as trying to understand the principles behind it. Or reading the many scientific papers attesting to its efficacy. Dr Yurkovsky is one “orthodox” MD who did get his head around not only the idea of homoeopathy but the practice as well, and its potential applications to some of the most urgent needs of our time. Yurkovsky does not shy away from tackling head-on the controversy about the effectiveness of alternative medicine, stating that the common presumption “that alternative medicine represents inferior science…is based on cultural myth. The myth of the inferiority of alternative medicine is an unavoidable psychological by-product in a society preoccupied with body chemistry-based approaches [to healthcare]. This overall commitment has propelled staggering financial rewards for the pharmaceutical industry and related research sector, and monopolized healthcare to the exclusion and suppression of other more effective and much less costly approaches to wellness.” Yurkovsky recounts the historical roots of homoeopathy and explains how homeo-

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

pathic medicines act on the energy field (also known as the energy body) of the human body. Lest readers think that the energy field of the human body is a theoretical concept that lacks scientific evidence, Yurkovsky cites research that show the human energy body exists – and that animals and plants also each have an energy body as well. Moreover, just as living organisms have an energy body, so also do homoeopathic medicines have a scientifically validated individual signature, according to Yurkovsky. In support of this assertion he cites the research conducted into the quantifiable energy signatures of different homoeopathic medicines. Spectra analysis of different homoeopathic medicines using Raman-laser, infrared absorbance and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) have shown that homoeopathic medicines can in fact be distinguished from placebos by using these techniques. Moreover, each homoeopathic medicine emits a unique NMR pattern. In the case of some homoeopathic medicines an exact frequency in Hz has been determined. Arnica for example, commonly used for bruising and other tissue trauma is 9.275 KHz at a 1M potency. Interestingly, higher potencies of the same medicine have shown to have higher frequencies. Further scientific support for homoeopathy is found in an interesting chapter that focuses on “hormesis”, the intriguing toxicological phenomenon which seems to prove the old adage “the dose makes the poison.” (This quote is believed to have originated with the sixteenth century physician Paracelsus.) Hormesis is a recognised but under-researched concept in toxicology used to describe “the paradoxical behavior of very diluted mounts of toxic agents” which “can offer health benefits” when “ingested in homoeopathic-like doses”. For readers who may be sceptical about the efficacy of homoeopathy in practice, this book provides a plethora of references to many peer reviewed studies showing impressive effectiveness in both prevention and/or treatment of serious illness ranging from infections such as polio,

cholera, and AIDS – as well as case histories demonstrating the successful homoeopathic treatment of degenerative disease such as diabetes and even some cancers. Yurkovsky uses both classical homoeopathy (in which the homoeopath selects the remedy which matches the patient’s symptoms as closely as possible) and isopathy (in which the medicine used is called an isode – and is made from a diluted and potentised version of the agent responsible for the patient’s illness such as pathogenic bacteria or toxic metals.) What homoeopathy does, apparently, is mobilise the body’s defences by providing information to the body’s energetic pathways, prompting the body essentially to heal itself. He illustrates the benefits of his approach to homoeopathy with a number of case histories. One of the most interesting is the case of a young man who worked at the World Trade Centre cleanup following the first bombing of the towers in 1993. His symptoms included breathing difficulties – medical tests revealed impaired lung capacity – a sore throat, fatigue and dermatitis. Black sludge had been removed from his throat and steroid inhalers and creams prescribed by specialists. However, he remained sick and disabled. Bio-resonance testing indicated serious poisoning with a variety of toxins including lead and asbestos. He was given a complex homoeopathic remedy consisting of environmental pollutants in 12X potency and all his steroid medications were discontinued. Two weeks later his symptoms were 75% improved and with three further treatments for residual lead and asbestos poisoning he made a full recovery. Homoeopathy can often “work miracles” in instances involving a disturbance in mental balance or “mental health”. Yurkovsky describes how he used classical homoeopathy to treat a child suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder following the September 11, 2001, attacks in New York. His young patient had been at her elementary school a few blocks from the World Trade Center Towers on the day of the attacks and had witnessed the plane fly into the second tower. The attacks terrified the little girl and several months later she was still suffering from severe anxiety, nightmares and a spasm of her urinary sphincter which meant that she was unable to urinate without the use of a prescription medication to relax

her sphincter. Two doses of Aconite (a homoeopathic remedy for which anxiety and fear of death are dominant mental features) in a 12C potency cured her anxiety and she was able to discontinue the prescription medication and urinate normally.

fully treated without requiring hospitalisation. Dr Yurkovsky points out that the appropriate use of homoeopathic isodes (a homoeopathic remedy derived from a disease-causing agent) could probably prevent many of the huge numbers of deaths caused by prescription medication errors – such as overdoses or errors in prescribing.

Can homoeopathy work to heal radiation sickness? A few years previously in 1995, Yurkovsky used homoeopathy to successfully treat multiple victims of a radiation leak from the Brookhaven National Laboratory on Long Island New York. Yurkovsky (who lived on Long Island) was alerted to the fact that there was something wrong when he became suddenly ill with an extremely sore throat and difficulty breathing. After treating himself with classical homoeopathy, he used bioresonance testing to identify the cause of his illness as being radiation poisoning. He then developed a remedy from the contaminated air which he administered to numerous patients suffering from symptoms of severe weakness, sore throat and swollen lymph nodes. One of the interesting things about this case was that at the time of the radiation leak there was no public notification or warning of the radiation hazard. It was not until months after the initial outbreak of radiation poisoning that the laboratory admitted that radiation had been released into the air and also contaminated local ground water supplies. With iatrogenic illnesses (diseases caused by medical treatment) being the third leading cause of death in the USA – and a significant cause of sickness and disability) it is useful to learn that homoeopathic medicine has the potential to relieve some of this suffering. Yurkovsky gives two examples of how successful homoeopathic treatment can be in this type of situation. The first case of homoeopathic treatment of a iatrogenic illness involved a woman in her late 70s who had taken an overdose of a beta blocker (a prescription medicine used to control high blood pressure). The overdose caused her to develop low blood pressure and heart rate – symptoms which can be fatal in the elderly. Yurkovsky prepared a homoeopathic remedy from the beta blocker as an antidote for the overdose. Using bio-resonance testing, he identified a 6K potency of this remedy as the most effective prescription for his patient. Shortly after taking this homoeopathic remedy the woman’s blood pressure and heart rate increased and remained stable over several hours’ observation in the health centre. She was thus success-

Hospital-acquired infections can also be treated successfully using homoeopathy. Dr Yurkovsky relates how a patient recently discharged from hospital (where she had required a urinary catheter while she was being treated for a musculoskeletal problem) developed a urinary tract infection (UTI) and lung infection. Bio-resonance testing identified E-coli as the source of the UTI and flu virus as affecting the woman’s lungs. E-coli 200X, Influenza 30X and supportive remedies (for the immune and endocrine systems) were given. Recovery was complete in 24 hours – despite the fact that she had been given a high dose of the immuno-suppressive steroid prednisone while in hospital. These latter cases (as well as the first described) demonstrate how agents of disease – be they pharmaceutical medications, pathogenic viruses or bacteria or air contaminated by toxic materials or (most astonishingly) radioactive elements – can be converted into healing medicines using homoeopathy. One of the most useful aspects of this book is that it doesn’t merely illustrate the usefulness of homoeopathic medicine in treating a variety of health problems but it actually gives detailed instructions on how to prepare remedies that may be lifesaving in the event of an epidemic or environmental disaster in which normal medical facilities are unable to provide sufficient or appropriate care. The author also details classical homoeopathic treatment of diseases that have potential to be used as bio-weapons – such as smallpox and anthrax. One of his case histories involves the homoeopathic treatment of a woman who, according to bio-resonance testing, was suffering from anthrax. We acquired this book on the recommendation of a friend of ours who is a medical doctor who has incorporated some of Dr Yurkovsky’s recommendations into his practice with excellent results for hard-to-treat conditions such as chemical poisoning. This book will be a treasured addition to our library and I would highly recommend it to anyone who is interested in maintaining good health in an increasingly toxic world.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

85

Basic Method of Preparing a Homoeopathic Remedy (Isode) of Toxic or Biological Agents which are in the Environment – Adapted from Chapter 9 of Biological, Chemical and Nuclear Warfare: Protecting Yourself and Your Loved Ones: The Power of Digital Medicine. (This technique uses a simplified method of preparation known as Korsakov’s method. It could be used to make a remedy from air contaminated with dust/smoke/fumes, pesticides, nuclear materials, anthrax or other biological materials. While the author doesn’t mention chemtrails there is no reason why the same technique couldn’t be used to protect against adverse health effects from this high altitude aerial spray programme.) 1) Half fill a 1 or ½ ounce glass dropper bottle with cold water – preferably filtered town water or filtered well water. (Avoid using distilled water unless you are extremely allergic.) In an emergency any form of glass bottle or jar or hard plastic container could be used instead of glass bottles; any container should be scrupulously clean and rinsed with scalding hot water, allowed to cool and then rinsed in cold water.) 2) Remove the dropper from the bottle (squeeze the dropper bulb to ensure that no water is left inside it) and leave the bottle (or other container) in the area where the contamination is (i.e. outside in the vicinity of the fumes from a fire, in an area which had pesticides recently applied, in a room which was recently re-painted, a workplace in which toxic chemicals are used, outside following the observation of chemtrails etc). The bottle can be exposed to the noxious agent for a few minutes to a few hours with 20-30 minutes usually being sufficient. 3) After the water in the bottle has been exposed for a suitable length of time, carefully screw the dropper back on (or put the lid on the bottle or jar) so that there will not be any leakage. Strike the bottle against a hard surface (such as a hardcover book or your hand) for a dozen times. Alternatively you may simply shake the bottle a dozen times. 4) Remove the dropper, squeezing it to ensure the dropper is completely empty and discard most of the water, taking care not to get any on your skin. (Take care not to touch the dropper to your skin either.)

86

5) Pour the few remaining drops from the bottle into a new, clean bottle, fill this bottle ¾ full of water and label it with the date prepared and name of the remedy (i.e. “Chemtrail”, “Pesticide” and the potency of the remedy – which for the first dilution would be 1K.) 6) Refill the original bottle ¾ full with new water and repeat the process from step 3. Each cycle increases the potency of the remedy by 1K. (K stands for Korsakov’s potency.) Important: All homoeopathic remedies whether home-made or purchased must be kept away from electromagnetic fields from household wiring and appliances such as blenders, TVs etc, well away from magnets and out of direct sunlight and away from essential oils. A closed cupboard or drawer is the best place to keep them. Dr Yukovsky’s recommendations for the choice of potency of a remedy are as follows: Adults (young-middle age) in average health: Mild illness: 9K or 12 K Moderate illness: 15K -30K Severe illness: 60K-90K Very severe illness: 150K - 200K - 400K Elderly people: 6K, 9K or 12K (depending on the severity of the illness; a mild illness would require a lower potency.) Children in average health: Under 3 years: 6K – 9K 3-10 years: 12K 11 years +: dose as for adults Dosages for people with pre-existing health problems: People with autoimmune disease, serious allergies: 3K Those taking steroid or other immunosuppressive drugs, people taking chemotherapy, radiation therapy: 6K or 9K. As a general rule, if a sick person shows signs of being extremely fatigued, is weak and pale, has a slow pulse, shallow respiration with only a slight fever, a weak voice and is mentally depressed or confused, has no interest in relating to other people or is generally unresponsive their vital energy is low and they would require a remedy at the lower end of the potency recommended for their age/general health. Conversely, a patient with a high temperature, flushed skin, fast pulse and respira-

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

tion who has a strong voice and may be mentally confused but is agitated, demanding, hysterical or even abusive is likely to require a remedy at the higher end of the potency recommended for their age/general health. (Obviously, in normal circumstances it would be wise to obtain a medical assessment of anyone suffering from serious symptoms of illness rather than relying on do-it-yourself treatment. This is especially true for children and the elderly who can become seriously ill in a short time period.) In the case of people who are suffering from an illness, the appropriate remedy should be given once and if improvement occurs, it should not repeated unless the initial symptoms return or the patient’s improvement reaches a plateau in which case the doses may need to be repeated. If improvement does not result from a dose of the medicine, a higher potency dose (usually double the potency of the original remedy) may be needed. Quite commonly a patient’s symptoms may get somewhat worse for a short time after the administration of a homoeopathic remedy due to the activation of the immune system. (This is known as an aggravation and may include temporary increase in fever and discharges such as diarrhoea, a rash, runny nose, coughing up of secretions etc. This type of aggravation does not normally last more than ½ hour to 2 hours.) However after the aggravation has passed the patient generally begins to feel better with body functions gradually beginning to normalise such as clearer and calmer mental/emotional state, renewed interest in eating and drinking, more normal activity of bladder and bowels, less fatigue etc. Dr Yurkovsky cautions that homoeopathy in itself is not the be-all and end-all of treatment and that commonsense adjunct treatment is also advisable. This includes adequate hydration, especially for feverish patients. Good nutrition will also support healing. Electromagnetic fields in the vicinity of the patient should be minimised, i.e. electric blankets should not be used. If an isode is being used for the purposes of prophylaxis (such as to prevent illness from exposure to an environmental threat that will persist in the environment, such as radiation, for example), the remedy may need to be repeated at intervals ranging from once daily to once weekly depending on the circumstances.

Preparing an Auto-Isode from Body Fluids or Discharges: – Adapted from Chapter 9 of Biological, Chemical and Nuclear Warfare: Protecting Yourself and Your Loved Ones: The Power of Digital Medicine. In the event of someone becoming seriously ill with an infection that is unable to be treated conventionally it is possible to use the same technique as described above (to prepare an isode) to create an auto-isode. This autoisode can then be used to treat the patient. An autoisode is a homoeopathic remedy prepared from the patient’s own body fluids such as liquid exudates from skin lesions, sputum, vomit, urine, faeces or, in the case of very severe illness a small sample of the patient’s blood. (The choice of material is usually determined by the patient’s illness, sputum would be the best if the patient had pneumonia, vomit/faeces in the case of gastrointestinal tract infection, urine in the case of a urinary tract/kidney infection or blood in the case of septicaemia. Saliva or urine are alternatives to blood if you cannot obtain a blood sample.) Tiny amounts of the above materials (such as less than ¼ tsp.) will suffice for making the remedy. The person preparing the remedy should wear latex gloves and a mask and dispose of all materials used in the preparation of the homoeopathic remedy in a hygienic manner to avoid spreading infection. Higher potencies of autoisodes made from the patient’s own excretions are safer because they are likely to be void of a single molecule of the original excretion and contain only the energetic imprint. Dr Yurkovsky generally recommends a 30K potency. Autoisodes prepared from the patient’s own blood require a different potency schedule: For these autoisodes 6K is a starting potency for people with weak constitutions, 12 K for people who are in robust health and 9K for people with average health. The administration of the autoisode should be followed by the use of the homoeopathic drainage remedy “Lymph S” (from from Mediral Company, tel (US) 877-MEDIRAL, 877-633-4725 or email homeopathy@ mediral.com Dr Yurkovsky recommends using this remedy in a 9X or 12 X potency in order to prevent toxic overload of the lymphatic system. If this is not available Echinacea root extract could be used instead.

Oxygen Therapies: Disclaimer and WARNING: All articles in this magazine are for educational purposes ONLY. If you are keen to try one or more of the remedies described herein, you are strongly urged to do so under the supervision of a qualified health professional who can ascertain that the therapy is appropriate for your situation or condition. ALWAYS KEEP MEDICATIONS OF ALL TYPES OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN.

The Many Benefits of Hydrogen Peroxide

By Dr. David G. Williams

http://educate-yourself.org/cancer/ benefitsofhydrogenperozide17jul03.shtml

When it comes to hydrogen peroxide therapy there seems to be only two points of view. Supporters consider it one of the greatest healing miracles of all time. Those opposed feel its ingestion is exceptionally dangerous, and only the foolhardy could think of engaging in such behaviour. Before either condemning or endorsing hydrogen peroxide, let’s take a real close look at what we’re dealing with. If any substance is interesting, it’s hydrogen peroxide. Hydrogen peroxide should really be called hydrogen dioxide. Its chemical formula is H2O2. It contains one more atom of oxygen that does water (H20). By now everyone’s aware of the ozone layer that surrounds the earth. Ozone consists of three atoms of oxygen (03). This protective layer of ozone is created when ultraviolet light from the sun splits an atmospheric oxygen molecule (02) into two single, unstable oxygen atoms. These single molecules combine with others to form ozone (03). Ozone isn’t very stable. In fact, it will quickly give up that extra atom of oxygen to falling rainwater to form hydrogen peroxide (H202). (Bear with me: all this chemistry mumbo jumbo I’m going through actually will help you understand the importance of hydrogen peroxide.)

Helps Plants

It is this hydrogen peroxide in rainwater that makes it so much more effective than tap water when given to plants. (Also: rainwater is distilled water, which means it leeches minerals from rocks and soil, and makes them available to plants – Ed.) With the increased levels of atmospheric

pollution, however, greater amounts of H202 react with air-borne toxins and never reach the ground. To compensate for this, many farmers have been increasing crop yields by spraying them with diluted hydrogen peroxide (5 to 16 ounces of 35% mixed with 20 gallons of water per acre). You can achieve the same beneficial effect with your house plants by adding 1 ounce of 3% hydrogen peroxide (or 16 drops of 35% solution) to every quart of water you give your plants. (It can also be made into an excellent safe insecticide. Simply spray your plants with 8 ounces of 3% peroxide mixed with 8 ounces of white sugar and one gallon of water.) Hydrogen peroxide is odourless and colourless, but not tasteless. When stored under the proper conditions, it is a very stable compound. When kept in the absence of light and contaminants, it dismutates (breaks down) very slowly at the rate of about 10% a year. (This can be slowed even further by storing the liquid in the freezer.) It boils at 152 degrees C and freezes at minus 2 degrees C. When exposed to other compounds hydrogen peroxide dismutates readily. The extra oxygen atom is released leaving H20 (water). In nature oxygen (02) consists of two atoms – a very stable combination. A single atom of oxygen, however, is very reactive and is referred to as a free radical. Over the past several years, we’ve continually read that these free radicals are responsible for all types of ailments and even premature aging. What many writers seem to forget, however, is that our bodies create and use free radicals to destroy harmful bacteria, viruses, and fungi. In fact, the cells responsible for fighting infection and foreign invaders in the body (your white blood cells) make hydrogen peroxide and use it to oxidise any offend-

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

87

ing culprits. The intense bubbling you see when hydrogen peroxide comes in contact with a bacteria-laden cut or wound is the oxygen being released and bacteria being destroyed. The ability of our cells to produce hydrogen peroxide is essential for life. H202 is not some undesirable by-product or toxin, but instead a basic requirement for good health. Newer research indicates we need hydrogen peroxide for a multitude of other chemical reactions that take place throughout the body. For example, we now know that vitamin C helps fight infections by producing hydrogen peroxide, which in turn stimulates the production of prostaglandins. Also lactobacillus found in the colon and vagina produce hydrogen peroxide. This destroys harmful bacteria and viruses, preventing colon disease, vaginitis, bladder infections and a host of other common ailments. (Infect Dis News Aug.8,91:5). When lactobacillus in the colon or vaginal tract have been overrun with harmful viruses, yeast, or bacteria, an effective douche or enema solution can be made using 3 tablespoons of 3% H202 in 1 quart of distilled water. Keep in mind, however, that a good bacterial flora must always be re-established in theses areas to achieve lasting results.

readily available and dirt cheap. And best of all, it works! No one yet fully understands the complete workings of hydrogen peroxide. We do know that it is loaded with oxygen. (A pint of the food-grade 35% solution contains the equivalent of 130 pints of oxygen. A pint of 3% hydrogen peroxide found at the local drugstore contains 10 pints of oxygen. And a pint of the 6% solution used to bleach hair contains 20 pints of oxygen.) We also know that when H202 is taken into the body (orally or intravenously) the oxygen content of the blood and body tissues increases dramatically. Early researchers felt these increases were simply due to the extra oxygen molecule being released. This doesn’t however, appear to be the case. Only very diluted amounts of H202 are ever introduced into the body. The small amount of oxygen present couldn’t be solely responsible for the dramatic changes that take place. Dr. Charles Farr, a strong proponent of intravenous use, has discovered another possible answer. Dr. Farr has shown that hydrogen peroxide

Hydrogen peroxide is safe, readily available and dirt cheap. And best of all, it works!

Aerobic versus Anaerobic

While we are discussing enemas and douches, there is another misconception about H202 I need to address. The friendly bacteria in the colon and vagina are aerobic. In other words, they flourish in high oxygen environments and thrive in the presence of oxygen rich H202. On the other hand, most strains of harmful bacteria (and cancer cells) are anaerobic and cannot survive in the presence of oxygen or H202. Scientists agree that hydrogen peroxide produced within individual body cells is essential for life. And no one doubts its effectiveness when it comes to treating infections topically. The controversy deals with ingesting the substance orally or introducing it into the body intravenously. The dispute has been going on for decades, and considering the attitude of our medical community, it will continue for many more decades to come. I’ll admit I was skeptical when I first learned about using H202 orally or intravenously. This healthy dose of scepticism, however, lead to a great deal of investigation, clinical work and experimentation. And while I realize a large majority of readers will probably never be convinced that H202 is a safe and effective compound, I am. Hydrogen peroxide is safe,

88

stimulates enzyme systems throughout the body. This triggers an increase in the metabolic rate, causes small arteries to dilate and increase blood flow, enhances the body’s distribution and consumption of oxygen and raises body temperature (Proceedings of the International Conference on Bio-Oxidative Medicine 1989, 1990, 1991).

Father Richard Willhelm

We are just beginning to learn exactly how H202 works. It was reported to work as far back as 1920. The English medical journal, Lancet, then reported that intravenous infusion was used successfully to treat pneumonia in the epidemic following World War I. In the 1940’s Father Richard Willhelm, the pioneer in promoting peroxide use, reported on the compound being used extensively to treat everything from bacterial-related mental illness to skin disease and polio. Father Willhelm is the founder of “Educational Concern for Hydrogen Peroxide” (ECHO, a nonprofit organisation dedicated to educating the public on the safe use and therapeutic benefits of hydrogen peroxide.) Much of the interest in hydrogen peroxide waned

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

in the 1940s when prescription medications came on the scene. Since that time there has been little economic interest in funding peroxide research. After all, it is dirt cheap and non-patentable. Even still, in the last 25 years, over 7,700 articles relating to hydrogen peroxide have been written in the standard medical journals. Thousands more, involving its therapeutic use, have appeared in alternative health publications. The number of conditions helped by hydrogen peroxide is astounding. The reported dangers and side effects are few and often conflicting.

Emphysema

Let’s look at several conditions that seem to respond especially well to H202 therapy. First, keep in mind that there are two methods of administering the peroxide – 1) orally and 2) intravenously. While most conditions respond remarkably to oral ingestion, emphysema is one condition in which intravenous infusion can be a godsend. Emphysema involves destruction of the alveoli (the small air sacs in the lungs). Although chemical fumes and other irritants can cause the destruction, it is most often the result of smoking. As the disease progresses, the patient finds it more and more difficult to breathe. A wheel chair and supplemental oxygen become necessary as the disease progresses. Lack of adequate oxygen reaching the tissues forces the heart to pump more forcefully. This leads to high blood pressure, enlargement of the heart itself and eventually heart failure. Conventional medicine offers little help for emphysema. There is no cure. The best that can be hoped for is symptomatic relief and the prevention of any serious complications that might result in death. H202 therapy can offer more. Using 1 ounce of 35% peroxide per 1 gallon of non-chlorinated water in a vaporiser improves nighttime breathing tremendously. But intravenous infusion holds the real key to relief. It has the ability to cleanse the inner lining of the lungs and restore the ability to breathe. We continue to hear the same story from Dr. Farr and others who use intravenous infusion for emphysema and congestive lung problems. Within minutes oxygen from hydrogen peroxide begins to bubble up between the membrane lining the lungs sacs and the accumulated mucus. (Dr. Farr refers to this as the “Alka-Seltzer effect.”) The patient begins to cough and expel the material that has accumulated in the lungs. The amount of bubbling, coughing, and cleansing can be regulated by simply turning the H202 on and off. As the peroxide clears the lung surface and destroys the

bacterial infections, the patient regains the ability to breath more normally. We continue to receive reports from patients for whom the technique has improved breathing so much that a wheelchair and supplemental oxygen are no longer needed. If you would like to find a doctor in your area trained in the use of intravenous H202 infusion, contact the International Bio-Oxidative Medicine Foundation (IBOM), P.O. Box 13205, Oklahoma City, OK 73113 at (405) 478-4266. They can provide names and addresses of doctors using the procedure in your area. If emphysema were the only ailment successfully treated with H202 therapy, it would still rank as one of the top health discoveries of all time. Fortunately, H202 works wonders on a multitude of health problems. It does so by increasing tissue oxygen levels. A closer look at how we have decreased the availability of external and internal oxygen, will show you just how important this can be. If you were not too occupied with trying to hide dissection specimens in the other student’s desks, you might remember from elementary science courses that our atmosphere contains about 20% oxygen. That is under ideal circumstances. It has recently been reported that in many of our more polluted cities, there levels have dropped to around 10%! (I have already mentioned how less hydrogen peroxide-containing rain is reaching the earth’s surface. With increased pollution it is reacting with airborne toxins before it even reaches the ground.) And everyone, by now, knows the oxygen-generating rain forests are being destroyed worldwide, which further reduces available oxygen. Internal oxygen availability is also under attack. Chlorination of drinking water removes oxygen. Cooking and over-processing of our foods lowers their oxygen content. Unrestrained antibiotic use destroys beneficial oxygen-creating bacteria in the intestinal tract. Dr. Johanna Budwig of Germany has shown that for proper cellular utilisation of oxygen to take place, our diets must contain adequate amounts of unsaturated fatty acids. Unfortunately, the oils rich in these fatty acids have become less and less popular with the food industry. Their very nature makes them more biologically active, which requires more careful processing and gives them a shorter shelf-life. Rather than deal with these challenges, the food industry has turned to the use of synthetic fats and dangerous processes like hydrogenation. It’s obvious that our oxygen needs are not being met. Several of the most common ailments now affecting our population

are directly related to oxygen starvation. Asthma, emphysema, and lung disease are on the rise, especially in the polluted metropolitan areas. Cases of constipation, diarrhea, intestinal parasites and bowel cancer are all on the upswing. Periodontal disease is endemic in the adult population of this country. Cancer of all forms continues to increase. Immune system disorders are sweeping the globe. Chronic fatigue, “Yuppie Flu” and hundreds of other strange viral diseases have begun

The English medical journal, Lancet, then reported that intravenous infusion was used successfully to treat pneumonia in the epidemic following World War I.

ing. As always, I would highly recommend seeking the advice and guidance of a doctor experienced in the use of these techniques.) Allergies, Headaches, Altitude Sickness Herpes Simplex, Alzheimer’s, Herpes Zoster, Anaemia, HIV Infection, Arrhythmia, Influenza, Asthma, Insect Bites, Bacterial Infections, Liver Cirrhosis, Bronchitis, Lupus Erythematosis, Cancer, Multiple Sclerosis, Candida, Parasitic Infections, Cardiovascular Disease, Parkinsonism, Cerebral Vascular Disease, Periodontal Disease, Chronic Pain, Prostatitis, Diabetes, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Diabetic Gangrene, Shingles, Diabetic Retinopathy, Sinusitis, Digestion Problems, Sore Throat, Epstein-Barr Infection, Ulcers, Emphysema, Viral Infections, Food Allergies, Warts, Fungal Infections, Yeast Infections, Gingivitis.

Grades of Hydrogen Peroxide Hydrogen peroxide is available in various strengths and grades.

to surface. Ironically, many of the new “miracle” drugs and nutritional supplements used to treat these conditions work by increasing cellular oxygen (oftentimes through H202 formation). For example, the miracle nutrient, Coenzyme Q10, helps regulate intercellular oxidation. Organic germanium, which received considerable publicity not too long ago, also increases oxygen levels at the cellular level. And even substances like niacin and vitamin E promote tissue oxidation through their dilation of blood vessels. Hydrogen peroxide is only one of the many components that help regulate the amount of oxygen getting to your cells. Its presence is vital for many other functions as well. It is required for the production of thyroid hormone and sexual hormones. (Mol Cell Endocrinol 86;46(2): 149-154) (Steroids 82;40(5):5690579). It stimulates the production of interferon (J Immunol 85;134(4):24492455). It dilates blood vessels in the heart and brain (Am J Physiol 86;250 (5 pt 2): H815-821 and (2 pt 2): H157-162). It improves glucose utilization in diabetics (Proceedings of the IBOM Conference 1989, 1990, 1991). The closer you look at hydrogen peroxide, the less surprising it becomes that it can help such a wide variety of conditions. The following is only a partial listing of conditions in which H202 therapy has been used successfully. (Many of these conditions are serious, if not life-threaten-

A) 3.5% Pharmaceutical Grade: This is the grade sold at your local drugstore or supermarket. This product is not recommended for internal use. It contains an assortment of stabilisers which shouldn’t be ingested. Various stabilisers include: acetanilide, phenol, sodium stanate and tertrasodium phosphate. B) 6% Beautician Grade: This is used in beauty shops to colour hair and is not recommended for internal use. C) 30% Reagent Grade: This is used for various scientific experimentation and also contains stabilisers. It is also not for internal use. D) 30% to 32% Electronic Grade: This is used to clean electronic parts and not for internal use. E) 35% Technical Grade: This is a more concentrated product than the Reagent Grade and differs slightly in that phosphorus is added to help neutralise any chlorine from the water used to dilute it. F) 35% Food Grade: This is used in the production of foods like cheese, eggs, and whey-containing products. It is also sprayed on the foil lining of aseptic packages containing fruit juices and milk products. THIS IS THE ONLY GRADE RECOMMENDED FOR INTERNAL USE. It is available in pints, quarts, gallons or even drums. Various suppliers are mentioned later in this article.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

89

G) 90%: This is used as an oxygen source for rocket fuel.

system and could possibly cause a rejection of the organ.

Only 35% Food Grade hydrogen peroxide is recommended for internal use. At this concentration, however, hydrogen peroxide is a very strong oxidiser and if not diluted, it can be extremely dangerous or even fatal. Any concentrations over 10% can cause neurological reactions and damage to the upper gastrointestinal tract. There have been two known fatalities in children who ingested 27% and 40% concentrations of H202. Recently, a 26 month old female swallowed one mouthful of 35% H202. She immediately began vomiting, followed by fainting and respiratory arrest. Fortunately, she was under emergency room care and although she experienced erosion and bleeding of the stomach and esophagus, she survived the incident. When she was re-examined 12 days later, the areas involved had healed (J Toxicol Clin Toxicol 90;28(1):95-100).

Day # -Number of Drops/ Times Per Day 1-3/3 2-4/3 3-5/3 4-6/3 5-7/3 6-8/3 7-9/3 8 - 10 / 3 9 - 12 / 3 10 - 14 / 3 11 - 16 / 3 12 - 18 / 3 13 - 20 / 3 14 - 22 / 3 15 - 24 / 3 16 - 25 / 3

35% Food Grade H202 must be: 1) handled carefully (direct contact will burn the skin –immediate flushing with water is recommended). 2) diluted properly before use. 3) stored safely and properly (after making a dilution the remainder should be stored tightly sealed in the freezer). One of the most convenient methods of dispensing 35% H202 is from a small glass eye dropper bottle. These can be purchased at your local pharmacy. Fill this with the 35% H202 and store the larger container in the freezer compartment of your refrigerator until more is needed. Store the eye dropper bottle in the refrigerator. The generally recommended dosage is outlined in the chart below. The drops are mixed with either 6 to 8 ounces of distilled water, juice, milk or even aloe vera juice or gel. (Don’t use chlorinated tap water to dilute the peroxide!)

Suggested Protocol

The programme outlined is only a suggestion, but it is based on years of experience, and reports from thousands of users. Those who choose to go at a slower pace can expect to progress more slowly, but that certainly is an option. The programme is not carved in stone and keep in mind that it can be adapted to fit individual needs. Individuals who have had transplants should not undertake an H202 programme. H202 stimulates the immune

90

Maintenance Dosage

In most situations after the above 21 day programme, the amount of H202 can be tapered off gradually as follows: 25 drops once every other day for 1 week 25 drops once every third day for 2 weeks 25 drops once every fourth day for 3 weeks. This can then be reduced to between 5 and 15 drops per week based on how one feels. Those with more serious problems will often benefit from staying on 25 drops three times a day for one to three weeks, then tapering down to 25 drops two times daily until the problem is resolved (possibly as long as six months). Those with chronic systemic Candidiasis may need to start with 1 drop three times a day, then 2 drops three times a day before starting the above schedule. It is important that H202 be taken on an empty stomach. This is best accomplished by taking it either one hour before meals or three hours after meals. If there is food in the stomach, the reaction of H202 on any bacteria present may cause excess foaming, indigestion, and possibly even vomiting. Additionally, some animal research indicates that when H202 given orally combines with iron and small amounts of vitamin C in the stomach, hydroxyl radicals are created (J Inorg Biochem 89;35(1):55-69). Some individuals taking H202 immediately before bedtime have a difficult time getting to sleep. This is probably due to a sense of alertness triggered by an increase of oxygen at the cellular level. The oral dosage schedule is basically the same for all conditions. There are several

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

points to keep in mind, however. Some individuals may experience upset stomach. If this occurs it is recommended that one not stop the programme, but rather remain at the current dosage level or reduce it to the previous level until the problem stops. (Some patients have been able to solve the nausea problem by taking three or four lecithin capsules at the same time they take the H202.) During the programme it’s not uncommon to experience what is known as a “healing crisis”. As dead bacteria and toxins are released from your body it may temporarily exceed your capacity to eliminate them quickly enough. In some individuals this overload may cause fatigue, diarrhea, headaches, skin eruptions, cold or flu-like symptoms, and/or nausea. One should not discontinue using the peroxide to stop this cleansing. By continuing the programme toxins will clear the body sooner and this healing crisis will pass rather quickly. If you are not already taking vitamin E and an acidophilus product, I recommend starting them before going on H202. Vitamin E can make more efficient use of any oxygen available and acidophilus will help re-establish the beneficial bacterial flora in the lower bowel and also help in the internal production of hydrogen peroxide.

Making and Using 3% Solutions of H202 A 3.5% solution can be made quite easily by first pouring 1 ounce of 35% H202 into a pint jar. To this add 11 ounces of distilled water. This will make 12 ounces of 3.5% H202. 3.5% H202 has a variety of medicinal uses. 1. Three tablespoons mixed with a quart of non-chlorinated water makes a good enema or douche formula. 2. It can be used full strength as a mouthwash or mixed with baking soda for toothpaste. 3. It can be used full strength as a foot bath for athlete’s foot. (Diabetics have found relief from circulation problems by soaking their feet in 1 pint of 3% peroxide mixed with 1 gallon of warm, non-chlorinated water for 30 minutes nightly.) 4. A tablespoon added to 1 cup of nonchlorinated water can be used as a nasal spray. Depending on the degree of sinus involvement, one will have to adjust the amount of peroxide used. I have seen some who can use it at the full 3% strength and others who had difficulty with using a few drops and mixed with a cup of water.

5. 3.5% H202 can be added to pets’ drinking water at the rate of 1 ounce per quart of non-chlorinated water. Sick cattle reportedly benefit from 1 pint (of 3%) to each 5 gallons of water. (Chickens and cows have remained healthy by using 8 ounces of 35% H202 per 1,000 gallons of drinking water.)

Additional Information There are two sources you should contact if you have an interest in using hydrogen peroxide therapy. The first, ECHO, was founded by Father Richard Willhelm and is run by Walter Grotz. Their information packet includes a sample newsletter, a list of H202 distributors and several other items. Their address is ECHO, Box 126 Delano, MN 55328 USA

If you have an interest in contacting doctors who provide intravenous hydrogen peroxide therapy you can write to the International Bio-Oxidative Medicine Foundation (IBOM) at the address listed earlier in this article. You should also be aware that there are now numerous hydrogen peroxide products on the market. Some are simply peroxide that has been flavoured and mixed with sea minerals, aloe vera, inner tree bark or other ingredients to make the peroxide more palatable (Superoxy, Oxy Toddy, etc.). Others claim to have developed products that deliver more oxygen than does simple hydrogen peroxide (Aerox, Anti-Oxid-10, Di-Oxychloride, Aerobic 07, Aqua Pure, etc.). Basically you’ll end up paying a small fortune and at best achieving the same results you can get for pennies by using hydrogen peroxide.

Conclusion

Hydrogen peroxide is one of the few simple miracle substances still available to the public. Its safety and multiple uses ranks it right up there with DMSO. If you’ve never used either of these compounds you are overlooking two of the most powerful healing tools ever discovered. Most of us started on hydrogen peroxide shortly after birth. Not only does mother’s milk contain high amounts of H202, the amount contained in the first milk (colostrum) is even higher. This seems only reasonable now that we know one of its main functions is to activate and stimulate the immune system. Although I am a strong supporter of H202 therapy, I am not suggesting that everyone needs to be using it. There are probably some individuals whose health

and well-being would not be enhanced with hydrogen peroxide. But there are also millions of others who are suffering needlessly because they either do not know about hydrogen peroxide or they have been misinformed about its use. ~ Afterword ~ The above copyrighted article has been reprinted with permission from Mountain House Publishing, P.O. Box 829, Ingram, TX 78025. It appeared in a recent issue of the health newsletter, ALTERNATIVES ($39.00/yr. 12 issues). Subscription information and/or a sample issue can be obtained by writing to the above address. Source: Family Health News

Related:

Alternatives in Cancer Therapy - Hydrogen Peroxide http://educate-yourself.org/cn/hydrogenperoxidecancertherapybookexcerpt.shtml Hydrogen Peroxide v. Prostate Cancer by Bill Munro (Oct. 14, 2005) http://educate-yourself.org/cn/hydrogenperoxideandprostatecancer14oct05.shtml Hydrogen Peroxide Nasal Sprayer & Garden Applications by Bill Munro (Feb. 7, 2005) http://educate-yourself.org/cn/hydrogenperoxide07feb05.shtml Hydrogen Peroxide by Walter Grotz http://educate-yourself.org/cn/hydrogenperoxidewaltergrotz20nov04.shtm

Oxygen Therapies (Pt 2)

THE AMAZING MIRACLE OF OZONE by Dennis Richard (www.drhealth.com) The evidence and reports, both scientific and anecdotal, concerning ozone therapy are almost too good to be true. Perhaps you haven’t even heard of this truly miraculous, yet entirely natural, form of “medicine”. That’s because until now medical authorities have been painfully slow in their investigation of the beneficial uses of ozone. However, the sixth World Ozone Conference held in Washington, D.C., during May, 1983, produced many outstanding papers on the medical and therapeutic uses of ozone. They ran the full spectrum of topics from cancer to

herpes to rheumatoid arthritis, written by the world’s most recognised specialists in their fields. These papers concluded that: 1. Ozone removes unwanted bacteria and viruses from the blood, the same way it does with water. 2. The possibility of becoming infected with hepatitis, HIV virus, syphilis or other infectious diseases through blood transfusions could be eliminated by the use of ozone. 3. Ozone disinfects open wounds. 4. Ozone is effective in cardiovascular and cerebrovascular disease and arteriosclerosis. It promptly restores circulation, relieves angina pain and improves brain circulation and function. 5. Cancerous tumors, lymphomas and leukaemia may be eliminated without the use of surgery, radiation or chemo-therapy. 6. Ozone is highly effective for all forms of rheumatoid and arthritic disease. 7. Ozone is very effective for allergies. 8. Ozone improves multiple sclerosis, and other neurological diseases, ameliorates the loss of brain function in Alzheimer’s, senility and Parkinson’s disease. 9. External use of ozone is very effective in treating burns, acne, ulcers, open sores and wounds, fungus and skin disorders. 10. Ozone, is effective for proctitis, colitis, fissure, candidiasis and other yeast infections, trichomoniasis, other forms of vaginitis, bladder cysts, fistulas, and Crohns disease. 11. Mononucleosis, cirrhosis of the liver, AIDS, herpes and hepatitis have been successfully treated with ozone, without the use of any drug. 12. The application of ozone is painless, has no adverse side effects and is extremely cost effective for both physicians and patients. 13. Gangrene has been eliminated by sealing an affected extremity in a bag and pumping ozone into it, thus allowing the ozone to be absorbed through the skin. Healing takes place very quickly, and the flesh often turns from black to pink during the first treatment. 14. As of 1985, more then 15 countries have allowed the use of ozone therapy, and more then 6,000 medical ozone generators have been sold in Europe alone. “Even for cancer, there is only one prime cause. Summarized in a few words, the prime cause of cancer is the replacement of the respiration of oxygen on normal body cells by a fermentation of sugar.” - Dr. Otto Warburg, the recipient of the Nobel Prize in Medicine, in 1931 and again in 1944

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

91

Historic Perspectives on Clinical Use and Efficacy of Silver ERIC J. RENTZ, D.O.

http://www.lifesilver.com/history.htm

Prior Civilisations For thousands of years, silver has been highly regarded as a versatile healing tool. In ancient Greece, Rome, Phoenicia and Macedonia, silver was used extensively to control infections and spoilage. Hippocrates, the “Father of Medicine,” taught that silver healed wounds and controlled disease. Around 400 B.C., he listed as a singular treatment for ulcers “the flowers of silver alone, in the finest powder.” Herodotus describes how the King of Persia carried with him boiled water in silver flagons to prevent sickness. In 69 B.C., silver nitrate was described in the contemporary Roman pharmacopoeia. Pliny the Elder, in his survey of the world’s knowledge, Natural History (78 A.D.), states in Book XXXIII, Section XXXV, that the slag of silver “... has healing properties as an ingredient in plasters, being extremely effective in causing wounds to close up...” The popularity of medicinal silver especially arose from 702 A.D. through 980 A.D. throughout the Middle East where it was widely used and esteemed for blood purification, heart conditions, and controlling halitosis. Paracelsus (circa 1520) extensively incorporated silver medicinally, and later Caradanus, Pareus and Sala also used it. Angelus Sala used silver nitrate to successfully treat chorea, tabes dorsalis (syphilis), and “doubtably epilepsy”. These crude forms of silver were reported by Sala to rarely cause the bluish hue of skin discoloration due to its

92

overuse (Argyria).

to him as being in this unique state.

It is widely thought that during the Middle Ages, silver utensils and goblets contributed a bluish hue to the skin tone of the upper class, resulting in the term “royal blue bloods.” Plausibly the term “born with a silver spoon in his mouth” was coined during that time for the same reason, as an attribute for describing the good fortune of health more than having wealth. These blue bloods were noted to have obtained a measure of protection from the rampant plagues common to Europe in those centuries. The use of silver to provide bacteriafree tableware, pacifiers and storage vessels has been practiced throughout history. Today it is known that metallic silver will dissolve in water at a level which is toxic to Escherichia coli and Bacillus typhosus.

The Swiss botanist von Nageli recorded one of the amazing discoveries of the 19th century in 1869. Von Nageli coined the term “oligodynamic” to describe the microbiocidal properties of a metal hydrosol (e.g. copper, silver and tin) at minute concentrations. Silver is unique in its action against micro-organisms. Recent studies confirm that silver ions are active against bacteria at concentrations as low as one part per billion in pure water. Silver ions react rapidly with the walls of prokaryotic cells typical of micro-organisms, whereas the membranes of eukaryotic cells of mammals strongly resist any effect by silver.

Pioneers of the American West would often put a silver dollar into a jar or container of milk to help keep it fresh without refrigeration. They would also drop silver and copper coins in their barrels of drinking water to combat bacteria and algae. During the wars with Napoleon, the armies of Tsar Alexander used water casks lined with silver to clean drinking water from rivers and streams. This practice by the Imperial Russian army was common through World War I and continued to be incorporated by some units in the Soviet Army during World War II. Raulin recorded the first clinical description of the water-cleansing effect by silver in 1869. He observed that Aspergillus niger could not grow in silver vessels. In 1861, Thomas Graham found that certain solutions would pass through a membrane and others would not. He found a stable, intermediate state of matter and was able to describe it. Graham discovered that substances could enter a solution in such a manner that they would exhibit characteristics quite different from those of a true solution. He applied the term “colloidal” (from kolla = glue) to this intermediate state, since glue, gelatin, and related substances were the most obvious

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

In 1884, the German obstetrician C.S.F. Crede, observed that there was a 79% relationship between blind children and maternal venereal disease. He subsequently introduced a prophylactic l% silver nitrate eye solution for newborns for the prevention of ophthalmia neonatorum. Following its introduction, the incidence of eye disease in newborns dropped to about 0.2%. His treatment was a milestone in clinical prophylaxis and became a government regulation throughout most of the world. By 1897, silver nitrate began to be used in America to prevent blindness in newborns and is still used today. By 1910, Henry Crookes had documented that certain metals, when in a colloidal state, had strong germicidal action, but were harmless to human beings. The oligodynamic concept motivated the development of many antimicrobial processes and products. One of the water purification developments that took place in 1928 was the development of Katadyn silver, described as a porous metallic, spongy mesh that attempts to maximise surface area. This silver meshwork also contains a small quantity of gold or palladium. Katadyn silver has been used inside flasks and storage containers and with water filters. Both the US and Russian space shuttle vehicles use electrified silver and copper water filtration systems. Many urologic implements were made of silver and commonly used during the period of 1930 to 1960. This author has a Keyes-Ultzman silver urethral canula designed to reach the prostatic urethra. The advent of inexpensive stainless steel and improved sterilization methods greatly diminished the clinical market for silver implements. During World War II, Charles L. Fox, a

surgeon, observed that many soldiers died of uncontrolled bacterial infection in open wounds. He had long used silver nitrate as part of his medical practice, but it was far too aggressive with protein structures – limiting its clinical uses. His research at the Department of Surgery and Microbiology, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University, New York, led to the discovery of silver sulfadiazine. This combination provided controlled release of silver ions in a wound along with an active antibiotic drug. Silver sulfadiazine provided a steady, long-term delivery of silver ions onto or into a wound. This combination remains a medical milestone in the treatment of burn wounds and is the standard against which all other burn wound treatments are measured. It is a dual antagonist: silver has the primary activity against pathogens but should an organism be sensitive to sulfonamids, the sulfadiazine component will also be active. This dual function has been extensively studied to show effectiveness against a wide range of bacteria, fungi, extracellular viruses and protozoa. During the last century, advances in pharmacological manufacturing methods sought to harness this time-valued strategy expressed in nearly all silver formulations. Yet early manufacturing methods rarely created high quality, homogeneous oligodynamic silver. Nevertheless, more than 96 different silver medicinals (many used intravenously) were in use prior to 1939, as documented by the Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry of the American Medical Association. The introduction of Argyrol, a silver-protein compound that provided silver ions for minor illnesses, was one of the most successful silver-based preparations. Argyrol was widely marketed until the advent of the miracle drugs during the 1950s. Also during the 1950s, Czech researchers developed a gennicidal silver product called “Movidyn”. It was initially popular because it was much less expensive than chlorine-based disinfectants. Studies of contaminated wells found that Movidyn completely eliminated anaerobic bacteria such as Vibrio cholerae, which causes cholera, and aerobic bacteria such as Escherichia coli, a potential enteric pathogen and the most common organism associated with “traveler’s diarrhoea”, and the Rickettsial pathogens associated with typhus, and protozoa such as Entamoeba histolytica associated with amoebiasis. Apparently the Soviet military had the Czech manufacturing facility disassembled and shipped to Russia.

Charles E. Renn at the Department of Sanitary Engineering and Water Resources, Johns Hopkins University, conducted studies in the 1950s that revealed drinking water could be disinfected if very fine silver particles were deposited in an activated carbon. The resulting filter acted as a mild galvanic couple or battery that caused silver to dissolve. Silver concentrations varied 25 to 40 parts per billion. The activated carbon absorbed undesirable organic compounds including cancer-inducing trihalomethanes that can be generated in the presence of chlorine. Silver impregnated activated carbon is a major component of the $4,000,000,000.00 US water purification market. Research conducted at the Department of Microbiology and Immunology, University of Arizona proved that silver and copper ions effectively eliminate Legionella in drinking water pipelines. Silver and copper ions penetrate biofilms that build up in hospital plumbing, destroying entrenched Legionella and other pathogenic organisms. The stability of silver and copper ions provides long-term margins of safety. In addition, these ions drift into and sanitise the less-used portions of the water supply system. Over 100 hospitals in the US, Canada, and U.K. have silver-copper ionisation systems to eradicate Legionella pneumophilia from hot and cold water recirculation pipelines. Studies conducted over decades at the College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University, revealed that the minimum bactericidal concentration of silver required for biocidal activity against bacteria in pure water was 0.5 and 0.1 um/ml or 0.1 ppb. A project begun in the early 1970s by Robert Becker, an orthopedic surgeon, involved a silver nylon product. This project was instigated in order to find an electromagnetic shield. Instead, it led to the revolutionary discoveries by Becker of silver’s unique properties to increase the rate of tissue regeneration in diseased or damaged tissues and his discovery that silver ions could induce fibrocytes to dedifferentiate into stem cells and back again. Becker also addressed the fact that children under 4 years of age could regenerate fingertips with silver. His extensive studies suggest that the regeneration effect initiated by silver appears to be similar to that seen in salamanders, which regenerate lost parts. While at the Upstate Medical Center, University of Syracuse, Syracuse, New York, Becker developed a technique that released large quantities of silver ions

from silver electrodes via small electric currents of approximately 0.9 volts. Electrically driven silver ions were found to consistently penetrate one centimetre within 20 minutes into local proteins at a wound site and were effective in treating osteomyelitis, similar infectious diseases, and the silver proved to be a stimulus for reconstruction of tissue in large wounds. Decades of practical application revealed that this technique was effective against both gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria. No bacteria proved resistant to the silver ions or developed a resistance to silver after treatment. Toxic effects to this process were negligible. During electrically driven silver ion treatment, a profuse exudate composed of large numbers of cells formed at the wound site. This exudate was accompanied by a dramatic increase in the rate of wound healing. No other known technique is capable of producing this effect. One of Becker’s research associates, A. Bart Flick, continued work in this area for professional and commercial applications. As a result, Flick has filed patents in 1994, 1996 and 2000 for silver-based wound dressings that are far superior to anything that has ever been available before. He has also obtained approval for these wounddressing products from the US Food and Drug Administration. Because of the success of these silver dressings, many other medical product manufacturers have filed for their own parallel products. Silver products include many variations of bandages, intratracheal tubes and catheters. A 12 month randomised, multicenter trial study of uncoated and silver-coated urinary catheters was conducted in wards at the University of Medicine, Baltimore, the University of Virginia Health System, Charlottesville and the University of Pittsburgh Hospital, Pittsburgh. This trial revealed that the risk of infection declined by 32% among patients in whom silver coated catheters were used. The silver subset of patients also had a decreased length of hospital stay and a decrease in morbidity. The estimated savings in hospital cost was nearly $500,000. In the early 1970s treatment of severe burn cases using silver topical salves, such as silver sulfadiazine, provided superior control and prophylaxis. Today, multiple drug resistant (MDR) microbes are challenging this formulation’s effectiveness, but this review shall discuss how state-ofthe-art silver protocols and formulations

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

93

offer superior protection against microbial strategies for acquiring resistance. Absolute microbial resistance to medicinal silver has not been scientifically established. Several studies have indicated that some bacterial species have physiological mechanisms that circumnavigate silver’s toxicity. Although it is clear that some pathogens have mechanisms to survive exposure to certain forms of silver, these mechanisms are limited when compared to higher life forms. Herein lie all the clues necessary to identify strategic silver therapeusis that pathogens are unlikely to survive. It is probable that pathogens lack sufficient defence mechanisms to circumvent the toxic effects of silver ions when oligodynamic silver is delivered in sufficient, physiologically compatible quantities. In fact, the “apparent” resistance of microbes to silver was mistakenly noted by many who failed to notice and identify: (a) insufficient oligodynamic silver particle concentrations, (b) ineffective percentages of charged particles, (c) inadequate protocols or (d) improper procedures. Reports that multiple-drug-resistant (MDR) pathogens (i.e., MRSA ( and Acinetobacter spp.) were truly resistant to silver proved to be erroneous. Grier stated, “Some so-called silver-resistant micro-organisms may result from an apparent neutralization of the metal’s inhibitory action or other assay artifacts. These include the presence of chelators such as serial amino acids, constituents of hard water, different buffers, light, incubation temperature, and particularly, soluble components of trypticase soy agar (TSA) and tryptose glucose extract agar (TGE). Currently, bacterial pathogens are unable to cope with sustained exposure to a silver hydrosol.”

Sufficient defence capacity to mitigate morbidity clearly exists in higher organisms, including humans (with the exception of medically benign Argyria). Zhao and Stevens state that, “With the rise of antibiotic-resistant bacteria, silver is reemerging as a modern medicine because all pathogenic organisms have failed to develop an immunity to it (Ag+).” Silver is being used in the US as a broadspectrum antiseptic in several commercial arenas. For example, silver dihydrogen citrate, Axenohl is an electrolytically generated compound that works well with other compounds used as hard surface disinfectants for food contact surfaces, clinical work surfaces, medical disinfectant wipes, and water treatment systems. The black polyvalent silver oxide [Ag404] is a compound unit with two single-charged and two triple-charged silver atoms. It is a microcidal compound effective against bacteria, yeast and mould. It is a safe, EPA approved antiseptic oxide compound. Tetrasil is an example of this oxide used in a bactericidal topical ointment. It is also the best choice of relatively inexpensive silver currently available for sanitising acrylic hot tubs. Research initiated in the 1990s by the Chinese government through the Department of Materials Science and Engineering, Tsinghua University, Beijing, studied the reaction between bacteria and silver ions. Their goal was to develop an effective antiseptic that would sanitise almost any surface. They developed a silver/zircon phosphate complex that proved to be an excellent disinfectant with stable, longterm sterilisation effects. This silver complex also maintained perfect safety with no toxicity to humans. The Science and Technology Ministry of China certified

With the advent of antibiotic therapy, medicinal silver products fell largely into disuse (circa 1940 -1945), with the notable exceptions of topical silver salves and neonatal eye drop preparations. These salves advanced the science of “silver salt-derived” delivery and effectiveness in the mid 1960s. Then, during the mid 1970s, several papers were published that utilised electrically activated silver probes as delivery systems for targeted oligodynamic. More information is available from the US FDA on Silverlon or the company that manufactures this dressing product. The interest in such strategies continues to grow to the present, with high efficacy being obtained for viral vectors such as HIV and resistant bone and dental infection.

94

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

the new antimicrobial as a “National Key New Product”. It is marketed as Concal PAg-40 (TM).

In Vitro Studies

The medical literature of the early 20th century regarding silver provides an important cautionary lesson from the past. Previous scientists, who were either supporters or detractors of silver medicinals, typically expressed equivocal knowledge and misapplied context because they failed to recognize silver speciation. This fault undermined their definitive knowledge about silver. Correct and in-context discernment of silver’s therapeutic threshold remains elusive to most investigators even today. This “box” perception about silver will continue to lose its limitations as technology continues to prove itself outside of that box in the coming decades. Clinical reports on silver medicinals began to flood into the various medical journals worldwide at the start of the last century. Initially, the Journal of the American Medical Association took a negative position. But within 11 years, a true revolution in medical practice with silver medicinals occurred that did not subside until the US government’s purchase of the patent rights to penicillin (circa 1940). Throughout this period, 1920 through 1942, JAMA articles were replete with oral (per os) and intravenous clinical reports of the efficacy and side effects of silver medicinals. In tandem with research in America, Great Britain published prominently in such respected journals as The Lancet and the British Medical Journal. » www.oligodynamic.com/history.html

The Trouble With Tofu: Soy and the Brain By John D. MacArthur “Tofu Shrinks Brain!” Not a science fiction scenario, this sobering soybean revelation is for real. But how did the “poster bean” of the ‘90s go wrong? Apparently, in many ways – none of which bode well for the brain. In a major ongoing study involving 3,734 elderly Japanese-American men, those who ate the most tofu during midlife had up to 2.4 times the risk of later developing Alzheimer’s disease. As part of the three-decade long Honolulu-Asia Aging Study, 27 foods and drinks were correlated with participants’ health. Men who consumed tofu at least twice weekly had more cognitive impairment, compared with those who rarely or never ate the soybean curd. [1,2] “The test results were about equivalent to what they would have been if they were five years older,” said lead researcher Dr. Lon R. White from the Hawaii Center for Health Research. For the guys who ate no tofu, however, they tested as though they were five years younger. What’s more, higher midlife tofu consumption was also associated with low brain weight. Brain atrophy was assessed in 574 men using MRI results and in 290 men using autopsy information. Shrinkage occurs naturally with age, but for the men who had consumed more tofu, White said “their brains seemed to be showing an exaggeration of the usual patterns we see in aging.” Phytoestrogens – Soy Self Defense Tofu and other soybean foods contain isoflavones, three-ringed molecules bearing a structural resemblance to mammalian steroidal hormones. White and his fellow researchers speculate that soy’s estrogen-like compounds (phytoestrogens) might compete with the body’s natural estrogens for estrogen receptors in brain cells. Plants have evolved many different strategies to protect themselves from predators. Some have thorns or spines, while others smell bad, taste bad, or poison animals that eat them. Some plants took a different route, using birth control as a way to counter the critters who were wont to munch. Plants such as soy are making oral contraceptives to defend themselves, says Claude Hughes, Ph.D., a neuroendocrinologist at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center. They evolved compounds that mimic natural estrogen. These phytoestrogens can interfere with the mam-

malian hormones involved in reproduction and growth – a strategy to reduce the number and size of predators. Toxicologists Concerned About Soy’s Health Risks The soy industry says that White’s study only shows an association between tofu consumption and brain aging, but does not prove cause and effect. On the other hand, soy experts at the National Center for Toxicological Research, Daniel Sheehan, Ph.D., and Daniel Doerge, Ph.D., consider this tofu study very important. “It is one of the more robust, welldesigned prospective epidemiological studies generally available. . . We rarely have such power in human studies, as well as a potential mechanism.” In a 1999 letter to the FDA (and on the ABC News program 20/20), the two toxicologists expressed their opposition to the agency’s health claims for soy, saying the Honolulu study “provides evidence that soy (tofu) phytoestrogens cause vascular dementia. Given that estrogens are important for maintenance of brain function in women; that the male brain contains aromatase, the enzyme that converts testosterone to estradiol; and that isoflavones inhibit this enzymatic activity, there is a mechanistic basis for the human findings.” [3] Although estrogen’s role in the central nervous system is not well understood, White notes that “a growing body of information suggests that estrogens may be needed for optimal repair and replacement of neural structures eroded with aging.” One link to the puzzle may involve calciumbinding proteins, which are associated with protection against neurodegenerative diseases. In recent animal studies at Brigham Young University’s Neuroscience Center, researchers found that consumption of phytoestrogens via a soy diet for a relatively short interval can significantly elevate phytoestrogens levels in the brain and decrease brain calcium-binding proteins. [4] Concerns About Giving Soy to Infants The most serious problem with soy may be its use in infant formulas. “The amount of phytoestrogens that are in a day’s worth of soy infant formula equals 5 birth control pills,” says Mary G. Enig, Ph.D., president of the Maryland Nutritionists Association. She and other nutrition experts believe that infant exposure to high amounts of phytoestrogens is associated with early puberty in girls and retarded physi-

cal maturation in boys. [5]

A study reported in the British medical journal Lancet found that the “daily exposure of infants to isoflavones in soy infant-formulas is 6-11 fold higher on a bodyweight basis than the dose that has hormonal effects in adults consuming soy foods.” (A dose, equivalent to two glasses of soy milk per day, that was enough to change menstrual patterns in women. [6]) In the blood of infants tested, concentrations of isoflavones were 13000-22000 times higher than natural estrogen concentrations in early life. [7] Soy Interferes with Enzymes While soybeans are relatively high in protein compared to other legumes, Enig says they are a poor source of protein because other proteins found in soybeans act as potent enzyme inhibitors. These “anti-nutrients” block the action of trypsin and other enzymes needed for protein digestion. Trypsin inhibitors are large, tightly folded proteins that are not completely deactivated during ordinary cooking and can reduce protein digestion. Therefore, soy consumption may lead to chronic deficiencies in amino acid uptake. [8] Soy’s ability to interfere with enzymes and amino acids may have direct consequence for the brain. As White and his colleagues suggest, “isoflavones in tofu and other soyfoods might exert their influence through interference with tyrosine kinase-dependent mechanisms required for optimal hippocampal function, structure and plasticity.” [2] High amounts of protein tyrosine kinases are found in the hippocampus, a brain region involved with learning and memory. One of soy’s primary isoflavones, genistein, has been shown to inhibit tyrosine kinase in the hippocampus, where it blocked “long-term potentiation,” a mechanism of memory formation. [9] Tyrosine, Dopamine, and Parkinson’s Disease The brain uses the amino acids tyrosine or phenylalanine to synthesize the key neurotransmitters dopamine and norepinephrine, brain chemicals that promote alertness and activity. Dopamine is crucial to fine muscle coordination. People whose hands tremble from Parkinson’s disease have a diminished ability to synthesize dopamine. An increased incidence of depression and other mood disorders are associated with low levels of dopamine and norepinephrine. Also, the current scientific consensus on attention-deficit disorder points to a dopamine imbalance. Soy has been shown to affect tyrosine hydroxylase activity in animals, causing the utilization rate of dopamine to be “profoundly disturbed.” When soy lecithin supplements were given throughout perinatal development, they reduced activity in the cerebral cortex and

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

95

“altered synaptic characteristics in a manner consistent with disturbances in neural function.” [10] Researchers at Sweden’s Karolinska Institute at the National Institutes of Health and are finding a connection between tyrosine hydroxylase activity, thyroid hormone receptors, and depleted dopamine levels in the brain – particularly in the substantia nigra, a region associated with the movement difficulties characteristic of Parkinson’s disease. [11-13] Soy Affects the Brain via the Thyroid Gland Tyrosine is crucial to the brain in another way. It’s needed for the body to make active thyroid hormones, which are a major physiological regulator of mammalian brain development. By affecting the rate of cell differentiation and gene expression, thyroid hormones regulate the growth and migration of neurons, including synaptic development and myelin formation in specific brain regions. Low blood levels of tyrosine are associated with an underactive thyroid gland. Scientists have known for years that isoflavones in soy products can depress thyroid function, causing goiter (enlarged thyroid gland) and autoimmune thyroid disease. In the early 1960s, goiter and hypothyroidism were reported in infants fed soybean diets. [14] Scientists at the National Center for Toxicological Research showed that the soy isoflavones genistein and daidzein “inhibit thyroid peroxidase-catalyzed reactions essential to thyroid hormone synthesis.” [15] Japanese researchers studied effects on the thyroid from soybeans administered to healthy subjects. They reported that consumption of as little as 30 grams (two tablespoons) of soybeans per day for only one month resulted in a significant increase in thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), which is produced by the brain’s pituitary gland when thyroid hormones are too low. Their findings suggested that “excessive soybean ingestion for a certain duration might suppress thyroid function and cause goiters in healthy people, especially elderly subjects.” [16] Thyroid Hormones and Fetal Brain Development Thyroid alterations are among the most frequently encountered autoimmune conditions in children. Researchers at Cornell University Medical College showed that the “frequency of feedings with soy-based milk formulas in early life was significantly higher in children with autoimmune thyroid disease.” [17] In a previous study, they found that twice as many diabetic children had received soy formula in infancy as compared to non-diabetic children. [18] Recognizing the risk, Swiss healthi authorities recommend “very restrictive use” of soy for babies. In England and Australia, public health agencies tell parents to first seek advice from a

96

doctor before giving their infants soy formula. The New Zealand Ministry of Health recommends that “Soy formula should only be used under the direction of a health professional for specific medical indications. . . Clinicians who are treating children with a soy-based infant formula for medical conditions should be aware of the potential interaction between soy infant formula and thyroid function.” [19]

In May 2000, Boston Physicians for Social Responsibility released their report, “The Toxic Threats to Child Development.” In the section on neurotoxins, they concluded: “Studies in animals and human populations suggest that fluoride exposure, at levels that are experienced by a significant proportion of the population whose drinking water is fluoridated, may have adverse impacts on the developing brain.” [31]

Thyroid hormones exert their influence during discrete windows of time. Inappropriate hormone levels can have a devastating effect on the developing human brain, especially during the first 12 weeks of pregnancy when the fetus depends on the mother’s thyroid hormones for brain development. After that, both maternal and fetal thyroid hormone levels affect the central nervous system.

Iodine vs. Fluorine

A 1999 study published in the New England Journal of Medicine showed that pregnant women with underactive thyroids were four times more likely to have children with low IQs if the disorder is left untreated. The study found that 19% of the children born to mothers with thyroid deficiency had IQ scores of 85 or lower, compared with only 5% of those born to mothers without such problems. [20] Thyroid, Brain, and Environmental Toxins Children exposed prenatally and during infancy to common environmental toxins like dioxin and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) can suffer behavioral, learning, and memory problems because these chemicals may be disrupting the normal action of thyroid hormone. [21] Combinations of insecticides, weed killers, and artificial fertilizers – even at low levels – have measurable detrimental effects on thyroid and other hormones as well as on the brain. [24] EPA scientists now want to upgrade the commonly used herbicide, atrazine, to a “likely carcinogen.” In animal tests, atrazine attaches to sites on the hypothalamus, a crucial brain region involved with regulating levels of stress and sex hormones. [25] Individuals newly diagnosed with Parkinson’s disease were more than twice as likely to have been exposed to insecticides in their home, compared to those without the disease. [26] Soy formulas for infants can contain other neurotoxins: aluminum, cadmium, and fluoride. Studies found that aluminium concentrations in soy-based formulas were a 100-fold greater compared to human breast milk, while cadmium content was 8-15 times higher than in milkbased formulas. In an Australian study, the fluoride content of soy-based formulas ranged from 1.08 to 2.86 parts per million. The authors concluded that “prolonged consumption (beyond 12 months of age) of infant formula reconstituted with optimally-fluoridated water could result in excessive amounts of fluoride being ingested.” A study of Connecticut children revealed that mild-to-moderate fluorosis was strongly associated with soy-based infant formula use. [27-30]

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

The thyroid gland uses tyrosine and the natural element iodine to make thyroxine (T4), a thyroid hormone containing four iodine atoms. The other, much more biologically active thyroid hormone is tri-iodothyronine (T3), which has three iodine atoms. Lack of dietary iodine has long been identified as the problem in diminished thyroid hormone synthesis. According to the International Council for the Control of Iodine Deficiency Disorders: “Iodine deficiency has been called the world’s major cause of preventable mental retardation. Its severity can vary from mild intellectual blunting to frank cretinism, a condition that includes gross mental retardation, deaf mutism, short stature, and various other defects. . . The damage to the developing brain results in individuals poorly equipped to fight disease, learn, work effectively, or reproduce satisfactorily.” This crucial role of iodine is another reason why the thyroid gland is especially vulnerable today. Canadian researcher Andreas Schuld has documented more than 100 studies during the last 70 years that demonstrate adverse effects of fluoride on the thyroid gland. [32] Schuld says, “Fluorine, being the strongest in the group of halogens, will seriously interfere with iodine and iodine synthesis, forcing more urinary elimination of ingested iodine as fluoride ingestion or absorption increases.” Fluorides were actually used in the past, specifically to reduce thyroid function. In the 1930s through to the 1960s fluorides at 0.9mg to 4.5mg/day were given as effective anti-thyroid medication to hyperthyroid patients.” [33] Russian researchers in the 1980s concluded that prolonged consumption of drinking water with a raised fluorine content was a risk factor of more rapid development of thyroid pathology. [34] A major source of fluoride exposure in the United States is fluoridated drinking water – including foods and drinks manufactured and processed with this treated water. (Only about 5% of the world’s population is fluoridated, and more than half live in North America. 99% of western continental Europe has rejected, banned, or stopped the addition of fluoride compounds to their drinking water. [35]) Also, approximately 45 million pounds of hydrogen fluoride are released from U.S. coal-fired plants every year into the environment.

Soy Phytates Inhibit Zinc Absorption Another way that soybeans may affect brain function is because of their phytic acid content. Phytic acid is an organic acid present in the outer portion of all seeds. Also known as phytates, they block the uptake of essential minerals in the intestinal tract: calcium, magnesium, iron, and especially zinc. According to research cited by the Weston A. Price Foundation, soybeans have very high levels of a form of phytic acid that is particularly difficult to neutralize – and which interferes with zinc absorption more completely than with other minerals. The soy industry acknowledges the problem, noting that “one-half cup of cooked soybeans contains one mg of zinc. However, zinc is poorly absorbed from soyfoods.” As for iron, “both phytate and soy protein reduce iron absorption so that the iron in soyfoods is generally poorly absorbed.” [36] Nutritionist Sally Fallon, author of Nourishing Traditions: The Cookbook that Challenges Politically Correct Nutrition and the Diet Dictocrats, says that as early as 1967, researchers testing soy formula found that it caused negative zinc balance in every infant to whom it was given. Even when the diets were additionally supplemented with zinc, there was a strong correlation between phytate content in formula and poor growth. She warns that “a reduced rate of growth is especially serious in the infant as it causes a delay in the accumulation of lipids in the myelin, and hence jeopardizes the development of the brain and nervous system.” Zinc and the Brain Relatively high levels of zinc are found in the brain, especially the hippocampus. Zinc plays an important role in the transmission of the nerve impulse between brain cells. Deficiency of zinc during pregnancy and lactation has been shown to be related to many congenital abnormalities of the nervous system in offspring. In children, “insufficient levels of zinc have been associated with lowered learning ability, apathy, lethargy, and mental retardation.” [37] The USDA references a study of 372 Chinese school children with very low levels of zinc in their bodies. The children who received zinc supplements had the most improved performance – especially in perception, memory, reasoning, and psychomotor skills such as eyehand coordination. Three earlier studies with adults also showed that changes in zinc intake affected cognitive function. [38] New research has identified a specific contingent of neurons, called “zinc-containing” neurons, which are found almost exclusively in the forebrain, where in mammals they have evolved into a “complex and elaborate associational network that interconnects most of the cerebral cortices and limbic structures.” This suggests the importance of zinc in the normal and pathological processes of the cerebral cortex. [39] Furthermore, age-related tissue zinc

deficiency may contribute to brain cell death in Alzheimer’s dementia. [40]

flavones from soybean: isolation, characterization, and mechanisms of action.Biochem Pharmacol 1997 Nov 15;54(10):1087-96.

Safe Soy

16. Ishizuki Y, Hirooka Y, Murata Y, Togashi K,The effects on the thyroid gland of soybeans administered experimentally in healthy subjects. Nippon Naibunpi Gakkai Zasshi 1991 May 20;67(5):622-29.

To produce soy milk, the beans are first soaked in an alkaline solution, then heated to about 115 degrees C in order to remove as much of the trypsin inhibitors as possible. Fallon says this method destroys most, but not all of the anti-nutrients, however it has the “unhappy side effect of so denaturing the proteins that they become very difficult to digest and much reduced in effectiveness.” Furthermore, phytates remain in soy milk to block the uptake of essential minerals. Only a long period of fermentation will significantly reduce the phytate content of soybeans, as well as the trypsin inhibitors that interfere with enzymes and amino acids. Therefore, fermented soy products such as tempeh and miso (not tofu) provide nourishment that is easily assimilated.

17. Fort P, Moses N, Fasano M, Goldberg T, Lifshitz F, Breast and soy-formula feedings in early infancy and the prevalence of autoimmune thyroid disease in children. J Am Coll Nutr 1990 Apr;9(2):164-67. 18. Fort P, Lanes R, Dahlem S, Recker B, Weyman-Daum M, Pugliese M, Lifshitz FJ, Breast feeding and insulindependent diabetes mellitus in children. Am Coll Nutr 1986;5(5):439-41. 19. Regulatory Guidance in Other Countries: New Zealand Ministry of Health Position Statement on Soy Formulas (Adobe Acrobat file). 20. Haddow JE, Palomaki GE, Allan WC, Williams JR, Knight GJ, Gagnon J, O’Heir CE, Mitchell ML, Hermos RJ, Waisbren SE, Faix JD, Klein RZ, Maternal thyroid deficiency during pregnancy and subsequent neuropsychological development of the child. N Engl J Med 1999 Aug 19;341(8):549-55. 21. Hauser P, McMillin JM, Bhatara VS, Resistance to thyroid hormone: implications for neurodevelopmental research on the effects of thyroid hormone disruptors. Toxicol Ind Health 1998 Jan-Apr;14(1-2):85-101.

References www.soyonlineservice.co.nz www.westonaprice.org

24. Porter WP, Jaeger JW, Carlson IH, Endocrine, immune and behavioral effects of aldicarb (carbamate), atrazine (triazine) and nitrate (fertilizer) mixtures at groundwater concentrations. Toxicol Ind Health 1999 Jan-Mar;15(12):133-50.

1. White LR, Petrovich H, Ross GW, Masaki KH, Association of mid-life consumption of tofu with late life cognitive impairment and dementia: the Honolulu-Asia Aging Study. Fifth International Conference on Alzheimer’s Disease, #487, 27 July 1996, Osaka, Japan.

25. Watson, Traci, Common herbicide likely causes cancer. USA Today, June 29, 2000.

2. White LR, Petrovitch H, Ross GW, Masaki KH, Hardman J, Nelson J, Davis D, Markesbery W, Brain aging and midlife tofu consumption. J Am Coll Nutr 2000 Apr;19(2):242-55.

27. McGraw M, Bishop N, Jameson R, Robinson MJ, O’Hara M, Hewitt CD, Day JP, Aluminium content of milk formulae and intravenous fluids used in infants. Lancet 1986 Jan 18;1(8473):157.

3. Doerge and Sheehan, Letter to the FDA, Feb 18, 1999. 4. Lephart ED, Thompson JM, Setchell KD, Adlercreutz H, Weber KS, Phytoestrogens decrease brain calcium-binding proteins... Brain Res 2000 Mar 17;859(1):123-31. 5. Soy Infant Formula Could Be Harmful to Infants: Groups Want it Pulled. Nutrition Week, Dec 10, 1999;29(46):1-2. 6. Cassidy A, Bingham S, Setchell KD, Biological effects of a diet of soy protein rich in isoflavones on the menstrual cycle of premenopausal women. Am J Clin Nutr 1994 Sep;60(3):333-40. 7. Setchell KD, Zimmer-Nechemias L, Cai J, Heubi JE, Exposure of infants to phyto-oestrogens from soy-based infant formula. Lancet 1997 Jul 5;350(9070):23-27. 8. Enig MG, Fallon SA, Tragedy and Hype, The Third International Soy Symposium. Nexus Magazine Vol 7, No 3, April-May 2000. 9. O’Dell TJ, Kandel ER, Grant SG, Long-term potentiation in the hippocampus is blocked by tyrosine kinase inhibitors. Nature 1991 Oct 10 353:6344 558-60. 10. Bell JM, Whitmore WL, Cowdery T, Slotkin TA, Perinatal dietary supplementation with a soy lecithin preparation: effects on development of central catecholaminergic neurotransmitter systems. Brain Res Bull 1986 Aug;17(2):189-95. 11. Zetterstrom RH, Williams R, Perlmann T, Olson L, Cellular expression of the immediate early transcription factors Nurr1 and NGFI-B suggests a gene regulatory role in several brain regions including the nigrostriatal dopamine system. Brain Res Mol Brain Res 1996 Sep 5;41(1-2):111-20. 12. Castillo SO, Baffi JS, Palkovits M, Goldstein DS, Kopin IJ, Witta J, Magnuson MA, Nikodem VM, Dopamine biosynthesis is selectively abolished in substantia nigra... Mol Cell Neurosci 1998 May;11(1-2):36-46. 13. Baffi JS, Palkovits M, Castillo SO, Mezey E, Nikodem VM, Differential expression of tyrosine hydroxylase in catecholaminergic neurons of neonatal wild-type and Nurr1deficient mice. Neuroscience 1999;93(2):631-42. 14. Shepard TH, Soybean goiter. New Eng J Med 1960;262:1099-1103. 15. Divi RL, Chang HC, Doerge DR, Anti-thyroid iso-

26. Nelson L, American Academy of Neurology’s 52nd annual meeting in San Diego, CA, April 29-May 6, 2000.

28. Dabeka RW, McKenzie AD, Lead, cadmium, and fluoride levels in market milk and infant formulas in Canada. J Assoc Off Anal Chem 1987;70(4):754-57. 29. Silva M, Reynolds EC, Fluoride content of infant formulae in Australia. Aust Dent J 1996 Feb;41(1):37-42. 30. Pendrys DG, Katz RV, Morse DE, Risk factors for enamel fluorosis in a fluoridated population. Am J Epidemiol 1994 Sep 1;140(5):461-71. 31. Schettler T, Stein J, Reich F, Valenti M, In Harm’s Way: Toxic Threats to Child Development. Greater Boston Physicians for Social Responsibility, May 2000. 32. Studies Dealing with Fluoride and the Thyroid Gland. See also: Fluoride Controversy in Townsend Letter for Doctors and Patients. 33. Galetti PM, Joyet, G, Effect of fluorine on thyroidal iodine metabolism in hyperthyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol 1958;18:1102-10. 34. Bachinskii PP, Gutsalenko OA, Naryzhniuk ND, Sidora VD, Shliakhta AI, Action of the body fluorine of healthy persons and thyroidopathy patients on the function of hypophyseal-thyroid the system. Probl Endokrinol (Mosk) 1985 Nov-Dec;31(6):25-29. 35. Fluoridation Status of Some Countries, Fluoride: Protected Pollutant or Panacea? 36. Soy Nutritive Content, United Soybean Board. 37. Pfeiffer CC, Braverman ER, Zinc, the brain and behavior. Biol Psychiatry 1982 Apr;17(4):513-32. 38. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, Food & Nutrition Research Briefs, July 1997. 39. Frederickson CJ, Suh SW, Silva D, Frederickson CJ, Thompson RB, Importance of zinc in the central nervous system: the zinc-containing neuron. J Nutr 2000 May;130(5S Suppl):1471S-83S. 40. Ho LH, Ratnaike RN, Zalewski PD, Involvement of intracellular labile zinc in suppression of DEVD-caspase activity in human neuroblastoma cells. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2000 Feb 5;268(1):148-54. Originally Appearing on Brain.com

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

97

BILL GATES TO BUY MARS! He’ll use his new version of Windows ‘Microsoft Wormhole’ to get him there fast!

his final bid. He also didn’t have a way of actually getting to Mars. Neither did an anonymous third bidder who lives in Springfield, Ohio.

By JOHN CARTEROF Financial Reporter Redmond, Wash.

“We are at least fairly assured that Gates would have no difficulty commuting,” said UNIT chairman Fredrikktsen. “The people at Microsoft are apparently developing a new version of Windows to make the trip – something like ‘Microsoft Wormhole’.”

BILL GATES is the wealthiest man in the history of planet Earth – if we discount the massive collection of beads recently found in the cave of Kromaguez, a prehistoric man who lived in the North of Spain, and also had a summer cave in the South of France. One would think the founder of Microsoft has no more mountains to climb. That’s far from true, and those mountains are not on this planet.

“Sure. It’s the moon that’s blue,” they say the President went on. “Well, the democrats can have the moon,” he said, gesturing toward his seat. People who have bought homes know how exhausting the process can be. We asked our Microsoft source what Bill Gates thinks it would be like to buy an entire world.

Microsoft Wormhole will essentially be a matter-transporter, our source tells WWN. There are rumours the traveller would be digitally disassembled by a computer or cell-phone attachment, sent through Windows software and reconstituted at his destination.

“It would be rough, I can tell you that, though not quite as difficult as drawing up his prenup,” the source explained. “Plus there’s two moons which would have to be bought separately. If you stacked them up, the documents alone would reach his new planet from here.”

And now a company insider is telling Weekly World News that Gates, the man who revolutionised the world of computing with Windows, plans to move from cyberspace to outer space. His target? Not Earth but Mars, the fourth planet from the sun. The reason? “Because it’s there,” our source laughs. “He thinks it’s the next logical step. The age of computers was launched by the machines we created to explore space. To come up with the next generation of computers, Gates believes we need to go back into space.”

“Developers will allegedly debug the program by going through the wormhole themselves,” our insider explained. “So far, the worst that’s happened is that an engineer somehow acquired another ear.”

“It’s not simply a matter of buying land,” he continued. “As Weekly World News has reported on numerous occasions, alien law is a real growth market. If microbes or amoeba are discovered on Mars their rights have to be preserved without reservations. Or rather, with reservations,” he said with a wink, alluding to accommodations made for Native Americans.

“He also mentioned he wanted a new vacation home, something with a whole lot of privacy.” Mars would certainly give him that. The latest data from the Red Planet shows it to be cold and lifeless.

“We call it a super’fast’ program since it keeps you from eating,” he chuckled. “It’s better than exercise. Thanks to the passive nature of the Internet, we have a huge and ‘spreading’ community of potential users, if you get my drift.”

“It’s like Finnadigbodagattir on a Thursday night,” laughed Einar Fredrikktsen, who is arranging the sale. He is the Greenland ambassador at the United Nations. Not that the real estate purchase process came easily. As an uninhabited world, Mars fell under the jurisdiction of the United Nations Institute of Technology (UNIT). When the UN first decided to sell the Red Planet as a fund-raiser for peacekeeping efforts – ironic since Mars was the Roman god of war – Helki Santgar also made a bid to buy it. Though the international home-furnishing store mogul had the cash, his computer mysteriously malfunctioned when he was submitting

98

One feature in particular which our source thinks could be “the next big thing” is the compression utility which provides an instant five-pound weight loss per transport.

“I hope Wormhole works as well as the Windows Millennium Edition,” whined W. Smithers, who represented the bidder from Springfield. “If not, we have hounds that we’ll send to pull him out.” The purchase also has political ramifications. Reporters who attended a recent press conference with President Bush asked him if he would ever consider visiting Mr. Gates in his new home. According to them, he said, “You bet. I’ve always dreamed of vacationing closer to the sun. And – it’s a red state, right?” “Yes, sir,” they replied patiently.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

Microsoft has also allegedly hired legal experts to draw up proprietary software licences for the Red Planet. According to our man, “It will work like region codes on DVD players. If Wormhole users pick up any viruses on Mars they won’t infect Earth hardware and vice versa.” When asked whether Gates plans to pick up a few more astral bodies when he’s firmly entrenched on Mars, our wellinformed source stated, “The sky’s the limit. He’s got his eye on Pluto. Naturally, I guess he wants to build a dog house there.” Published on: 25/10/2005 WEEKLY WORLD NEWS – the world’s most “interesting” newspaper, as featured in the movie Men In Black.

Books and DVDs for people who still think for themselves DVDs

BOOKS

• Suppressed Inventions & Other Discoveries • Nazi UFOs: The Evidence By Jonathan Eisen

Now back in production after a 10 year absence, this is the definitive work on the development of “electrogravitic” (anti-gravity) disk craft built and flown by Nazi Germany in the closing years of World War II. The DVD features original blueprints, reports and photos of Nazi UFOs, together with detailed analyses of each kind of the several craft actually built. ($NZ19.95)

The classic work on the subject, (first published in NZ!) SUPPRESSED INVENTIONS details the suppression of “free energy” technologies, cures for cancer and other degenerative diseases, suppressed archeology, NASA fabrications, UFOs ... in fact more than 50 stories in all – and all documented fact. ($NZ 29.95)

• The Cancer Prevention Handbook By Katherine Joyce Smith DHS

• Best UFO Footage EVER

This is a manual you can’t afford to be without. While orthodox medicine still purports not to know how people get cancer, the facts speak otherwise. This book tells you all about carcinogens you are exposed to every day and how you can avoid them and then detoxify. ($NZ 24.95)

• The latest (and best) documentary on the spectacular and growing Mexican UFO presence. Starting with a huge number of sightings in 1991 when a UFO “parked” over Mexico City during a full eclipse of the sun, Mexico has been the scene for some of the best UFO sightings in the world. This DVD contains some of the best and most astonishing footage ever shot of UFOs, including superb closeup footage of a UFO landing, another one morphing (changing shape), UFOs invisible to the eye and yet captured on infrared film, and a flotilla of UFOs (thousands of them) travelling in formation. Jaime Maussan is one of the world’s leading UFO investigators. Formerly with 60 Minutes, he is one of the few such people actively working with the military to probe and publicise the issue of alien visitation and what that means. ($NZ19.95)

• The Asthma Breakthrough By Henry Osiecki

Written by one of Australia’s leading nutritional biochemists, this book identifies the triggers that set off asthmatic reactions, and tells you how to identify them, and remove them from your environment. In addition he tells you how to repair and strengthen the body’s defences. It works! ($NZ 24.95)

• Fuel Savers that Really Work

FREE WITH ANY OTHER BOOK OR DVD

Edited by Jonathan Eisen

• The Cure for Insomnia (Humour)

This NZ resource book details the many ways that virtually any car or truck can be made to achieve truly astounding fuel savings. From water injection to fuel vaporisation, this book shows you what the oil companies don’t want you to know. ($NZ 39.95)

Edited by Jonathan Eisen

OK, this is the funniest book of all time, really. Basically, it’s a collection of the most boring “classics” of all time. In fact it’s so boring that it’s the only book ever sold with a performance money-back guarantee to put you to sleep within 20 minutes or 20 pages, whichever comes first.

• The GE $ellout

Edited by Jonathan Eisen Now that the people of Switzerland have voted to introduce a 5 year moratorium on GE it’s time to rethink not only the whole insanity of introducing genetically modified organisms into New Zealand, but also to rethink the whole idea of not giving the people the right to a vote on an issue as important as this. This book is an important contribution to the understanding of the whole issue ( ($NZ 9.95) ( ( ( • Solar Made Easy ( by Simon Cope and Bob Riley ( This is the first, and still the best, NZ book on every aspect ( of solar energy for home heating and electrical generation ( – cooking, too! Why pay the power company when you can ( have FREE ELECTRICITY all year round? First published ( by Auckland Institute of Technology Press. ($NZ 29.95)

• Super Foods

Edited by Katherine Joyce Smith



FREE!

Please send me the following items: ) Suppressed Inventions – $35.00 ) Cancer Prevention Handbook – $25.00 ) Asthma Breakthrough – $25.00 NOTE: All prices now ) Fuel Savers – $39.90 include p/h. (NZ orders ) GE Sellout – $9.00 ONLY.) Overseas orders, ) Solar Made Easy – $30.00 please add $NZ 15 per book, $NZ 3 per DVD. ) Super Foods – $20.00 ) Nazi UFOs – $20.00 ) Jaime Maussan UFO DVD – $20.00 ) The Cure for Insomnia–FREE (WITH ANY OTHER BOOK OR DVD)

Clip and mail with full payment to: The Full Court Press, PO Box 44-128, Auckland, NZ. Sorry, no credit card orders. Books and DVDs sold with a MONEYBACK GUARANTEE.

TOTAL AMOUNT ENCLOSED:$ ____________

This is the “bible” of books on organic farming and gardening. First published Name ......................................................................................................... by Auckland Institute of Technology Press in 1994 in association The Soil and Health Association SUPER FOODS is a “perennial” favourite. One of the most Address ..................................................................................................... useful books you can own for your your health! ($NZ 19.95) City/Town .................................................COUNTRY.............................. Email ..............................................................................

THE KNOWN UNKNOWNS, AND THE UNKNOWN UNKNOWNS

THE KNOWN Behind theUNKNOWNS, News Free Energy Future Science Alternative Health AND THE UNKNOWN Cover-ups & Conspiracies UNKNOWNS UFOs Ancient Mysteries �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� Behind the News Technology � Free Energy New & Supressed

Future isScience � Alternative Health Nexus �Magazine an international publication with a worldwide distribution. bi-monthly since � Cover-ups &Published Conspiracies 1987, we also offer an extensive mail order service of � UFOs � Ancient Mysteries books, videos, audios, New & on Supressed Technology CDs & �CDROMs Magazine is an international publication with a relatedNexus topics. Full range worldwide distribution. Published bi-monthly since of back issues also 1987, we also offer an extensive mail order service of available. books, videos, audios, CDs & CDROMs on related topics. Full range of back issues also available.

AND NOW- Nexus Magazine presents our new book of the most compelling mysteries ofNOWall time. AND Nexus

presents new packed book of the STRANGE TIMES isMagazine a large-format book of our 240 pages with most compelling mysteries of allglossy time. info, photographs and illustrations perfect-bound in a thick full-colourSTRANGE cover. ATIMES greatis gift idea! Notbook in bookstores - orderwith a large-format of 240 pages packed direct frominfo, Nexus Magazine. Price onlyperfect-bound $18.95 + $2.00 p&p. photographs and illustrations in a thick glossy full-colour cover. A great gift idea! Not in bookstores - order direct from Nexus Magazine. Price only $18.95 + $2.00 p&p.

Post to: Nexus Magazine, R.D.2, KAEO, 0479. Ph: 09 405 1963 Fax: 09 405 1964 email: Post to:[email protected] Nexus Magazine, R.D.2, KAEO,www.nexusmagazine.com 0479. Ph: 09 405 1963 Fax: 09 405 1964 email: [email protected]

www.nexusmagazine.com

❑ ❑

Expiry date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Please send me the latest Nexus Magazine Expiry date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❑ Please send me the latest Nexus Magazine @ $7.50 + $2.00 p&p Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . @ $7.50 + $2.00 p&p Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Please send me ____ copies of Strange Times ❑ Please send me ____ copies of Strange Times Name: Name: . . . . . .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. . . @ $18.95 + $2.00 p&p.+ $2.00 p&p. @ $18.95 Address: . . . . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. . . Address: Enclosed a cheque for $_______ Enclosed is a cheque foris $_______ debit my Visa/Mastercard # . . . . . . ... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. . . OR please debitOR myplease Visa/Mastercard # ...........................................

........................................... Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .